390 93 12MB
English Pages [388]
1
WORKING WITH NUMBERS
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 1? 1–01 1–02 1–03 1–04 1–05 1–06 1–07 1–08
Mental addition Adding numbers Mental subtraction Subtracting numbers Mental multiplication Multiplying numbers Mental division Dividing numbers
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: add, subtract, multiply and divide mentally with whole numbers add and subtract large numbers and solve problems involving sums and differences multiply large numbers and solve problems involving products divide by 2 to 10 using short division and solve problems involving quotients
* Shutterstock.com/marekuliasz
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
1
1–01
Mental addition
WORDBANK sum The answer to an addition (+) of two or more numbers. mental Using the mind, not a calculator. evaluate To find the value or amount. estimate To make a good (educated) guess of the answer to a problem in round figures. Mental addition strategies Adding
Strategy
8
Add 10 and then subtract 2 (+ 8 = + 10 – 2)
9
Add 10 and then subtract 1 (+ 9 = + 10 – 1)
11
Add 10 and then add 1 more (+ 11 = + 10 + 1)
12
Add 10 and then add 2 more (+ 12 = + 10 + 2)
EXAMPLE 1 Evaluate each sum. a 128 + 9
b 84 + 11
c
4056 + 18
b 84 + 11 = 84 + 10 + 1 = 94 + 1 = 95
c
4056 + 18 = 4056 + 20 – 2 = 4076 – 2 = 4074
SOLUTION a 128 + 9 = 128 + 10 – 1 = 138 – 1 = 137
When adding numbers mentally: remember that numbers can be added in any order look for unit digits that add to 10, such as 6 and 4.
EXAMPLE 2 Evaluate each sum. a 36 + 68 + 24 + 12
b 163 + 29 + 8 + 237
SOLUTION a 36 + 68 + 24 + 12 = (36 + 24) + (68 +12) = 60 + 80 = 140 (Check by estimating: 36 + 68 + 24 + 12 ≈ 40 + 70 + 20 + 10 = 140)
2
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
b 163 + 29 + 8 + 237 = (163 + 237) + (29 + 8) = 400 + 37 = 437 (Check by estimating: 163 + 29 + 8 + 237 ≈ 160 + 30 + 10 + 240 = 440)
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
1–01
1 What is a quick way to add 12 mentally? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A add 10, then subtract 2
B add 10, then add 2
C add 20, then add 2
D add 20, then subtract 2
2 Which expression gives the same answer as 52 + 45? Select A, B, C or D. A 52 + 54
B 50 + 2 + 45
C 45 + 25
D 52 + 40 + 3
3 Which two numbers should be grouped together to add 36 + 72 + 64 mentally? 4 Describe the mental method for adding: a 11
b 8
c
19
5 Copy and complete each equation. +1
a 48 + 11 = 48 + c
–1
125 + 19 = 125 +
e 1537 + 9 = 1537 + 10 –
b 72 + 8 = 72 +
–2
d 464 + 12 = 464 + f
+2
6852 + 21 = 6852 + 20 +
6 Evaluate each sum using a mental strategy. a 54 + 8
b 27 + 11
c
256 + 19
d 312 + 21
e 56 + 9
f
487 + 12
g 68 + 22
h 246 + 31
i
652 + 99
k 296 + 82
l
4582 + 101
j
1095 + 41
7 Estimate each sum by rounding each number to the nearest ten. a 68 + 12
b 231 + 49
c
98 + 32
d 125 + 61
e 435 + 89
f
3854 + 21
g 678 + 48
h 8424 + 71
i
20 964 + 52
8 Evaluate each sum in Question 7 using a mental strategy. 9 Evaluate each sum mentally by pairing numbers that have units digits adding to ten. a 48 + 21 + 19 + 120 c
74 + 32 + 109 + 28
b 64 + 230 + 9 + 111 d 231 + 45 + 119
e 48 + 29 + 112 + 51
f
452 + 61 + 49 + 108
g 118 + 7 + 32 + 253
h 432 + 56 + 18 + 104
10 A magic square has all rows, columns and diagonals adding to the same number. Complete each magic square. a b 4 7 3 6 3
5 7
ISBN 9780170350990
8
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
3
1–02
Adding numbers
To add large numbers: write them underneath each other in their place value columns: units, tens, hundreds, and so on add the digits in columns: units first, then tens, and so on some additions will involve carrying from one column to its left column.
EXAMPLE 3 Evaluate each sum. a 962 + 76
b 1355 + 483
SOLUTION Set out units under units, tens under tens, and so on.
a
1
9 6 2 +
b 1 13 5 5 +
7 6
4 8 3
1 0 3 8
1 8 3 8
962 + 76 = 1038
1355 + 483 = 1838
(Estimating: 962 + 76 ≈ 960 + 80 = 1040)
(Estimating: 1355 + 483 ≈ 1400 + 500 = 1900) rounding to the nearest hundred
Shutterstock.com/kurhan
rounding to the nearest ten
4
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
1–02
1 What is the sum of 19, 36, 8 and 15? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 76
B 74
C 75
D 78
2 Increase $365 by $23. Select A, B, C or D. A $368
B $388
C $378
a 28 + 785
b 497 + 56
c
54 + 49
d 93 + 56
e 2786 + 428
f
98 + 5632
g 348 + 74
h 525 + 376
i
540 + 3779
k 642 + 297
l
652 + 78
D $366
3 Evaluate each sum.
j
649 + 2876
4 What is 34 more than 799? 5 An ice-cream stand sells 48 ice-creams on Monday, 52 on Tuesday, 47 on Wednesday, 56 on Thursday and 148 on Friday. Find the total number of ice-creams sold. 6 Dilani saves $75 one week, $88 the next and $115 in the third week. How much did she save altogether? 7 a
Increase 984 cm by 78 cm.
b Increase $3276 by $596. 8 Connor went to the supermarket and bought: a jar of Vegemite for $4.50 a punnet of strawberries for $3.80
3 kg of apples for $9.60 a box of chocolates for $12.25.
Shutterstock.com/graja
Shutterstock.com/nulinukas
What was the total cost of his purchases?
9 Find the sum of 4682, 466, 1327, 18 750 and 848. 10 a
Estimate the total of $52.60, $129.20, 78c, $2.24 and $368.50.
b Find the exact total of the amounts in part a.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
5
1–03
Mental subtraction
WORDBANK difference The result of subtracting two numbers.
When subtracting numbers mentally: if the second number is close to 10, 20, 30, … , split it up or use a number line to build bridges between the numbers. Mental subtraction strategies Subtracting
Strategy
8
Subtract 10 and then add 2 (– 8 = – 10 + 2)
9
Subtract 10 and then add 1 (– 9 = – 10 + 1)
11
Subtract 10 and then subtract 1 more (– 11 = – 10 – 1)
12
Subtract 10 and then subtract 2 more (– 12 = – 10 – 2)
EXAMPLE 4 Evaluate each difference. a 46 – 9
b 85 – 11
c 155 – 19
b 85 – 11 = 85 – 10 – 1 = 75 – 1 = 74
c
SOLUTION a 46 – 9 = 46 – 10 + 1 = 36 + 1 = 37 To subtract 9, subtract 10 and add 1.
To subtract 11, subtract 10 and then subtract 1.
155 – 19 = 155 – 20 + 1 = 135 + 1 = 136 To subtract 19, subtract 20 and add 1.
EXAMPLE 5 Use a number line to evaluate each difference. a 483 – 225
b 658 – 581
SOLUTION a Draw a number line and jump along it from 225 to 483 using bridges. Write the size of each bridge and add the sizes. +5
+70
225 230
+100
+80
300
400
+50
+8
+3 480 483
So from 225 to 483 is a gap of 5 + 70 + 100 + 80 + 3 = 258.
483 – 225 = 258 b
+9
+10
581 590 600
650
658
From 581 to 658 the gap is 9 + 10 + 50 + 8 = 77.
658 – 581 = 77
6
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
1–03
1 What is a quick way to subtract 31? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A subtract 30 and then add 1
B subtract 20 and then subtract 10
C subtract 30 and then 1
D subtract 10 and then subtract 20
2 What is the gap between 56 and 74? Select A, B, C or D. A 18
B 22
C 16
D 28
3 Describe the mental strategy for subtracting: a 9
b 12
c
21
4 Copy and complete each expression. +1
a 72 – 9 = 72 – c
–1
83 – 21 = 83 –
e 47 – 8 = 47 – 10 +
b 55 – 12 = 55 –
–2
d 123 – 11 = 123 – f
–1
452 – 19 = 452 – 20 +
5 Copy and complete each line of working. a 84 – 9 = 84 – +1 b 358 – 41 = 358 – = 74 + = 318 – = = 6 Evaluate each difference. a 67 – 9
b 72 – 11
c
125 – 19
d 89 – 21
e 456 – 8
f
738 – 22
g 92 – 32
h 657 – 51
i
1096 – 89
k 6582 – 101
l
3428 – 91
j
435 – 61
–1
7 Estimate each difference by rounding each number to the nearest ten. a 78 – 23
b 129 – 48
c
562 – 91
d 876 – 58
e 1096 – 61
f
4587 – 82
8 Evaluate each difference in Question 7 using a mental strategy. 9 Use the following number line to jump from 164 to 203 and complete the statement below. 164
170
200 203
The difference between 203 and 164 is 6 +
+3=
.
10 Use a number line to evaluate each difference. a 625 – 358
b 730 – 482
c
685 – 520
d 546 – 320
e 675 – 256
f
478 – 235
g 482 – 267
h 529 – 264
i
489 – 236
780 – 423
k 678 – 235
l
534 – 387
j
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
7
1–04
Subtracting numbers
To subtract large numbers: write them underneath each other in their place value columns: units, tens, hundreds, and so on subtract the digits in columns: units first, then tens, and so on some subtractions will involve trading from one column to its left column.
EXAMPLE 6 Evaluate each difference. a 92 – 37
b 764 – 328
SOLUTION a
8
9 12 –
In the units column, change 2 – 7 to 12 – 7 by taking 10 from the tens column.
3 7
So 9 in the tens column becomes 8.
5 5 92 – 37 = 55 b 7 5 6 14 – 3 2 8
(Estimating: 92 – 37 ≈ 90 – 40 = 50) In the units column, change 4 – 8 to 14 – 8 by taking 10 from the tens column. So 6 in the tens column becomes 5.
4 3 6 (Estimating: 764 – 328 ≈ 800 – 300 = 500)
iStockphoto/kershawj
764 – 328 = 436
8
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
1–04
1 What is the difference between 529 and 76? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 443
B 453
C 473
D 463
2 Decrease $858 by $33. Select A, B, C or D. A $835
B $815
C $845
D $825
3 Evaluate each difference. a 78 – 34
b 210 – 65
c
94 – 38
d 73 – 48
e 2536 – 478
f
7564 – 383
g 428 – 86
h 753 – 186
i
7208 – 2165
k 3652 – 294
l
15 682 – 228
j
6829 – 278
4 What is the difference between 8253 and 6089? 5 Natalie saved $465 and then spent $88 on a present. How much did she have left? 6 Jude set out on a road trip from Melbourne to Warrnambool, a distance of 348 km. He travelled 164 km in the first 2 hours before taking a break. a Estimate how far he still had to travel. b Calculate the exact number of kilometres he still had to travel. 7 Decrease 12 000 by 288. 8 A train was carrying 82 passengers. At Fortitude Valley, 15 passengers got off the train. At Bowen Hills, 6 passengers got off but 9 got on the train. At Eagle Junction, another 8 passengers got off the train. How many passengers are now on the train? 9 Bianca had a $50 note when she went to the supermarket. She bought: a box of chocolates for $12.65 a watermelon for $4.20
2 kg of apples for $5.80 a packet of biscuits for $2.75
a What was the total cost of her purchases?
Shutterstock.com/topseller
b How much change would Bianca receive from $50?
10 Year 8 students are asked to set up the hall for assembly with 868 chairs. They already have 296 chairs set up. a Estimate how many chairs still need to be set up. b Calculate exactly how many chairs need to be set up.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
9
1–05
Mental multiplication
WORDBANK product The answer to a multiplication (×) of two or more numbers. Mental multiplication strategies
Multiplication table ×
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Multiplying by
Strategy
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
2
Double
2
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
4
Double twice
3
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
5
Multiply by 10, then halve
4
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
8
Double 3 times
9
Multiply by 10, then subtract the number
5
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
6
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
7
7
14
21
28
35
42
49
56
63
70
10
Add a 0 to the end
8
8
16
24
32
40
48
56
64
72
80
100
Add 00 to the end
90
9
9
18
27
36
45
54
63
72
81
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
EXAMPLE 7 Evaluate each product. a 42 × 9
b 34 × 4
c
b 34 × 4 = 34 × 2 × 2 = 68 × 2 = 136
c
76 × 5
SOLUTION a 42 × 9 = 42 × (10 − 1) = 42 × 10 − 42 × 1 = 420 – 42 = 378
double twice
1 76 × 5 = 76 × 10 × 2 = 760 ÷ 2 = 380 because 5 is
1 of 10 2
EXAMPLE 8 Evaluate each product by changing the order. a 3 × 4 × 25
b 7×5×6×2
SOLUTION a 3 × 4 × 25 = 4 × 25 × 3
group convenient numbers together
= 100 × 3 = 300 b 7×5×6×2=5×2×7×6 = 10 × 42 = 420
10
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
1–05
1 What is a quick method for multiplying by 5 mentally? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A multiply by 10 and then double
B multiply by 2 and then multiply by 3
C multiply by 10 and then halve
D multiply by 20 and then halve
2 Evaluate 28 × 4. Select A, B, C or D. A 112
B 102
C 122
D 56
3 Describe the mental strategy for multiplying by: a 4
b 1000
c
9
d 8
c
18 × 5
d 22 × 8
g 362 × 100
h 19 × 9
8×3
d 5×6
4 Evaluate each product. a 13 × 4
b 45 × 1000
e 47 × 10
f
54 × 2
5 Evaluate each product. a 4×5
b 6×7
e 7×4
f
9×5
g 6×8
h 10 × 6
7×8
j
5×8
k 7×7
l
i
c
9×8
6 Evaluate each product. a 28 × 2
b 52 × 5
e 132 × 1000
f
38 × 9
g 5608 × 10
h 24 × 5
22 × 9
j
73 × 4
k 18 × 5
l
i
c
65 × 100
d 14 × 8 15 × 9
7 Copy and complete each line of working. × 18 b 4 × 31 × 25 = 4 × × 31 a 2 × 18 × 5 = 2 × = = × 18 × 31 = = 8 Evaluate each product by changing the order. a 5 × 4 × 25
b 13 × 5 × 6
c
24 × 2 × 50
d 10 × 5 × 20
e 5 × 20 × 7
f
4 × 3 × 15
g 4 × 14 × 25
h 5 × 11 × 200
i
10 × 8 × 5
k 6 × 25 × 4
l
30 × 9 × 10
j
2×7×5
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
11
1–06
Multiplying numbers
WORDBANK short multiplication A method of multiplying by a number with one digit (1 to 9). long multiplication A method of multiplying by a number with two or more digits. EXAMPLE 9 Evaluate each product. a 428 × 6
b 384 × 74
SOLUTION a Use short multiplication. 1 4 4 2 8 × 6
In the tens column, 2 × 6 = 12, + 4 = 16: write down 6 and carry 1.
2 5 6 8 428 × 6 = 2568
In the units column, 8 × 6 = 48: write down 8 and carry 4. In the hundreds column, 4 × 6 = 24, + 1 = 25.
(Estimating: 428 × 6 ≈ 400 × 6 = 2400)
b Use long multiplication. 3 8 4 × 7 4 384 × 4 = 1536
1 5 3 6 2 6 8 8 0
Place a 0 in the units column, then 384 × 7 = 2688.
2 8 4 1 6
1536 + 26 880 = 28 416 (Estimating: 384 × 74 ≈ 400 × 70 = 28 000)
Shutterstock.com/Giorgio Rossi
384 × 74 = 28 416
12
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
1–06
1 What is the product of 15 and 11? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 155
B 165
C 156
D 175
2 What is the product of 150 and 110? Select A, B, C or D. A 1550
B 15 500
C 1650
D 16 500
3 Evaluate each product by short multiplication. a 83 × 4
b 56 × 7
e 328 × 8
f
456 × 7
j
i
79 × 8
d 218 × 6
583 × 5
g 1349 × 4
h 5268 × 9
1268 × 6
k 2056 × 9
l
c
1854 × 8
4 Evaluate each product by long multiplication. a 484 × 16
b 963 × 25
e 625 × 26
f
c
1248 × 36
125 × 38
g 346 × 80
d 497 × 18 h 4800 × 49
iStockphoto/ktaylorg
5 If Jack sleeps 11 hours each night, how many hours sleep does he get in a fortnight?
6 Tia plants 64 seeds in each row of her garden. How many seeds does she plant altogether if there are 17 rows? 7 How many hours are there in: a 1 day?
b 18 days?
c
1 year?
8 True or false? a 27 × 4 = 27 × 2 × 2
b 54 × 9 = 54 × (10 + 1)
c
42 × 11 = 42 × (10 + 1)
d 36 × 12 = 36 × (10 + 2)
e 73 × 5 = 73 × 10 ÷ 2
f
93 × 8 = 93 × (10 – 1)
9 Evaluate each product. a 28 × 5
b 46 × 11
e 35 × 10
f
52 × 8
g 75 × 2
h 97 × 12
17 × 20
j
57 × 10
k 74 × 40
l
o 82 × 500
p 91 × 4000
i
m 27 × 300
ISBN 9780170350990
n 48 × 600
c
63 × 9
d 82 × 4 68 × 90
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
13
1–07
Mental division
WORDBANK quotient The result of dividing (÷) a number by another number. For example, if 12 ÷ 4 = 3, the quotient is 3. Division is the opposite of multiplication. Division can be written as: 12 ÷ 4 or
12 or 4) 12. 4
Mental division strategies Dividing by
Strategy
2
Halve
4
Halve twice
5
Divide by 10, then double
8
Halve three times
10
Move the decimal point one place left, or for a whole number ending in 0, drop a 0 from the end of the number
20
Divide by 10, then halve
100
Move the decimal point two places left, or for a whole number ending in 0s, drop two 0s from the end of the number
EXAMPLE 10 Evaluate each quotient. a 2940 ÷ 10
b 716 ÷ 4
c
368 ÷ 100
d 600 ÷ 5
e
568 ÷ 8
f
420 ÷ 20
SOLUTION a 2940 ÷ 10 = 294
b 716 ÷ 4 = 716 ÷ 2 ÷ 2
Drop a 0.
Halve 716 twice.
= 358 ÷ 2 = 179 c
368 ÷ 100 = 3.68
d 600 ÷ 5 = 600 ÷ 10 × 2
Move decimal point left two places.
Divide by 10 and double.
= 60 × 2 = 120 e 568 ÷ 8 = 568 ÷ 2 ÷ 2 ÷ 2 Divide by 2 three times.
= 284 ÷ 2 ÷ 2 = 142 ÷ 2 = 71
14
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
f
420 ÷ 20 = 420 ÷ 10 ÷ 2 Divide by 10, then halve.
= 42 ÷ 2 = 21
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
1–07
1 What is a quick way to divide by 5 mentally? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A divide by 10 and then double B divide by 10 and then multiply by 5 C divide by 10 and then halve D divide by 25 and then double 2 Evaluate 268 ÷ 4. Select A, B, C or D. A 57
B 77
C 134
D 67
3 Evaluate each quotient. a 15 ÷ 3
b 24 ÷ 6
e 42 ÷ 7
f
22 ÷ 2
j
i
m 30 ÷ 6
32 ÷ 8
d 25 ÷ 5
56 ÷ 8
g 45 ÷ 9
h 20 ÷ 4
90 ÷ 10
k 63 ÷ 9
l
o 35 ÷ 7
p 72 ÷ 8
n 27 ÷ 3
c
64 ÷ 8
4 Describe the mental method for dividing by: a 4
b 5
c
20
5 Evaluate each quotient. a 568 ÷ 2
b 1096 ÷ 4
c
7800 ÷ 20
d 850 ÷ 5
e 348 ÷ 4
f
1620 ÷ 20
g 236 ÷ 2
h 576 ÷ 8
i
420 ÷ 5
184 ÷ 8
k 260 ÷ 5
l
340 ÷ 20
j
6 Evaluate each quotient. a 6500 ÷ 100 c
68 000 ÷ 1000
b 5430 ÷ 10 d 458 ÷ 10
e 1256 ÷ 1000
f
g 678 ÷ 100
h 2450 ÷ 100
i
4050 ÷ 10
k 49 ÷ 10
2340 ÷ 100
j
218 ÷ 100
l
321 ÷ 1000
7 Is each equation true or false? a 128 ÷ 2 = 64 ÷ 8 c
96 ÷ 8 = 24 ÷ 2
e 2800 ÷ 100 = 2.8
b 96 ÷ 4 = 48 ÷ 2 d 150 ÷ 10 = 15 f
54 ÷ 10 = 0.54
g 236 ÷ 100 = 2.36
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
15
1–08
Dividing numbers
WORDBANK short division A method of dividing by a one-digit number (2 to 9). remainder An amount or number left over from a division. EXAMPLE 11 Use short division to evaluate each quotient. a 1624 ÷ 8
b
387 ÷ 3
SOLUTION a The steps of short division are shown below. 2__ 8) 1624
16 ÷ 8 = 2
2 0__
)
8 162 2 4
2 ÷ 8 = 0, remainder 2
203
)
8 162 2 4
24 ÷ 8 = 3, no remainder
So 1624 ÷ 8 = 203. 129 b 3 382 7
)
3 ÷ 3 = 1, 8 ÷ 3 = 2 remainder 2, 27 ÷ 3 = 9 no remainder
So 387 ÷ 3 = 129.
EXAMPLE 12 Evaluate 5248 ÷ 9.
SOLUTION Sometimes when dividing, there is a remainder at the end. When this happens, we can write the remainder as a fraction of the number we are dividing by. 5 __ 9 5 2 7 48
)
52 ÷ 9 = 5, remainder 7
58_
)
9 5 27 4 2 8
74 ÷ 9 = 8, remainder 2
5 8 3r1
)
9 52 7 42 8
28 ÷ 9 = 3, remainder 1
1 So 5248 ÷ 9 = 583 . 9
16
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
1–08
1 Evaluate 685 ÷ 5. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 137
B 127
C 147
D 117
C 806
D 818
2 Evaluate 3264 ÷ 4. Select A, B, C or D. A 826
B 816
3 Evaluate each quotient. a 84 ÷ 4
b 612 ÷ 6
e 315 ÷ 5
f
1854 ÷ 9
g 6285 ÷ 3
h 4165 ÷ 5
j
20 571 ÷ 3
k 5624 ÷ 8
l
i
1830 ÷ 6
c
4914 ÷ 7
d 896 ÷ 8 27 189 ÷ 9
iStockphoto/Steve Debenport
4 Sally worked for 7 hours at the local market and was paid $147. How much did she earn per hour?
5 Dinner at a restaurant costs $354 for a table of 6. How much should each person pay if they divide the bill equally between them? 6 A bag of 126 chocolates was shared equally between 9 friends. How many chocolates did each friend receive? 7 At Northbridge Catholic College, there are 125 students in Year 8. If they are placed evenly into five classes, how many students are in each class? 8 Evaluate each quotient, showing the remainder as a fraction. a 89 ÷ 3
b 724 ÷ 6
e 3246 ÷ 5
f
9 a
7259 ÷ 9
c
957 ÷ 7
g 9185 ÷ 3
d 618 ÷ 8 h 1659 ÷ 5
Find the length of timber to the nearest cm if 3268 mm is divided into 8 equal pieces.
b How much is left over? 10 Profits for a business were $24 780. Nikitha wants to share this profit with her two business partners. How much will they each receive if Nikitha rounds each share to the nearest hundred dollars?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
17
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CROSSWORD PUZZLE Make a copy of this crossword and complete it using the clues below. 1
2
3
4
5
6
9
7
8
11
10
12
13
Across 1 A sum is the answer to an 6 Five lots
.
six means 5 × 6.
7 We do this to find the total of some numbers. 9 The answer to a multiplication. 12 = 13 To multiply a number by 4 mentally, you can double
.
Down 2 The answer to a subtraction. 3 and 4 47 has 4
and 7
5 There are 24 hours in one
. .
8 750 ÷ 7 is an example of this. 10 Short division is used to divide by a number with one 11 ‘Evaluate’ means to calculate the
18
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
.
of a numerical expression.
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 1 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 Evaluate –3 + 7.
6 Evaluate 8 × 25.
2 How many degrees in a revolution?
7 Write 0.75 as a percentage.
3 A flea can jump up to 400 times its body length. How high can a flea jump if it is 2.6 mm long?
8 If I am driving due South and make a right-hand turn, in which direction would I then be travelling?
4 What is the probability of rolling the number 5 on a die?
9 Write an algebraic expression for the number that is one more than x.
5 Find the perimeter of this rectangle.
10 How many days are there in October?
16 m
27 m
Part B Working with numbers Calculators are not allowed.
1–01 Mental addition 11 Evaluate: 53 + 19 + 17 + 31. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 130
B 110
C 120
D 140
12 What is a quick way to add 9? Select A, B, C or D. A add 10, then subtract 1 B add 10, then add 1 C add 20, then add 11 D add 20, then subtract 11
1–02 Adding numbers 13 Evaluate each sum. a 36 + 749
b 1497 + 268
1–03 Mental subtraction 14 Evaluate each difference. a 456 – 19
b 2046 – 21
1–04 Subtracting numbers 15 Evaluate each difference. a 438 – 86
ISBN 9780170350990
b 2645 – 388
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
19
PRACTICE TEST 1 1–05 Mental multiplication 16 Evaluate each product. a 28 × 5
b 54 × 20
1–06 Multiplying numbers 17 Evaluate each product. a 48 × 6
b 120 × 38
1–07 Mental division 18 Evaluate each quotient. a 1428 ÷ 4
b 27 500 ÷ 1000
1–08 Dividing numbers 19 Evaluate each quotient. a 4671 ÷ 3
20
b 5684 ÷ 8
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
2
PRIMES AND POWERS
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 2? 2–01 2–02 2–03 2–04 2–05 2–06 2–07
Divisibility tests Prime and composite numbers Powers and roots Multiplying terms with the same base Dividing terms with the same base Power of a power The zero index
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: test whether a number is divisible by 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8 or 9 identify prime and composite numbers evaluate expressions involving powers, square root and cube root multiply and divide terms with the same base find a power of a power use the power of zero
* Shutterstock.com/ChameleonsEye
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 2 Primes and powers
21
2–01
Divisibility tests
WORDBANK divisible A number is divisible by another number if you divide by it and there is no remainder. For example, 10 is divisible by 5 as 10 ÷ 5 = 2, no remainder.
Is 4716 divisible by 3? Does 3 go into 4716 evenly, with no remainder? How do you know? Divisibility tests are rules for deciding whether a number is divisible by any number from 2 to 10. Divisible by:
Divisibility test
2
The number ends with 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8.
3
The sum of the digits in the number is divisible by 3.
4
The last two digits form a number divisible by 4.
5
The number ends with 0 or 5.
6
The number is divisible by both 2 and 3.
7
There is no simple divisibility test for 7.
8
The last three digits form a number divisible by 8.
9
The sum of the digits in the number is divisible by 9.
10
The number ends with 0.
EXAMPLE 1 Test whether 4716 is divisible by: a 3
b 4
c
6
d 8
e 9
SOLUTION a Sum of digits = 4 + 7 + 1 + 6 = 18, which is divisible by 3. So 4716 is divisible by 3.
18 ÷ 3 = 6 (4716 ÷ 3 = 1572)
b Last two digits = 16, which is divisible by 4. So 4716 is divisible by 4.
16 ÷ 4 = 4 (4716 ÷ 4 = 1179)
c
The number ends in 6, so it is divisible by 2 (even). The number is divisible by 3 (from a) So 4716 is divisible by 6.
(4716 ÷ 6 = 786)
d Last three digits = 716, which is not divisible by 8. So 4716 is not divisible by 8. e Sum of digits = 4 + 7 + 1 + 6 = 18, which is divisible by 9. So 4716 is divisible by 9.
22
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
18 ÷ 9 = 2 (4716 ÷ 9 = 524)
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
2–01
1 What is the test for divisibility by 5? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A the number ends in 0 or 5 B the last two digits are divisible by 5 C the number is divisible by 2 and by 3 D the number ends in 5 2 Is 558 divisible by 6? Select A, B, C or D. A Yes, as its digits add to 18, which is divisible by 6 B No, as it does not end in 0 or 6 C No, as the last two digits are not divisible by 6 iStockphoto/selensergen
D Yes, as the number is divisible by 2 and by 3 3 Test whether each number is divisible by 2, 5 and 10. a 452
b 1065
c
4580
d 868
e 12 550
f
6824
4 How can you test a number for divisibility by: a 3?
b 9?
5 Test whether each number is divisible by 3 and by 9. a 189
b 235
c
4095
d 12 786
e 32 745
f
108 963
6 Test whether each number is divisible by 4, by 6 and by 8. a 456
b 826
c
468
d 1024
e 2598
f
18 453
7 There are 168 students in Year 8. Test whether they can be placed into equal groups of: a 3
b 4
c
8
d 9
8 A cash prize of $1203 is to be divided evenly between a group of winners. If each winner is to receive a share in whole dollars, can this prize money be shared evenly between: a 3 people
b 6 people
c
9 people?
9 Write all the numbers between 1 and 50 that are divisible by both 3 and 5.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 2 Primes and powers
23
2–02
Prime and composite numbers
WORDBANK factor A value that divides evenly into a given number. For example, 4 is a factor of 28 as 28 ÷ 4 = 7.
prime number A number with only two factors, 1 and itself. For example, 5 is a prime number because it has exactly two factors: 1 and 5.
composite number A number with more than two factors. For example, 10 is a composite number because it has four factors: 1, 2, 5 and 10.
1 is neither prime nor composite because it has only one factor, 1. 2 is the first prime number and the only even prime number (all other even numbers are composite). The first five prime numbers are 2, 3, 5, 7 and 11.
EXAMPLE 2 State whether each number is prime or composite. a 23
b 39
c
47
d 21
SOLUTION a 23 is prime as its only factors are 1 and 23.
1 × 23 = 23
b 39 is composite as it has more than two factors, including 3 and 13.
3 × 13 = 39
c
47 is prime as its only factors are 1 and 47.
d 21 is composite as it has more than two factors, including 3 and 7.
EXERCISE
1 × 47 = 47 3 × 7 = 21
2–02
1 Is 1 prime or composite? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A prime
B composite
C both prime and composite
D neither prime nor composite
2 Is 2 prime or composite? Select A, B, C or D. A prime
B composite
C both prime and composite
D neither prime nor composite
3 Write the numbers between 10 and 30 that are prime. 4 Write the numbers between 30 and 50 that are composite.
24
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
2–02
5 The prime numbers from 1 to 120 can be found by listing the numbers and using the Sieve of Eratosthenes (pronounced Siv of Era-tos-the-nees). Eratosthenes was an ancient Greek mathematician who ‘sifted’ out the prime numbers by crossing out all of the multiples of numbers (the composite numbers). a Copy the grid below for 1 to 120, or print out the worksheet ‘Sieve of Eratosthenes’ from Book 1’s NelsonNet website. 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
:
:
:
:
:
:
b Cross out 1. It is neither prime nor composite. c
Except for 2, cross out every multiple of 2: 4, 6, 8, 10, … and notice the pattern.
d Except for 3, cross out every multiple of 3: 6, 9, 12, 15, … and notice the pattern. e Except for 5, cross out every multiple of 5: 10, 15, 20, 25, … and notice the pattern. f
Except for 7, cross out every multiple of 7: 14, 21, 28, 35, … and notice the pattern.
g Write the remaining 30 prime numbers between 1 and 120 (the last one is 113). 6 Look at the prime numbers from Question 5. There are pairs of numbers called twin primes that are only two apart. List all 10 pairs of twin primes between 1 and 120. 7 State whether each number is prime (P) or composite (C). a 54
b 78
e 15
f
63
g 51
h 99
j
643
k 225
l
i
281
c
91
d 101 357
8 Use the divisibility tests to help test whether each number is prime or composite. a 491
b 279
9 What number am I? a I am prime. I have two digits. I am less than 50. The sum of my digits is 7.
ISBN 9780170350990
c
1065
d 3131
b I am composite. I am divisible by 6. I am between 150 and 200. The sum of my digits is 12.
Chapter 2 Primes and powers
25
2–03
Powers and roots
52 = 5 × 5, where 5 is called the base and 2 is the power or index. For 52, we say ‘5 squared’ or ‘5 to the power of 2’. For 63 = 6 × 6 × 6, we say ‘6 cubed’ or ‘6 to the power of 3’. The power shows how many times the base appears in the repeated multiplication.
EXAMPLE 3 Write each expression using index notation. a 5×5×5×5×5×5 b 8×8×8×8 12 × 12 × 12
c
SOLUTION a 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 × 5 = 56 b 8 × 8 × 8 × 8 = 84 12 × 12 × 12 = 123
c
Your calculator has keys for calculating squares 3 . cube roots
, cubes
, powers
, square roots
and
EXAMPLE 4 Evaluate each expression. a 73 d
3
b 25 8
e
3
16
c −125
SOLUTION a 73 = 343
On calculator, enter 7
b 25 = 32
On calculator, enter 2
c
16 = 4
On calculator, enter
d
3
8=2
On calculator, enter
e
3
−125 = –5
On calculator, enter
You need to press the
SHIFT
or
2ndF
key to use
3
3
= 5
=
16
=
8
=
(−) 125
=
3
EXAMPLE 5 Evaluate each root correct to two decimal places. 15
a c
3
−29
124
b d
3
238
SOLUTION a c
26
3
15 = 3.8729 = 3.87
b
−29 = –3.0723 ≈ –3.07
d
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
124 = 11.1355 ≈ 11.14 3
238 = 6.1971 ≈ 6.20 ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
2–03
1 What is the base number for 53? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 3
B 5
C 25
D 125
C 45
D 1024
2 Evaluate 45. Select A, B, C or D. A 4
B 5
3 For each expression, write the base and the power. a 58
b 74
e 85
f
4 Use the
c
31
39
d 42
g 151
h 204
key on your calculator to evaluate each expression in Question 3.
5 Write each expression in index notation. a 2×2×2×2×2 c
b 5×5×5×5
8×8×8×8×8×8
d 9×9×9×9×9
e 4×4×4×4
f
g 7
h 21 × 21 × 21 × 21
6 Use the
11 × 11 × 11 × 11 × 11 × 11
key on your calculator to evaluate each expression in Question 5.
7 Copy and complete each statement. a
36 = ___ as 62 = 36
b
3
64 = ___ as 43 = 64
c
16 = 4 as ___ = 16
d
3
8 = 2 as ___ = 8
8 Evaluate each root. a d
3
b
100
c
3
125
216
e
49
f
3
1000
1
i
4
g j
81
3
3
h
512
196
k
l
144 3
729
9 Evaluate each root correct to two decimal places. a d 10 a
3
115
b
38
c
3
75
118
e
556
f
3
107
Evaluate 302, 702 and 3002. 900,
b Hence find
4900 and
90 000.
11 a Evaluate 303, 503 and 2003. b Hence find
ISBN 9780170350990
3
27 000 ,
3
125 000 and
3
8 000 000 .
Chapter 2 Primes and powers
27
2–04
Multiplying terms with the same base
WORDBANK index Another word for power. indices The plural of index, pronounced ‘in-der-sees’. When multiplying terms with the same base, such as 25 × 24, we can add the powers because: 25 × 24 = (2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 2) × (2 × 2 × 2 × 2) = 29 (5 + 4 = 9) 5 times 4 times To multiply terms with the same base, add the indices. am × an = am+n
EXAMPLE 6 a Write 42 × 43 in expanded form. b Simplify 42 × 43, writing the answer in index notation.
SOLUTION a 42 × 43 = (4 × 4) × (4 × 4 × 4) b 42 × 43 = 42+3 = 45
EXAMPLE 7 Simplify each expression using index notation. a 34 × 38
b 73 × 75
c
95 × 9
b 73 × 75 = 73+5 = 78
c
95 × 9 = 95 × 91 = 95+1 9 = 91 = 96
SOLUTION
Shutterstock.com/Cherryson
a 34 × 38 = 34+8 = 312
28
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
2–04
1 Simplify 25 × 23. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. B 235
A 215
C 28
D 48
C 25
D cannot be simplified
2 Simplify 23 × 32. Select A, B, C or D. A 26
B 232
3 a What is the base number of 54? b What is the index of 54? c
Write 54 in expanded form.
4 Write each expression in expanded form. a 78 × 75
b 96 × 93
c
103 × 102
5 Simplify each expression in index notation. a 35 × 33
b 64 × 63
d 78 × 74
e 95 × 93
6
4
g 8 ×8 j
53 × 51 × 52
c
53 × 56
f
106 × 102
h 12 × 12
i
203 × 205
k 38 × 32 × 3
l
25 × 20 × 22
5
7
6 Write 64 × 6 × 65 in expanded form and hence evaluate it in index notation. 7 Is each equation true or false? a 36 × 33 = 318 c
73 × 74 × 7 = 77
b 54 × 52 = 56 d 45 × 40 × 42 = 47
8 Can 33 × 44 be simplified by adding indices? Use your calculator to evaluate it. 9 Use a calculator to evaluate each expression. b 64 × 102
c
53 × (–3)2
d (–2)7 × 42
Shutterstock.com/Carolina K. Smith MD
a 26 × 42
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 2 Primes and powers
29
2–05
Dividing terms with the same base
When dividing terms with the same base, such as 38 ÷ 36, we can subtract the powers because: 38 ÷ 36 =
3×3× 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 3 × 3 = 32 3×3×3×3×3×3
8–6=2
To divide terms with the same base, subtract the indices. am am ÷ an = n = am–n a
EXAMPLE 8 a Write 45 ÷ 42 in expanded form. b Simplify 45 ÷ 42, writing the answer in index notation.
SOLUTION a 45 ÷ 42 =
4×4×4×4×4 4×4
b 45 ÷ 42 = 45–2 = 43
EXAMPLE 9 Simplify each expression, writing the answer in index notation. a 48 ÷ 45
b 89 ÷ 83
c 107 ÷ 106
b 89 ÷ 83 = 89–3 = 86
c
SOLUTION a 48 ÷ 45 = 48–5 = 43
107 ÷ 106 = 107–6 = 101 = 10
Science Photo Library/CNRI
101 = 10
30
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
2–05
1 Simplify 28 ÷ 24. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 22
B 24
C 28
D 14
C 34
D cannot be simplified
2 Simplify 28 ÷ 32. Select A, B, C or D. A 26
B 24
3 a What is the base number of 83? b What is the index of 83? c
Write 83 in expanded form.
4 Write each expression in expanded form.
109 102 5 Simplify each expression using index notation. a 712 ÷ 75
b 96 ÷ 93
c
a 35 ÷ 33 78 d 74
b 68 ÷ 63
c
59 ÷ 56
e 95 ÷ 92
f
106 ÷ 102
g 86 ÷ 84
h
i
209 ÷ 205
l
65 × 60 6
j
58 ÷ 5 ÷ 52
12 8 12 7
k 38 × 32 ÷ 30
6 Is each equation true or false? a 36 ÷ 33 = 33 c
73 × 74 ÷ 7 = 77
b 58 ÷ 54 = 52 d 48 × 40 ÷ 42 = 47
iStockphoto/Eduard Andras
7 Can 33 ÷ 43 be simplified by subtracting indices? Use your calculator to evaluate it as a fraction.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 2 Primes and powers
31
2–06
Power of a power
When finding a power of a power with the same base, such as (32)4, we can multiply powers because: (32)4 = 32 × 32 × 32 × 32 = (3 × 3) × (3 × 3) × (3 × 3) × (3 × 3) = 38
(4 × 2 = 8)
To find a power of a power, multiply the indices. (am)n = am × n = amn
EXAMPLE 10 Simplify each expression in index notation. a (23)5
b (64)3
c
(104)8
b (64)3 = 64×3 = 612
c
(104)8 = 104×8 = 1032
SOLUTION
Shutterstock.com/Leonardo Gonzalez
a (23)5 = 23×5 = 215
32
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
2–06
1 Simplify (35)3. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. B 32
A 38
C 315
D 353
C 28
D 253
2 Simplify (23)5. Select A, B, C or D. A 22
B 215
3 Copy and complete each equation. a (210)2 = 210×_ = 2––
b (84)7 = 8_×7 = __28
4 Simplify each expression in index notation. a (34)3
b (56)2
e (27)3
f
(53)8
g (83)4
h (35)6
(43)6
j
(76)4
k (105)3
l
i
5 4
m (5 )
3 3
n (7 )
c
(92)5
3 6
o (4 )
d (113)4 (63)7
p (82)5
5 Is each equation true or false? b (36)4 = 324
c
(22)3 = 46
iStockphoto/Andrew Rich
a (58)3 = 511
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 2 Primes and powers
33
2–07
The zero index
What does 96 ÷ 96 equal? 9×9×9×9×9×9 = 1 because any number divided by itself equals 1. 96 ÷ 96 = 9×9×9×9×9×9 However, when dividing terms with the same base we subtract the powers: 96 ÷ 96 = 96–6 = 90 So 90 = 1. This rule works for any number as a base (not just 9). Any term raised to the power of 0 is 1. a0 = 1
EXAMPLE 11 Evaluate each expression. a 50
b (–3)0
c
7 × 60
d (3 × 4)0
b (–3)0 = 1
c
7 × 60 = 7 × 1 =7
d (3 × 4)0 = 120 =1
SOLUTION
Dreamstime/Vlue
a 50 = 1
34
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
2–07
1 Evaluate 5 × 20. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 5
B 2
C 10
D 1
C 10
D 1
2 Evaluate (5 × 2)0. Select A, B, C or D. A 5
B 2
3 Evaluate each expression. a 70
b (–5)0
c
3 × 60
d (2 × 8)0
e 3 + 50
f
(–7 × 2)0
g 6 – 40
h 2 × (–8)0
i
1 2
k (45)0
l
(1 – 9)0
j 4 a
24 ÷ 30
0
Simplify 73 ÷ 73 in index notation, then evaluate the answer.
b Describe the rule shown in part a. 5 Is each equation true or false? a 20 = 1
b 70 = 7
c
100 = 1
0
d 6 =6
e 5×3 =5
f
(–4)0 = –1
g (2 × 3)0 = 1
h –2 × 90 = –18
i
3 × (–6)0 = 3
0
j
(–2)0 = –20
k 3 × 40 = (3 × 4)0
6 Evaluate (6 × 2)0 + 6 × 20 – (–2)0. 7 Use index laws to simplify each expression using index notation. a 46 × 45 12
6
b 68 ÷ 64 4 3
d 3 ÷3
e (5 )
g 34 × 36 ÷ 310
h 78 ÷ 75 × 73 ÷ 76
(43)4 ÷ 45 × 42
j
(24)3
f
75 × 73
512 ÷ 56 × (52)3 ÷ 58
iStockphoto/jerry2313
i
c
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 2 Primes and powers
35
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CODE PUZZLE Use this table to decode the words and phrases used in this chapter. 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
1 9 – 14 – 4 – 5 – 24 2 4 – 9 – 21 – 9 – 19 – 9 – 2 – 12 – 5 3 19 – 17 – 21 – 1 – 18 – 5
18 – 15 – 15 – 20
4 2 – 1 – 19 – 5 5 3 – 21 – 2 – 5
18 – 15 – 15 – 20
6 16 – 18 – 9 – 13 – 5 7 13 – 21 – 12 – 20 – 9 – 16 – 12 – 25 8 3 – 15 – 13 – 16 – 15 – 19 – 9 – 20 – 5 9 16 – 15 – 23 – 5 – 18 10 26 – 5 – 18 – 15 11 4 – 9 – 22 – 9 – 4 – 5 12 19 – 21 – 2 – 20 – 18 – 1 – 3 – 20 13 20 – 5 – 18 – 13 14 14 – 21 – 13 – 2 – 5 – 18 15 4 – 9 – 22 – 9 – 19 – 9 – 2 – 9 – 12 – 9 – 20 – 25
36
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 2 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 8 Find the value of d if the area of this rectangle is 45 m2.
1 Evaluate 300 × 8. 2 Copy and complete: 18 km = _____ m. 3 List all the factors of 12.
9m
4 Simplify x + y – y + x. dm
5 Find the mode of the scores: 12, 8, 7, 6, 8, 7, 5, 7.
9 Simplify 3 × r × 7. 6 Given that 19 × 6 = 114, evaluate 1.9 × 6. 10 Copy and complete: 7 Find 25% of $640.
3 = . 8 32
Part B Primes and powers Calculators are not allowed.
2–01 Divisibility tests 11 Which of these numbers is divisible by 4? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 365
B 812
C 950
D 729
12 Which of these numbers is divisible by 3? Select A, B, C or D. A 365
B 812
C 950
D 729
2–02 Prime and composite numbers 13 Which of these numbers is composite? Select A, B, C or D. A 11
B 51
C 23
D 41
14 Write all the prime numbers between 12 and 25.
2–03 Powers and roots 15 Write 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6 using index notation. 16 Evaluate each expression. a 54
ISBN 9780170350990
b
169
c
3
−64
Chapter 2 Primes and powers
37
PRACTICE TEST 2 2–04 Multiplying terms with the same base 17 Simplify each expression using index notation. a 43 × 45
b 84 × 8
c
23 × 23
2–05 Dividing terms with the same base 18 Simplify each expression using index notation. a 58 ÷ 53
b 712 ÷ 74
c
97 ÷ 9
2–06 Power of a power 19 Simplify each expression using index notation. a (32)4
b (63)5
c
(42)6
c
(5 – 3)0
2–07 The zero index 20 Evaluate each expression. a 50
38
b 3 + 40
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
3
PYTHAGORAS’ THEOREM
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 3? 3–01 3–02 3–03 3–04
Pythagoras’ theorem Finding the hypotenuse Finding a shorter side Mixed problems
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: understand and write Pythagoras’ theorem for right-angled triangles use Pythagoras’ theorem to find the length of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle, giving the answer as a surd or a decimal approximation use Pythagoras’ theorem to find the length of a shorter side in a right-angled triangle, giving the answer as a surd or a decimal approximation solve problems involving Pythagoras’ theorem
Note: Pythagoras’ theorem is a Year 9 topic in the Australian Curriculum and appears in Book 3 of this series but it has been included here because it is a Stage 4 topic in the NSW syllabus. * Shutterstock.com/Moving Moment
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 3 Pythagoras’ theorem
39
3–01
Pythagoras’ theorem
WORDBANK right-angled triangle A triangle with one angle exactly 90°. This angle is called the right angle. hypotenuse The longest side of a right-angled triangle, the side opposite the right angle. Hypotenuse Right angle
Pythagoras’ theorem The rule or formula c2 = a2 + b2 that relates the lengths of the sides of a right-angled triangle. Pythagoras was an ancient Greek mathematician who discovered this rule (‘theorem’ means rule).
PYTHAGORAS’ THEOREM In any right-angled triangle, the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the sum of the squares of the other two sides. a If the lengths of the sides of a right-angled triangle are a, b and c, where c is the length of the hypotenuse (longest side), then c2 = a2 + b2.
c
b
Pythagoras’ theorem can be demonstrated by the diagram below. •
• • •
The dark triangle here is a right-angled triangle. A square has been drawn on each side of the triangle in a lighter colour. Each square has been divided into smaller identical triangles. The square of the hypotenuse is the area of square 3, which is 8 triangular units. The squares of the other two sides are the areas of square 1 and square 2, which are 4 triangular units each. 4 + 4 = 8, so the square of the hypotenuse equals the sum of the squares of the other two sides.
3 1
2
EXAMPLE 1 Name the hypotenuse and state Pythagoras’ theorem for each right-angled triangle below. a
q
p
r
e
b
c
d
SOLUTION a The hypotenuse is q. Pythagoras’ theorem is q2 = p2 + r2.
the longest side, opposite the right angle
(hypotenuse)2 = the sum of the squares of the other two sides
b The hypotenuse is d. Pythagoras’ theorem is d2 = c2 + e2.
40
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
3–01
Pythagoras’ theorem
EXAMPLE 2 Show whether Pythagoras’ theorem is true for each triangle below. a b 8m 6m
13 cm
12 cm
11 m
5 cm
SOLUTION a For Pythagoras’ theorem to be true, hypotenuse2 = sum of squares of the other two sides. Does 132 = 52 + 122? 169 = 25 + 144 True, so Pythagoras’ theorem is true. This means the triangle is right-angled. b Does 112 = 62 + 82? 121 = 36 + 64 This means the triangle is not right-angled.
EXERCISE
False, so Pythagoras’ theorem is not true.
3–01
1 Which side of this right-angled triangle is the hypotenuse? Select the correct answer A, B or C. b
c
a
A a
B b
C c
2 What is Pythagoras’ theorem for the triangle in Question 1? Select A, B or C. B c2 = a2 + b2
A b2 = a2 + c2
C a2 = b2 + c2
3 Name the hypotenuse for each right-angled triangle. p a b c a
c
m q
n
b
d
e x
a
r
v
f
z p
q
r
w s
y
4 State Pythagoras’ theorem for each right-angled triangle in Question 3.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 3 Pythagoras’ theorem
41
EXERCISE
3–01
5 Show whether Pythagoras’ theorem is true for each triangle below. a b c 12 10
6
8 9
15 6
8
d
e 10
5
f
24 5
40
12 41
26
9
10
123RF/Syda Productions
6 Which triangles in Question 5 are right-angled?
42
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
3–02
Finding the hypotenuse
WORDBANK surd A square root where the answer is not an exact number. For example, 8 = 2.8284... is a surd because there isn’t an exact number squared that is equal to 8. As a decimal, the digits of 8 run endlessly without any repeating pattern.
exact form When an answer is written as an exact number, such as a whole number, decimal or surd, and is not rounded.
To find the length of the hypotenuse in a right-angled triangle: write Pythagoras’ theorem in the form c2 = a2 + b2 where c is the length of the hypotenuse solve the equation check that your answer is the longest side.
EXAMPLE 3 Find the length of the hypotenuse in each triangle, writing your answer in exact form. 5m a b c
9 cm
8m
12 cm
p
SOLUTION a c2 = a2 + b2 = 92 + 122 = 225 c = 225 = 15 cm
b c2 = a2 + b2 p2 = 52 + 82 = 89 p = 89 m This is in exact form.
p is the hypotenuse. This is in exact surd form.
From the diagram, a hypotenuse of length 15 cm looks reasonable. It is also the longest side.
EXAMPLE 4 Find d correct to one decimal place. 3.6 m
8.4 m
d
SOLUTION c2 = a2 + b2 d2 = 3.62 + 8.42 = 83.52 d = 83.52 = 9.1389… ≈ 9.1 m
ISBN 9780170350990
rounded to one decimal place
Chapter 3 Pythagoras’ theorem
43
EXERCISE
3–02
1 What is Pythagoras’ theorem for this right-angled triangle? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. B c2 = 122 – 52
A 122 = 52 + c2 c
C c2 = 52 + 122
D 52 = c2 + 122
5m
12 m
2 What is the length of side c in Question 1? Select A, B, C or D. A 7m
B 13 m
C 15 m
D
119 m
3 Copy and complete for this triangle. c2 = a2 + b2 c2 = 182 + __2 c2 = ____
c
18 m
c = __ = ___
24 m
4 Find the value of the pronumeral in each triangle below. Answer in exact form. a b 8 mm
r
10 mm
15 mm
24 mm
q
c
y
d 15 cm t
40 cm
30 cm
20 cm
5 Find the length of the hypotenuse in each triangle below. Answer correct to one decimal place. 5m a b c 6m 9 cm 11 m
14 m
6 cm
d
e
5.6 m
f 7.25 m
8.6 cm 18.4 m
12.86 m
6.2 cm
44
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
3–03
Finding a shorter side
To find the length of a shorter side in a right-angled triangle: write Pythagoras’ theorem in the form c2 = a2 + b2 where c is the length of the hypotenuse rearrange the equation so that the shorter side is on the LHS (left-hand-side) solve the equation check that your answer is shorter than the hypotenuse.
EXAMPLE 5 Find the length of the unknown side in each triangle. Answer in exact form. a
b
a 10 m
8m
12 cm
h
17 cm
SOLUTION a
102 = h2 + 82 h + 82 = 102 2
h2 = 102 – 82 = 36
10 is the hypotenuse. b 172 = a2 + 122 2 Rearranging a + 122 = 172 equation so that a2 = 172 – 122 h is on the LHS. = 145 a = 145 cm
h = 36 =6m
in exact form
From the diagram, a length of 6 m looks reasonable. It is also shorter than the hypotenuse, 10 m.
EXAMPLE 6 Find the value of the pronumeral in each triangle. Answer correct to one decimal place. 15 m a b hm
24 m
6.8 cm
8.9 cm
x cm
a
242 = h2 + 152 h2 + 152 = 242 h2 = 242 – 152 = 351 h = 351 = 18.7349… ≈ 18.7
ISBN 9780170350990
b
rounded to one decimal place
8.92 = x2 + 6.82 x2 + 6.82 = 8.92 x2 = 8.92 – 6.82 = 32.97 x = 32.97 = 5.7419... ≈ 5.7
Chapter 3 Pythagoras’ theorem
45
EXERCISE
3–03
1 To find the length of the shorter side, a, in the triangle below, which rule is correct? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 20
12
a
A 202 = a2 + 122
B 202 = a2 – 122
C a2 = 122 – 202
D a2 = 122 + 202
2 What is the value of a in the triangle above? Select A, B, C or D. A 15
B 18
C 16
D 14
3 Copy and complete this solution to find b. 132 = b2 + 52 2 2 b + = 132 2 b = 132 – = 169 – b = __ =
13
5
b
2
4 Find the value of b for each triangle below. Leave your answers in exact form. a b c b b 8m
15 mm 13 cm
12 cm
17 mm
10 m b
d
e
f 30 mm
11 cm
b
b
b 12 m
5 cm
40 mm
6m
5 Find correct to one decimal place the value of each pronumeral. a b ym 26 m
am
8.2 m 2.5 m
15 m
c
6.2 cm
d 12.4 m
sm nm
8.5 cm
5.2 m
46
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
3–04
Mixed problems
For this right-angled triangle: c
a
b
to find the length of the hypotenuse, use c2 = a2 + b2 where c is the hypotenuse to find the length of one of the shorter sides, use b2 = c2 − a2 to find side b or a2 = c2 − b2 to find side a.
EXAMPLE 7 Find the length of the unknown side in each triangle below. Leave your answer in exact form. 17 m 10 cm a b c 9m
t
15 m 24 cm
28 m
x
d
SOLUTION a d is a shorter side square and subtract d2 = 152 – 92 = 225 – 81 = 144 d = 144 = 12 m
b x is the hypotenuse square and add x2 = 102 + 242 = 100 + 576 = 676 x = 676 = 26 cm
c
t is a shorter side square and subtract t2 = 282 – 172 = 784 – 289 = 495 t = 495 m
EXAMPLE 8 A rectangle has a diagonal of length 34 cm and width of 18 cm. What is the length of the rectangle correct to two decimal places?
SOLUTION Draw a diagram. Let the length of the rectangle be x cm.
18 cm
34 cm
x cm
342 = x2 + 182 x2 = 342 – 182 = 832 x = 832 = 28.8444… ≈ 28.84 The length of the rectangle is 28.84 cm.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 3 Pythagoras’ theorem
47
EXERCISE
3–04
1 To find the length of the hypotenuse, j, in the triangle below, which rule is correct? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. j
i
h 2
2
A j = i + h2
B h 2 = i2 – j2
C j2 = h2 – i2
D i2 = h2 + j2
2 To find the length of the shorter side, r, in the triangle below, which rule is correct? Select A, B, C or D. A r2 = q2 + p2
B p2 = r2 – q2
C q2 = r2 – p2
D r2 = q2 – p2
q
r
p
3 Find the length of the unknown side in each triangle. Leave your answers in exact form. a b c 40 m 5 cm
3 cm
9m 12 m
y
20 m
x
z
d
e
f 8m
34 m
r
30 m 14 m
64 cm
25 cm
b p
4 Find correct to one decimal place the value of the pronumeral in each triangle. a b c tm 7.4 m 15 m 5.7 cm
13.2 cm
35 m
22.6 m
vm
x cm
48
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
3–04
5 A ladder is placed against a building to reach a window on the second floor 6 m high. Find correct to two decimal places the length of the ladder. Window
6m
Ladder
4m
6 For this triangle, find correct to one decimal place the length of BC.
4 cm
D
C
Alamy/Tetra Images
B
3 cm
A
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 3 Pythagoras’ theorem
49
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CROSSWORD PUZZLE Make a copy of this crossword, then complete it using the clues below. 1
2
3
4 5 6 7
8
9
10
Across 1 The ancient Greek mathematician who discovered a rule for right-angled triangles. 3 You must do this to numbers when you use Pythagoras’ theorem. 7 The opposite to squaring a number (two words). 9 To find the hypotenuse, you do this to the squares of the two shorter sides. 10 A shape with three straight sides.
Down 2 The longest side in a right-angled triangle. 4 Another word for a rule. 5 The number of sides in a triangle. 6 To find a shorter side, you do this to the squares of the hypotenuse and to the other short side. 8 Pythagoras’ theorem is true for this type of triangle only.
50
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 3 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 Write 1456 in 12-hour time. 2 Complete: 45.8 cm =
3 2 + . 8 5 6 Evaluate (–3)3.
5 Evaluate mm.
3 Evaluate 44 × 5.
3 of $56. 4 8 Find the range of 8, 2, 5, 3, 7.
7 Find
4 Find the perimeter of this shape.
9 How many faces has a rectangular prism?
16 m 8m 12 m
10 Ben pays a grocery bill of $86.35 with a $100 note. Calculate the change.
Part B Pythagoras’ theorem Calculators are allowed.
3–01 Pythagoras’ theorem 11 Name the hypotenuse in this right-angled triangle. a
c
b
12 What is Pythagoras’ theorem for the triangle in Question 1? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. B c2 = a2 + b2
A b2 = a2 + c2
C a2 = b2 + c2
D b2 = a2 – c2
3–02 Finding the hypotenuse 13 Find the value of each pronumeral, giving your answer in exact form. a b 15 cm b cm
12 m
6m pm
20 cm
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 3 Pythagoras’ theorem
51
PRACTICE TEST 3 3–03 Finding a shorter side 14 Find the value of each pronumeral, giving your answer correct to two decimal places. a b sm 7 cm
3 cm
15.3 m
4.2 m
x cm
3–04 Mixed problems 15 Find the value of each pronumeral, correct to one decimal place. a b 17.4 m
5.4 m 106 m
214 m
pm
ym
16 Find the length of the diagonal in a square of side length 3 cm. 17 Find the height that a 15 m ladder will reach if it is placed 9 m from the base of a wall.
52
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
4
INTEGERS
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 4? 4–01 4–02 4–03 4–04 4–05 4–06
Ordering integers Adding integers Subtracting integers Multiplying integers Dividing integers Order of operations
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: arrange integers in order, including on a number line add and subtract integers multiply and divide integers use the order of operations for evaluating mixed expressions
* Shutterstock.com/Sychugina
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 4 Integers
53
4–01
Ordering integers
WORDBANK negative number A number that is less than 0; for example, –5. integer A positive or negative whole number or zero. ascending Going up, increasing from smallest to largest. descending Going down, decreasing from largest to smallest. Positive and negative numbers can be used to describe everyday situations such as: • withdrawing $20 from a bank: – $20 • 5 degrees above zero: +5°C or just 5°C Integers can be ordered on a number line. –4
–3
–2
–1
0
+1
+2
+3
+4
The numbers on the right are larger than the numbers on the left. • The positive integers are on the right because they are greater than 0. • The negative integers are on the left because they are less than 0. • The number line extends in both directions forever, so we place arrows on both ends. • We can delete the + sign for the positive integers, so 3 is the same as +3.
EXAMPLE 1 Plot these integers on a number line: –2, 3, 0, –1, 1.
SOLUTION –4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
< means is less than; for example, 4 < 9 > means is greater than; for example, 6 > 2 Think of the symbol pointing to the smaller number with the other side opening up to the larger number.
EXAMPLE 2 Is each statement true or false? a –9 < 8
b 7 < –2
c
–4 < –3
d 0 > –6
SOLUTION a True, –9 is less than 8. b False, 7 is not less than –2. Use the number line to work out the position of each number.
c
True, –4 is less than –3.
d True, 0 is greater than –6.
EXAMPLE 3 Write these integers in ascending order: 5, –6, 9, –3, 0, –2, 8, –4.
SOLUTION From smallest to largest: –6, –4, –3, –2, 0, 5, 8, 9.
54
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
4–01
EXERCISE
1 Which of these integers 18, –4, 9, –2, –16, 21 is the smallest? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A –2
B –16
C –4
D 21
2 Which statement is true? Select A, B, C or D. A –2 < –3
B 0 > –4
C 9 < –9
D –4 > –3
3 What is an integer? Select A, B, C or D. A a negative number
B a positive number
C zero
D any positive or negative whole number or zero
4 Write an integer to represent each situation. a depositing $22 in a bank account c
b going down 5 steps
twelve degrees below zero
d going 28 m above sea level
e losing $50
f
winning $100
5 Is each statement true or false? a 6 > –8
b 0 < –4
c
9 > –2
d –12 < –9
e –3 < –6
f
–5 > 5
g –15 < –13
h 0 > –8
i
–18 < –12
6 Plot these integers on a number line: –8, 5, 6, –3, 4, –7, 9, 0, –5, 3, 2, –1 7 Write these integers in ascending order: 18, –4, 12, 0, –9, 1, –6, 21, –15, 8, –2, 9 8 Write these integers in descending order: 23, –14, –6, 8, –12, 0, 6, –17, 25, 18, –3, –4 9 Use the number line below to decode each message. a –1
–2 0
b –4
1
–3
–2
0
c
–1
–3
2
–3
1
4
1
–1
2
3
–1
–2
2
Each number on the number line has a letter above it to use in the code. A
E
N
I
T
R
G
U
S
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
10 Copy and complete each statement using a > or < symbol. a 3 ___ 2
b 0 ___ 5
e 8 ___ –3
f
–2 ___ –4
g –8 ___ 3
h –9 ___ –3
j
–10 ___ –4
k –17 ___ 7
l
i
–12 ___ 3
ISBN 9780170350990
c
6 ___ –6
d 0 ___ –2 26 ___ –6
Chapter 4 Integers
55
4–02
Adding integers
Integers can be added using a number line. Move right if adding a positive integer. Move left if adding a negative integer. Adding a negative integer is the same as subtracting its opposite; for example, 10 + (−1) = 10 − 1 = 9
EXAMPLE 4 Use a number line to evaluate each sum. a –5 + 4
b 5 + (–3)
SOLUTION a –5 + 4 Start at –5 and move 4 to the right. –5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
–5 + 4 = –1 b 5 + (–3) Start at 5 and move 3 to the left. –5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
5 + (–3) = 5 – 3 = 2 Negative numbers can be entered into a calculator using the (−) or +/– key.
EXAMPLE 5 Use a calculator to evaluate each sum. a 28 + (–32)
b –45 + (–23)
c
–128 + 115
SOLUTION On calculator, enter: 28 +
b –45 + (–23) = –68
On calculator, enter: (–) 45 +
c
56
(–) 32
a 28 + (–32) = –4
–128 + 115 = –13
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
=
(–) 23
=
On calculator, enter: (–) 128 + 115 =
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
4–02
1 What is the sum of 12 and –7? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A –5
B –19
C 19
D 5
C 17
D –5
2 Evaluate –6 + 11. Select A, B, C or D. A 5
B –17
3 Is each equation true or false? a –5 + 8 = –3
b 9 + (–3) = 6
c
–12 + 8 = –4
a –8 + 4
b 8 + (–4)
c
–8 + (–4)
d –7 + 5
e 7 + (–5)
f
–7 + (–5)
g –9 + 6
d –7 + (–2) = 9
4 Evaluate each sum.
h 9 + (–6)
i
–9 + (–6)
–11 + 7
k 11 + (–7)
l
–11 + (–7)
m –12 + 5
n –8 + (–3)
o 19 + (–4)
p 10 + (–6)
q –14 + (–2)
r
j
s
–16 + (–2)
v –18 + (–9)
t
18 + (–8)
w –22 + 4
25 + (–6)
u –7 + (–9) x 54 + (–32)
5 A lift was malfunctioning so that each time the button was pressed it would go up 3 levels and then slip back down 1 level. Ben got in the lift and pressed the button four times. On which level did he end up if he was on the second level when he got into the lift?
Shutterstock.com/Oksana Kuzmina
6 Baby Kyle walked forward 5 steps, back 3, forward 2, back 3, forward 6 steps and then fell over. If his steps follow the same pattern, how many attempts like this would it take him to reach a toy 20 steps away?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 4 Integers
57
4–03
Subtracting integers
Integers can be subtracted using a number line. Move left if subtracting a positive integer. Move right if subtracting a negative integer. Subtracting a negative integer is the same as adding its opposite; for example, 3 − (−4) = 3 + 4 = 7
iStockphoto/monkeybusinessimages
Think of how we speak: A single negative means negative: ‘I am not going to the movies’. A double negative reverses the meaning to positive: ‘I am not not going to the movies’ means ‘I am going to the movies’.
EXAMPLE 6 Evaluate each difference. a –1 – 3
b 4 – (–2)
SOLUTION a –1 – 3 Start at –1 and move 3 left. –1 – 3 = –4 –5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
b 4 – –2 Start at 4 and move 2 right. –5
–4
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
4 – –2 = 4 + 2 =6
EXAMPLE 7 Use a calculator to evaluate 29 – (–24).
SOLUTION 29 – (–24) = 53
58
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
On calculator, enter: 29 −
(−) 24
=
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
4–03
1 Find the difference between –8 and 5. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 3
B 13
C –3
D –13
C 3
D –11
2 Evaluate –7 – 4. Select A, B, C or D. A 11
B –3
3 Evaluate each difference. a –4 – 5
b 4 – (–5)
c
–4 – (–5)
d –6 – 3
e 6 – (–3)
f
–6 – (–3)
g –7 – 2
h 7 – (–2)
i
–7 – (–2)
–8 – 1
k 8 – (–1)
l
–8 – (–1)
m –6 – 8
n –7 – (–4)
o 11 – (–5)
p –12 – 3
q –4 – (–18)
r
j
s
–19 – 11
v –24 – 9
t
–7 – 8
w –15 – 6
23 – (–12)
u 32 – (–21) x 44 – (–21)
4 Use a calculator to evaluate each difference. a –48 – 23
b –56 – (–31)
c
22 – (–19)
d –82 – 64
e 35 – (–92)
f
–56 – 89
g 100 – (–32)
h –54 – 96
i
–86 – (–114)
5 Jackson opened a bank account and deposited $250. A week later, he withdrew $28 but then deposited $56 the next day. How much money does he have in his bank account now?
Alamy/Steven May
6 Gian was lost, but tried to find her way by walking 25 steps forward, 3 steps back, 18 steps forward again and then 12 steps back. How many steps is she now from her starting point?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 4 Integers
59
4–04
Multiplying integers
Look at this pattern: 3 × 7 = 7 + 7 + 7 = 21 3 × (–7) = –7 + (–7) + (–7) = –21 –3 × (–7) = –[(–7) + (–7) + (–7)] = –[–21] = 21
positive × positive = positive number positive × negative = negative number negative × negative = positive number
When multiplying integers: two positive integers give a positive answer (+ × + = +) a positive and a negative integer give a negative answer (+ × − = −) two negative integers give a positive answer (− × − = +).
EXAMPLE 8 Find each product. a –6 × 5
b 4 × (–7)
c
–4 × (–9)
d (–5)2
SOLUTION a –6 × 5 = –30
negative × positive = negative
b 4 × (–7) = –28
positive × negative = negative
–4 × (–9) = 36
negative × negative = positive
c
d (–5)2 = –5 × (–5) = 25
negative × negative = positive (−) 5
)
=
iStockphoto/HS3RUS
On calculator, enter: (
60
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
4–04
1 Find the product of –6 and 8. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 48
B –54
C –48
D –56
C –132
D –144
2 Evaluate –12 × (–11). Select A, B, C or D. A 132
B 144
3 Evaluate each product. a –3 × 4
b 8 × (–5)
c
–4 × (–9)
d 5 × (–7)
e –6 × (–4)
f
8 × (–6)
g –11 × 5
h 12 × (–7)
i
–7 × (–9)
8 × (–9)
k –7 × (–6)
l
–12 × 8
n –6 × 9
o –4 × (–12)
j
m 11 × (–8)
4 Copy and complete this table. ×
−2
5
−6
8
−4
3 −7 −9 10 5 Evaluate each product using a calculator. a 27 × (–3)
b –38 × (–6)
c
52 × (–8)
d 37 × (–9)
e –62 × (–4)
f
–88 × 7
g –78 × (–5)
h 129 × (–2)
i
389 × (–8)
k –246 × (–45)
l
–682 × 22
n 923 × (–54)
o –1024 × (–7)
j
185 × (–23)
iStockphoto/MikeCherim
m –458 × 12
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 4 Integers
61
4–05
Dividing integers
For dividing integers, we can use the same rules as for multiplying integers because division and multiplication are inverse operations. Look at this pattern: 3 × 7 = 21, so 21 ÷ 7 = 3 3 × (–7) = –21, so –21 ÷ (–7) = 3 –3 × (–7) = 21, so 21 ÷ (–7) = (–3)
positive ÷ positive = positive number negative ÷ negative = positive number positive ÷ negative = negative number
When dividing integers: two positive integers give a positive answer (+ ÷ + = +) a positive and a negative integer give a negative answer (+ ÷ − = −) two negative integers give a positive answer (− ÷ − = +)
EXAMPLE 9 Evaluate each quotient. a –24 ÷ 8
b 45 ÷ (–9)
c
–42 ÷ (–6)
SOLUTION a –24 ÷ 8 = –3
negative ÷ positive = negative
b 45 ÷ (–9) = –5
positive ÷ negative = negative
–42 ÷ (–6) = 7
negative ÷ negative = positive
Shutterstock.com/Wichai Sittipan
c
62
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
4–05
1 What is the quotient of –54 and 9? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 7
B 6
C –6
D –8
C 9
D –8
2 Evaluate 72 ÷ (–8). Select A, B, C or D. A –9
B –7
3 Evaluate each quotient. a –8 ÷ 4
b 25 ÷ (–5)
c
–48 ÷ (–8)
d 56 ÷ (–7)
e –27 ÷ (–3)
f
63 ÷ (–9)
g –108 ÷ (–12)
h 72 ÷ 8
i
–40 ÷ (–5)
k –30 ÷ (–5)
l
49 ÷ (–7)
n –44 ÷ 4
o –96 ÷ (–12)
j
–66 ÷ 11
m –60 ÷ (–5)
4 Use your calculator to evaluate each quotient. a –24 ÷ 3
b 16 ÷ (–8)
e –49 ÷ (–7)
f
36 ÷ (–9)
g –64 ÷ 8
j
–300 ÷ (–10)
k 280 ÷ (–7)
i
81 ÷ (–9) 2
n –120 ÷ 60
–27 ÷ (–3)
d 48 ÷ (–6) h –35 ÷ 5
2
o 64 ÷ (–2)
l
–560 ÷ 80
p –2400 ÷ (–120)
Shutterstock.com/Volt Collection
m 72 ÷ (–3)
c
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 4 Integers
63
4–06
Order of operations
WORDBANK operations The four operations in mathematics are addition (+), subtraction (–), multiplication (×) and division (÷).
order of operations The correct order to evaluate a mixed expression with more than one operation, such as 16 × 2 – (20 + 4).
brackets Grouping symbols around expressions such as round brackets ( ) or square brackets [ ].
When evaluating mixed expressions, calculate using this order of operations: brackets ( ) first, then powers (xy) and square roots ( ) then multiplication (×) and division (÷) from left to right then addition (+) and subtraction (−) from left to right.
EXAMPLE 10 Evaluate each expression. a 18 – 12 ÷ (–4) b 160 + (–4) × (–8) c
[–6 + (–3)] × (–28 ÷ 7)
d (–8)2 ÷ (–4) +
16 × (–2)
e (–48) ÷ 8 + (–60) × (–2) – 18
SOLUTION –3 a 18 – 12 ÷ (–4) = 18 – (–3) = 21
÷ first
32 b 160 + (–4) × (–8) = 160 + 32 = 192
× first
c
–9 –4 [–6 + (–3)] × (–28 ÷ 7) = –9 × (–4) = 36
d (–8)2 ÷ (–4) +
16 × (–2) = 64 ÷ (–4) + 4 × (–2) = –16 + (–8) = –24
–6 120 e (–48) ÷ 8 + (–60) × (–2) – 18 = –6 + 120 – 18 = 96
64
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
Work left to right: do [ ] first. Powers and square roots first. Then work left to right: ÷ and ×.
÷ and × first
ISBN 9780170350990
4–06
EXERCISE
1 Evaluate 24 – 12 × (–3). Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A –12
B 60
C 12
D –60
2 Evaluate 48 + (–56) ÷ (–8). Select A, B, C or D. A 41
B –41
C 56
D 55
3 Which operation do you do first if evaluating a mixed expression that involves: a + and ×?
b + and –?
c
– and ÷?
d × and ÷?
4 What operation would you do first in each expression? a 28 – 5 × (–3)
b 24 + (–8) ÷ (–2)
c
62 – (–63) ÷ 9
d 38 + 81 ÷ (–9)
e –12 + (–7) × 4
f
56 – 120 ÷ (–12)
g 19 – 35 ÷ (–7)
h 48 + (–8) × (–7)
i
–72 + (–6) × 8
5 Evaluate each expression in Question 4. 6 Evaluate each expression using a calculator. a (–4)2 × (–3) + 12 c
b –54 ÷ (–9) × 26
2
23 – (–6) + 8
d 29 – (–4) × 16 2
e
25 × (–8) + (–3)
f
238 – 123 ÷ (–3)
g
49 + (–9)2 × (–3)
h
42 − 16 39 ÷ 3
j
(–4 × 3) – [12 ÷ (–6)]
k –32 + (–9 + 6) × (–3)
l
65 – (–8 + 2) × (–5)
m 120 – (–8) × (–9 – 2)
n [–7 × (–6)] ÷ (–2 – 4)
o [–55 ÷ (–11)] × (–7 + 15)
p –200 + [–4 × (–8)] ÷ (–16)
q [–9 × (–2)] ÷ [–5 + (–4)]
r
i
s
28 − 12 48 ÷ (−12)
{500 – [–25 + (–35)]} ÷ 80
–240 ÷ [–8 + (–12 × 3) + 4]
7 At the supermarket, Georgia bought 3 cartons of milk for $2.75 each, 5 blocks of chocolate for $3.50 each and 4 packets of biscuits for $1.95 each. a How much did this cost altogether? b How much change did she receive from a $50 note? 8 Jake joined a tennis club and was charged $25 per year to join, $12.50 each visit during Monday to Friday and $15 per visit on the weekend. How much will it cost him over a year if he plays twice during the week and once each weekend?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 4 Integers
65
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CROSSWORD PUZZLE Make a copy of this puzzle, then complete the crossword using the clues below. 1
2
3
4
6
5
7 8
9
10
11
12
Across 5 Word beginning with the letter ‘E’ meaning an educated guess of an answer. 8 The answer to a multiplication. 10 The opposite of multiply. 11 A positive number divided by a negative number gives this type of number. 12 Integers are positive or negative _____ numbers or zero.
Down 1 Positive and negative whole numbers. 2 A number that is neither positive nor negative. 3 The operation of finding the difference. 4 The answer to an addition. 6 Word beginning with ‘I’ meaning going on forever, as with integers. 7 The operation of finding the sum. 9 Multiplying before adding is an example of _____ of operations.
66
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 4 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 Evaluate 19 × 9.
6 Evaluate 40 × 5.
2 Use index notation to simplify (35)3
7 Write 0.125 as a simple fraction.
3 Complete: 56.4 km = _____ m.
8 List all the factors of 18.
2 of $300. 5 5 Find the perimeter of this triangle.
9 How many axes of symmetry has a square?
4 Find
10 How many days are there in May?
14 cm
38 cm
Part B Integers Calculators are allowed.
4–01 Ordering integers 11 Arrange 6, –3, –5, 0 in ascending order. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 6, 0, –3, –5
B –3, –5, 0, 6
C –5, –3, 0, 6
D 6, 0 , –5, –3
12 Which statement is true? Select A, B, C or D. A –5 < –6
B 0 < –2
C –5 < 5
D –8 > –7
C 11
D –9
4–02 Adding integers 13 Evaluate –38 + 27. Select A, B, C or D. A –65
B –11
14 Evaluate each sum. a 56 + (–45)
b –68 + 120
4–03 Subtracting integers 15 Evaluate each difference. a –18 – 26
b 56 – (–24)
4–04 Multiplying integers 16 Evaluate each product. a –6 × 9
ISBN 9780170350990
b –8 × (–9)
Chapter 4 Integers
67
PRACTICE TEST 4 4–05 Dividing integers 17 Evaluate each quotient. a –63 ÷ (–9)
b 54 ÷ (–6)
4–06 Order of operations 18 Evaluate 210 – (–6) × 2 + (–72) ÷ (–9).
68
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
5
DECIMALS
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 5? 5–01 5–02 5–03 5–04 5–05 5–06 5–07 5–08
Decimals Ordering decimals Rounding decimals and money Adding and subtracting decimals Multiplying decimals Dividing decimals Best buys Terminating and recurring decimals
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: understand place value in decimals convert decimals to simple fractions compare and order decimals round decimals and money amounts add and subtract decimals multiply and divide decimals compare the unit cost of items of different sizes and brands to find the ‘best buy’ (value for money) understand and use terminating and recurring decimals convert fractions to decimals
* Shutterstock.com/patpitchaya
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 5 Decimals
69
5–01
Decimals
WORDBANK 1 , 10
decimal A number that uses a decimal point and place value to show tenths
1 1 , thousandths and so on. hundredths 100 1000 decimal places The number of digits after the decimal point. For example, 6.24 has 2 decimal places as there are 2 digits after the decimal point. The size of a decimal such as 6345.284 is shown by its place value. Thousands (1000s)
Hundreds (100s)
Tens (10s)
Units (1s)
Decimal point
6
3
4
5
.
6000
300
40
5
Tenths
Hundredths
Thousandths
1 ths 10
1 ths 100
1 ths 1000
2
8
4
2 10
8 100
4 1000
1 1 1 So 6345.284 = (6 × 1000) + (3 ×100) + (4 × 10) + (5 × 1) + 2 × + 8 × +4× 10 100 1000 To write a decimal as a fraction, remember this: □ One decimal place is 0. __ = 1 number after the point, 1 zero in the denominator. 10 □ Two decimal places is 0. __ __ = 2 numbers after the point, 2 zeros in the denominator. 100 □ 3 numbers after the point, 3 zeros in the denominator. Three decimal places is 0. __ __ __ = 1000
EXAMPLE 1 Convert each decimal to a simple fraction. a 0.4
b 0.07
c
0.32
d 1.016
c
0.32 =
SOLUTION 4 10 2 = 5
a 0.4 =
b 0.07 =
7 100
32 100 8 = 25
d 1.016 = 1 =1
16 1000 2 125
Always simplify the fraction if possible.
EXAMPLE 2 Convert each fraction to a decimal. 3 b 37 a 10 100
c
52 10 000
c
52 = 0.0052 10 000
SOLUTION a
3 = 0.3 10 1 zero, 1 decimal place
70
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
b
37 = 0.37 100 2 zeros, 2 decimal places
4 zeros, 4 decimal places ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
5–01
1 Which fraction is the same as 0.47? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 47 47 47 47 A B C D 10 100 1000 10 000 2 Convert 0.008 to a simplified fraction. Select A, B, C or D. 8 4 1 A B C 10 500 125
D
8 1000
3 For the decimal 5.178, write which digit has the place value of: 1 1 b thousandth a tenth 10 1000 c
unit
1 d hundredth 100
4 Convert each decimal to a fraction. a 0.9
b 0.09
c
0.009
d 0.0009
5 Convert each decimal to a fraction with a denominator of 10, 100, 1000 or 10 000. a 0.5
b 0.06
e 0.06
f
0.54
g 0.075
h 0.386
j
1.8
k 2.36
l
o 7.006
p 2.0186
i
0.0024
m 5.25
n 3.04
c
0.0007
d 0.004 6.082
6 Write the answers to Question 5 as simple fractions. 7 Convert each fraction to a decimal. 6 3 b a 100 10 21 45 e f 100 1000 2 10
i
1
m
78 10
3 100
j
2
n
524 1000
4 1000 451 g 1000 c
k 3 o
25 1000
178 1000
9 10 79 h 10 000 652 l 100 d
p 6
45 10 000
8 Convert each fraction to a denominator of 10 or 100 and then write as a decimal. 4 3 3 9 a b c d 5 20 4 25 1 7 4 11 e f g h 5 50 20 25
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 5 Decimals
71
5–02
Ordering decimals
Adding 0s to the end of a decimal does not change the size of the decimal. For example, 3.4 = 3.40 = 3.400 because 3
400 4 40 =3 =3 . 1000 10 100
To compare and order decimals, first add 0s to each decimal where required so that all decimals have the same number of decimal places. This makes them easier to compare.
EXAMPLE 3 Write these decimals in ascending order:
Ascending means from small to large
0.4, 0.45, 0.5, 0.49, 0.421, 0.405, 0.04
SOLUTION First, write every decimal with 3 decimal places by adding 0s where required: 0.400, 0.450, 0.500, 0.490, 0.421, 0.405, 0.040 Now order them from smallest to largest, ignoring the decimal points: 0.040, 0.400, 0.405, 0.421, 0.450, 0.490, 0.500 Now write the decimals as they were in the question: 0.04, 0.4, 0.405, 0.421, 0.45, 0.49, 0.5 If asked to write numbers in descending order we would write them from large to small.
EXAMPLE 4 True or False? a 0.6 > 0.65
b 0.912 < 0.92
SOLUTION 0.60 > 0.65
a
First, write each decimal with the same number of decimal places. 0.60 is less than 0.65.
So 0.60 > 0.65 is false. b
0.912 < 0.920
First, write each decimal with the same number of decimal places. 0.912 is less than 0.920.
So 0.912 < 0.920 is true.
72
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
5–02
1 Which statement is true? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 0.8 > 0.81
B 0.6 < 0.06
C 0.45 > 0.405
D 0.07 > 0.7
2 Which statement is false? Select A, B, C or D. A 0.4 < 0.402
B 0.6 > 0.61
C 0.12 > 0.01
D 0.93 < 0.932
3 Write each decimal below with 3 decimal places. 0.3
0.03
0.35
0.003
4 Write the decimals in Question 3 in ascending order. 5 Write the decimals below in descending order by first writing them with 3 decimal places. 0.06
0.62
0.6
0.061
6 Write each set of decimals in ascending order. a 0.3, 0.03, 0.003, 0.31, 0.38, 0.312 b 0.56, 0.502, 0.05, 0.006, 0.516, 0.555 c
0.009, 0.92, 0.9, 0.09, 0.119, 0.911
d 1.4, 1.004, 1.04, 1.114, 1.41, 1.014 7 Write each set of decimals in descending order. a 0.6, 0.666, 0.006, 0.06, 0.601, 0.61 b 0.24, 0.242, 0.002, 0.024, 0.244, 0.02 c
0.835, 0.08, 0.8, 0.853, 0.083, 0.008
d 4.5, 4.05, 4.005, 4.515, 4.55, 4.555 8 Is each statement true or false? a 0.9 > 0.09
b 0.08 < 0.8
c
2.6 < 2.66
d 4.02 > 4.2
e 6.85 > 6.085
f
12.34 < 12.4
9 Copy and complete each statement with a < or > sign. a 4.25 ____ 4.5 c
b 6.8 ____ 6.18
7.29 ____ 7.229 d 11.6 ____ 11.006
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 5 Decimals
73
5–03
Rounding decimals and money
WORDBANK rounding To write a number with approximately the same value using fewer digits. 5.85 5.8
5.9 5.84
5.86
When rounding to 1 decimal place, 5.84 is closer to 5.8, whereas 5.86 is closer to 5.9. The halfway mark is 5.85. To round decimals to a certain number of decimal places, look at the next digit. If it is 5 or more, round the decimal up. If it is less than 5, round the decimal down.
EXAMPLE 5 Round each decimal to 2 decimal places. a 6.328
b 1.7631
c
28.415
SOLUTION a Count 2 decimal places, then look at the next digit 8. It is more than 5, so round the digit 2 up to 3. 6.328 ≈ 6.33 b Look at the 3. It is less than 5, so leave the digit 6 as is. 1.7631 ≈ 1.76 c
Look at the 5. It is 5 or more, so round the digit 1 up to 2. 28.415 ≈ 28.42
EXAMPLE 6 Round each amount to the nearest cent. a $6.238
b $0.842
c
$59.455
SOLUTION Rounding to the nearest cent means rounding to 2 decimal places. a $6.238 ≈ $6.24
74
b $0.842 ≈ $0.84
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
c
$59.455 ≈ $59.46
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
5–03
1 Round 72.4538 correct to 2 decimal places. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 72.4
B 72.453
C 72.46
D 72.45
2 Round $56.3817 to the nearest cent. Select A, B, C or D. A $56.38
B $56.381
C $56.382
D $56.39
3 Round 128.6849 correct to 3 decimal places. 4 Write each number correct to 1 decimal place. a 6.82
b 3.86
e 17.52
f
21.64
4.22
d 12.45
g 123.76
h 38.28
c
5 Round each decimal to 2 decimal places. a 4.566
b 9.123
e 183.652
f
34.528
c
8.485
g 78.888
d 11.381 h 982.476
6 Write 45.829 451 6 correct to: a 1 decimal place c
b 3 decimal places
4 decimal places
d 5 decimal places.
7 Round each amount to the nearest cent. b $23.623
c
$0.258 × 233
d $6.28 ÷ 3
Shutterstock.com/
a $4.568
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 5 Decimals
75
5–04
Adding and subtracting decimals
To add or subtract decimals: write the decimals underneath each other in columns ensure the decimal points line up underneath each other fill in the gaps with 0s add or subtract the digits in columns place the decimal point directly underneath. Check your answer by estimating.
EXAMPLE 7 Evaluate each expression. a 0.7 + 4.86
b 5.28 + 1.068 + 0.4
c
524.6 – 67.75
SOLUTION a
1
0 . 7 0+ 4 . 8 6
gaps filled in with 0s points under points
5 . 5 6 Check by estimating: 0.7 + 4.86 ≈ 1 + 5 = 6 (5.56 is close to 6) b 5 . 12 8 0 + 1 . 0 6 8 0 . 4 0 0
gaps filled in with 0s points under points
6 . 7 4 8 Check by estimating: 5.28 + 1.068 + 0.4 ≈ 5 + 1 + 1 = 7 (6.748 is close to 7) c
4
5
4
11
2 6
13
5
4 . 156 10 – 7 . 7 5 6 . 8
use trading to subtract points under points
5
EXAMPLE 8 Evaluate 123.78 – 68.9 using a calculator.
SOLUTION 123.78 – 68.9 = 54.88
76
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
On calculator: 123.78 − 68.9 =
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
5–04
1 Find the sum of 45.6 and 228.59. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 264.19
B 273.19
C 274.19
D 263.19
2 Find the difference between 228.59 and 45.6. Select A, B, C or D. A 182.99
B 182.89
C 172.99
a 0.8 + 21.7
b 2.17 + 3.8
c
23.7 + 8.95
d 28.76 + 1.6
e 12.4 + 0.986
f
128.4 + 3.76
g 54.79 + 2.543
h 0.95 + 43.6
i
75.8 + 106.452
D 182.19
3 Evaluate each sum.
4 Evaluate each difference. a 28.4 – 0.3
b 32.5 – 0.6
c
47.3 – 0.05
d 15.6 – 2.9
e 28.3 – 4.7
f
98.45 – 3.62
g 128.5 – 45.8
h 342.7 – 23.8
i
763.25 – 18.6
5 Use a calculator to evaluate each expression. a 245.6 + 23.94 c
1209.8 + 3.416
b 129.65 – 65.8 d 22.98 – 6.735
e 123.4 + 89.66
f
g 43.6 + 82.45 – 23.657
h 128.4 – 67 + 12.8
i
0.986 – 0.29
456.2 – 98.5 + 0.117
6 Nick went to the supermarket with a $50 note and bought a roast chicken for $12.45, some vegetables for $17.60 and dessert for $8.40. What change will he receive from a $50 note? 7 Imogen went shopping and bought the following items. a dress for $125.95 a belt for $39.95 a pair of boots for $215.00 a necklace for $45.50 a handbag for $52.80 a How much did her shopping cost her? b How much change would she have from $500? 8 Evaluate $62.688 + $125.752 – $149.678 + $521.674 correct to the nearest cent.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 5 Decimals
77
5–05
Multiplying decimals
To multiply decimals: multiply them as whole numbers without the decimal points count the total number of decimal places in the question write the answer using this number of decimal places. Check your answer by estimating if possible.
EXAMPLE 9 Evaluate each product. a 0.8 × 0.03
b 0.05 × 0.09
SOLUTION a 8 × 3 = 24 0.8 has 1 decimal place and 0.03 has 2 decimal places. Total = 3 decimal places. Write 24 with 3 decimal places: 0.024 0.8 × 0.03 = 0.024 Check by estimating: 0.8 × 0.03 ≈ 1 × 0.03 = 0.03 (0.024 is close to 0.03) b 5 × 9 = 45 0.05 has 2 decimal places and 0.09 also has 2 decimal places. Total = 4 decimal places. Write 45 with 4 decimal places: 0.0045 0.05 × 0.09 = 0.0045 Check by estimating: 0.05 × 0.09 ≈ 0.05 × 0.1 = 0.005 (0.0045 is close to 0.005)
EXAMPLE 10 Use a calculator to evaluate 58.92 × 1.56.
SOLUTION 58.92 × 1.56 = 91.9152
On calculator: 58.92 × 1.56 =
Note that the answer has 2 + 2 = 4 decimal places.
78
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
5–05
1 How many decimal places will the answer to 6.2 × 0.04 have? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
C 24.8
D 0.0248
2 Evaluate 6.2 × 0.04. Select A, B, C or D. A 2.48
B 0.248
3 Write the number of decimal places in each product. a 0.8 × 0.2
b 0.09 × 0.7
c
0.6 × 0.04
d 2.1 × 0.3
e 3.06 × 0.4
f
0.06 × 3.5
g 4.2 × 0.05
h 6.12 × 0.009
i
7.8 × 0.003
4 Evaluate each product in Question 3. 5 Use a calculator to evaluate each product. a 3.4 × 2.8
b 5.62 × 8.3
c
1.18 × 4.6
d 2.7 × 6.72
e 1.9 × 3.15
f
5.07 × 0.45
g 0.016 × 4.7
h 6.02 × 8.12
i
305.8 × 9.2
6 If 2.6 × 0.8 = 2.08, then what would be 0.26 × 0.08? 7 If 8.4 × 0.06 = 0.504, then what would be 84 × 0.006? 8 If 28 × 0.07 = 1.96, then what would be 0.28 × 0.007? 9 Brooke uses the following materials to build a doll’s house. 12 m of timber at $4.90/m 2 packets of nails at $5.80/packet 4 L paint at $23.50/L 4 sheets of roofing at $12.80/sheet 6 packs of furniture at $15.75/pack a How much will it cost Brooke to build the doll’s house? b How much change will she get from $400? 10 Ray’s water bill arrived and the charges are listed below. Water service: $6.282 Sewer service: $158.249 Water usage: 56.00 kL @ $1.725 per kL What is the total amount of this bill, correct to 2 decimal places?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 5 Decimals
79
5–06
Dividing decimals
To divide a decimal by a whole number, use short division, then write the answer with the decimal point in the same column as in the original decimal.
EXAMPLE 11 Evaluate each quotient. a 67.2 ÷ 8
b 785.5 ÷ 4
SOLUTION
)
8. 4
)
3
196 . 3 7 5
b 4 7 82 5.1 53 02 0
a 8 67. 2
Decimal points are underneath each other. 67.2 ÷ 8 = 8.4 Check by estimating:
3
Decimal points are underneath each other. If the division leaves a remainder, we can add 0s after the decimal and keep dividing until there is no remainder.
67.2 ÷ 8 ≈ 70 ÷ 10 = 7 785.5 ÷ 4 = 196.375
(8.4 is close to 7)
785.5 ÷ 4 ≈ 800 ÷ 4 = 200 (196.375 is close to 200) To divide a decimal by another decimal, move the points in both decimals the same number of places to the right so that you are dividing by a whole number.
EXAMPLE 12 How many places would you need to move the decimal point to the right in each decimal to evaluate 5.64 ÷ 0.3?
SOLUTION We need to make 0.3 into the whole number 3. To do this, we will need to multiply by 10. To keep the question the same, we must multiply both numbers by 10, which means moving the decimal point one place to the right. 5.64 ÷ 0.3 = 56.4 ÷ 3
EXAMPLE 13 Evaluate each quotient. a 5.64 ÷ 0.3
b 4.86 ÷ 0.04
SOLUTION a 5.6 4 ÷ 0. 3 = 56.4 ÷3
Move both decimal points 1 right, so 0.3 is the whole number 3.
18.8 3) 56.4 5.64 ÷ 0.3 = 18.8 Check by estimating: 56.4 ÷ 3 ≈ 60 ÷ 3 = 20
80
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
18.8 is close to 20. ISBN 9780170350990
5–06
Dividing decimals Move both decimal points 2 right, so 0.04 is the whole number 4.
b 4. 8 6 ÷ 0. 0 4 = 486 ÷ 4 121. 5
)
4 486.2 0 4.86 ÷ 0.04 = 121.5 121.5 is close to 120.
Check by estimating: 486 ÷ 4 ≈ 480 ÷ 4 = 120
EXERCISE
5–06
1 Evaluate 28.45 ÷ 5. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 5.9
B 5.61
C 5.09
D 5.69
2 How many places would you need to move the decimal point to the right to divide 78.655 by 0.05? Select A, B, C or D. A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
3 Which expression is the same as 6.82 ÷ 0.2? Select A, B, C or D. A 0.682 ÷ 2
B 6.82 ÷ 2
C 68.2 ÷ 2
D 682 ÷ 2
4 Evaluate each quotient. a 28.6 ÷ 2
b 106.5 ÷ 5
c
38.4 ÷ 3
d 8.68 ÷ 4
e 387.9 ÷ 9
f
68.24 ÷ 8
g 218.4 ÷ 7
h 48.4 ÷ 11
i
278.4 ÷ 6
k 108.543 ÷ 6
l
228.954 ÷ 5
j
45.2 ÷ 8
5 Find the mistake in each equation, correct the mistake and evaluate the quotient. a 48.68 ÷ 0.4 = 486.8 ÷ 40 c
34.653 ÷ 0.03 = 346.53 ÷ 3
b 375.584 ÷ 0.5 = 37 558.4 ÷ 5 d 569.64 ÷ 0.4 = 56 964 ÷ 4
6 Evaluate each quotient. a 58.84 ÷ 0.4
b 275.58 ÷ 0.5
c
346.53 ÷ 0.03
d 69.93 ÷ 0.6
e 228.6 ÷ 0.09
f
1089 ÷ 0.009
7 Josh had 689.36 m of copper pipe that had to be cut into pieces 0.4 m long. a How many pieces could he make? b Was there any copper pipe left over? c
How much money did Josh’s company make from selling each copper piece for $28.50?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 5 Decimals
81
5–07
Best buys
WORDBANK best buy A brand or size of product that is the best value for money. unit cost The cost of one item or metric unit; for example, 1 kg.
Unit cost = cost ÷ number of items or units.
EXAMPLE 14 What is the best buy for different sizes of punnets of strawberries? A 250 g for $3.50
B 120 g for $2.45
C $14.25 per kg
SOLUTION Compare the price of 1 g of strawberries. This is called the unit cost.
A 1 g costs $3.50 ÷ 250 = $0.014 B 1 g costs $2.45 ÷ 120 = $0.0204 C 1 g costs $14.25 ÷ 1000 = $0.01425
1 kg = 1000 g
The best buy is A at 250 g for $3.50.
$0.014/g is the cheapest
EXAMPLE 15 Select the best buy among the following brands of ice-cream. B 5 L for $5.80
C 500 mL for $1.25
Shutterstock.com/Kitch Bain
A 2 L for $3.29
SOLUTION Compare the price of 1 L of ice-cream for each brand. A 1 L costs $3.29 ÷ 2 = $1.645 B 1 L costs $5.80 ÷ 5 = $1.16
82
C 1 L costs $1.25 × 2 = $2.50
1 L = 1000 mL = 2 × 500 mL
The best buy is B at 5 L for $5.80.
$1.16/L is the cheapest
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
5–07
1 Which is the best buy: 5 apples for $1.20, 2 apples for 60c, 4 apples for $1 or 35c each? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 5 apples
B 2 apples
C 4 apples
D 1 apple
2 If I could buy 12 apples for $2.50, which would be the best buy now? Select A, B, C or D. A 5 apples
B 2 apples
C 4 apples
D 12 apples
3 Find the best buy for the following different sizes of milk. 500 mL for $1.50
$2.20 per litre
$5.30 for 4 L
4 Mala went to the local market and found the following prices for apples. $3.85 per kg, $1.40 for 250 g or $12.50 for a 5 kg tray. If they were all the same quality, which was the best buy? 5 Find the best buy for each group of items. a 2 kg tomatoes for $3.75, 4 kg for $6.20 or 5.5 kg for $8.50 b 240 g leg ham for $4.50, 400 g for $8.60 or 1 kg for $18.20 c
2 L of cream for $3.80, 1.8 L for $3.50 or 5 L for $7.90
d 1.2 kg lamb for $14.50, 800 g for $12.60 or 2.5 kg for $22.90 e 8 bread rolls for $3.60, 5 bread rolls for $2.60 or 12 bread rolls for $5.50 6 Hugo owns a delicatessen and needs to order the best-value meat. Hugo placed the order shown below, choosing what he thought was the best buy. Which products did Hugo order incorrectly? Hugo’s Order
Choice 1
Choice 2
Sam’s salami
Sam: $18.50 per kg
Bob: $64 per 5 kg box
Bill’s bacon
Greg: $85 per 6 kg box
Bill: $8.50 per 500 g
Pam’s pastrami
Pam: $52 per 3 kg
Sue: $1.60 per 100 g
Mark’s mortadella
Frank: $28.60 per 2.5 kg
Mark: $1.02 per 100 g
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 5 Decimals
83
5–08
Terminating and recurring decimals
WORDBANK •
recurring decimal A decimal with digits that repeat or recur, such as 0.3 = 0.3333… and • •
10. 26 = 10.262626…
terminating decimal A decimal that ends or terminates, such as 0.512 or 2.96. Some fractions convert to decimals that have digits that repeat endlessly. For example: 1 1 1 = 0.33333… = 0.16666… = 0.090909… 3 6 11 These are called recurring decimals. Recur means ‘to repeat’. Recurring decimals are written with dots placed over the repeating digits. If a series of digits are repeated, then a dot is placed over the first and last digits in the series.
EXAMPLE 16 Write each recurring decimal using dot notation. a 0.272727...
b 2.34444...
SOLUTION
• •
a 0.272727... = 0. 27
c 18.236236... •
•
b 2.34444... = 2.3 4
•
c 18.236236... = 18. 2 36
EXAMPLE 17 Evaluate each quotient and state whether the decimal is terminating or recurring. a 6.824 ÷ 3
b 98.26 ÷ 0.8
SOLUTION a
)
b 98.26 ÷ 0.8 = 982.6 ÷ 8 1 2 2. 8 2 5
2 . 2 7 4 6 6 6 6... 2
1
2
2
2
2
3 6.8 2 4 0 0 0 0...
)
8 91 82 2.6 62 0 4 0
It is necessary to add 4 or more zeros to see a repeating pattern.
98.26 ÷ 0.8 = 122.825, a terminating decimal.
•
6.824 ÷ 3 = 2.2746, a recurring decimal. EXAMPLE 18 Convert each fraction to a decimal. 1 a 8
b
2 3
b
2 means 2 ÷ 3 3
SOLUTION a
1 means 1 ÷ 8 8 0. 1 2 5
)
84
)
0.6 6 6 6...
8 1.0 0 0
3 2.02 02 020...
1 = 0.125 8
• 2 = 0.6 3
2
4
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
5–08
1 Write 0.454545... as a recurring decimal. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. •
•
B 0.45
A 0.45
• •
C 0. 45
D 0. 45
2 Write 0.625625625... as a recurring decimal. Select A, B, C or D. •
•
B 0. 62 5
A 0.625
•
C 0.62 5
• • •
D 0. 62 5
3 Write each decimal as a recurring decimal. a 0.5555…
b 0.343434…
c
2.68888…
d 6.43333…
e 28.22222…
f
6.252525…
g 12.213213…
h 1.0452452…
i
72.74566666…
4 Evaluate each quotient and state whether the decimal is terminating or recurring. a 2.45 ÷ 3
b 45.5 ÷ 5
c
128.4 ÷ 4
d 214.6 ÷ 6
e 32.86 ÷ 0.4
f
186.3 ÷ 0.09
5 Use a calculator to evaluate each quotient. a 568.4 ÷ 1.4
b 23.8 ÷ 2.2
c
186.45 ÷ 0.5
d 128.6 ÷ 1.2
e 10.92 ÷ 0.8
f
2137.8 ÷ 0.5
6 Is each equation true or false? •
a 0.444 = 0. 4 c
• •
b 6.232323… = 6. 2 3
• •
12.135135… = 12. 135
•
d 7.248888… = 7.248
3 How do you change into a decimal without the use of a calculator? 4 3 b Convert to a decimal and check your answer using a calculator. 4 c What type of decimal is it?
7 a
8 Convert each fraction below to a decimal, then check your answer using a calculator. 4 1 3 5 b c d a 5 3 8 6 e
7 8
f
1 7
g
5 9
h
4 8
9 What number am I? I am a decimal I am less than 1 My recurring digit is even My digits after the decimal point are all the same I am greater than 0.7
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 5 Decimals
85
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY DECODE PUZZLE For the clues below, list the letters, in order, to spell out a two-word phrase relating to this topic. The first 0.2 of DESCENDING The first 0.2 of CELLOPHANE The first 0.1 of PRODUCTION The first 0.1 of TRANSLATES The middle 0.2 of CAPTIVATED The last 0.1 of DELIBERATE The first 0.2 of DEVASTATED The 4th letter of FASCINATED The 8th letter of INSPECTION The first 0.2 of MANAGEMENT The 8th letter of SPECTACLES The last 0.1 of DIRECTIONS
86
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 5 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 8 Find the area of the rectangle.
1 Find 20% of $450. 2 Complete 22 L = _____ mL.
8m
3 List the first four multiples of 6. 11 m
4 Evaluate 18 × 5. 5 What is 54.756 rounded to 2 decimal places? 3 2 − . 4 3 7 Evaluate 3m – 2n if m = 4 and n = –2. 6 Evaluate
9 What is the probability of rolling a 3 or a 4 on a die? 10 Copy and complete:
5 = . 7 42
Part B Decimals Calculators are allowed.
5–01 Decimals 11 Which fraction is the same as 0.73? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 73 73 73 B C 10 100 1000 12 Convert 0.004 to a simplified fraction. Select A, B, C or D. 4 2 1 B C A 10 500 250 A
D
73 10 000
D
4 1000
5–02 Ordering decimals 13 Which of these decimals lies between 0.81 and 0.86? Select A, B, C or D. A 0.88
B 0.87
C 0.805
D 0.821
14 Write these decimals in ascending order. 0.02, 0.201, 0.211, 0.002
5–03 Rounding decimals and money 15 Round 183.5628 to 2 decimal places. Select A, B, C or D. A 183.57
B 183.56
C 183.563
D 183.66
5–04 Adding and subtracting decimals 16 Evaluate each expression. a 24.68 + 520.9 b 124.7 – 58.95
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 5 Decimals
87
PRACTICE TEST 5 5–05 Multiplying decimals 17 Evaluate 4.7 × 0.23.
5–06 Dividing decimals 18 Which expression gives the same value as 48.92 ÷ 0.8? Select A, B, C or D. A 489.2 ÷ 0.8
B 48.92 ÷ 8
C 4.892 ÷ 8
D 489.2 ÷ 8
5–07 Best buys 19 Which is the best buy for bread rolls? Shop 1: $4.20/ dozen Shop 2: 50c each Shop 3: $3 for 8 Shop 4: $2.50 for half a dozen
5–08 Terminating and recurring decimals 20 Write 195.466666... as a recurring decimal using dot notation. 21 Convert each fraction to a decimal.
88
a
3 8
b
2 9
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
6
ALGEBRA
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 6? 6–01 6–02 6–03 6–04 6–05 6–06
Variables From words to algebraic expressions Substitution Adding and subtracting terms Multiplying terms Dividing terms
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: use variables to write general rules involving numbers use algebraic abbreviations to simplify expressions convert worded descriptions into algebraic expressions substitute values into algebraic expressions add and subtract algebraic terms multiply and divide algebraic terms
* Shutterstock.com/solarseven
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 6 Algebra
89
6–01
Variables
A variable or pronumeral is a symbol or letter of the alphabet used to represent a number. The value of the variable can change or vary, which is where the name comes from. In algebra, we use variables to write general rules for numbers once a pattern has been discovered.
EXAMPLE 1 For each number pattern below write a general rule using a variable. a 2+0=2 b 3÷1=3 5+0=5 6÷1=6 9+0=9 8÷1=8
SOLUTION a n+0=n
b r÷1=r
For the variable, we can use any letter of the alphabet.
In algebra, we can use abbreviations when writing variables 1×b=b ‘1’ not needed 2 × a = 2a ‘×’ not needed 3 × a × b × 4 = 12ab numbers multiplied together and written first 2 × a × a = 2a2 a × a = a2
EXAMPLE 2 Simplify each expression. a a+a+a+a c
x+x+x+y+y
b 5×m×4×n d 3×d×d×2
SOLUTION a a + a + a + a = 4a b 5×m×4×n=5×4×m×n = 20mn c
x + x + x + y + y = 3x + 2y
d 3×d×d×2=3×2×d×d = 6d2
90
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
6–01
1 Simplify m + m + n + n + n. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 2m + n + n
B 3m + 2n
C 2m + 3n
D m + m + 3n
2 Simplify u × 4 × v × 5 × v. Select A, B, C or D. A 20vu
B 40uvv
C 20uv
D 20uv2
3 Write which of the following could be used as a variable. 5, a, −7, −, *, e, +, %, k, 0.9, ÷, $, u, b 4 Investigate the number patterns below and write a general rule for each one using a variable. a 3−3=0 b 3×1=3 c 5+5=2×5 7−7=0 6×1=6 3+3=2×3 9−9=0 8×1=8 7+7=2×7 5 Simplify each expression. a b+b+b
b 5×m
c
w+w+w+w+w
d 1×a+1×b
e 3×n×4
f
a+b+a−b−a+b
g 5×c×2×c
h 3×s+4×t
i
m+m+m−n−m+2×n
k 4a + b − 2a
l
5×m−3×n+4×p
a a × a = 2a
b 1 × b × b = b2
c
2 × a + 3 × b = 6ab
d 3 × m − 2 × n = mn
e 4 × g × 2 = 8g
f
v + v + 2v − v = 2v
g 8 − 2 × a = 6a
h 2 + 5 × c = 7c
i
6 × s + 4 × t = 6s + 4t
k 3 × a × 5 × a = 15a
l
20 − 4 × b × b = 16b2
j
2×b×4×b×3
6 Is each equation true or false?
j
a + a + a + a − a = 3a
m 5 × m − 4 × n = 5m − 4n 7 Use the order of operations to simplify each expression. b 3×a×b−2
c
20 − 3 × n
d 4×v−3×w
e 8+5×a
f
2×d−d+6
g 20 − a × a
h 14 + 1 × n + n
i
8×m−6×m+5
Shutterstock.com/Visual3Dfocus
a 5+2×m
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 6 Algebra
91
6–02
From words to algebraic expressions
To solve problems using algebra we need to be able to convert worded descriptions into algebraic expressions involving variables and numbers.
EXAMPLE 3 Write each statement as an algebraic expression. Use the variable b to stand for the number. a The sum of a number and 4 b The product of 5 and a number The difference between a number and 6
c
d The quotient of b and 8
SOLUTION a b+4 b 5 × b = 5b c
b−6
d
b 8
EXAMPLE 4 Translate each worded description into an algebraic expression. a Twice n minus 8 b Increase m by 7 c
Triple the sum of w and 6
d Decrease the product of u and v by 9
SOLUTION a 2n − 8
‘Twice’ means double, to multiply by 2.
b m+7
‘Increase’ means to add, make bigger.
c
3(w + 6)
‘Triple’ means to multiply by 3.
Brackets are necessary as the sum of w and 6 must be done first.
d uv − 9
92
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
‘Decrease’ means to subtract, make smaller.
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
6–02
1 Find an algebraic expression for twice the difference between m and n. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 2m − n
B m − 2n
C 2(m − n)
D 2−m−n
2 Find an algebraic expression for the sum of 5x and 3y. Select A, B, C or D. A 5x + 3y
B 5x − 3y
C 5x × 3y
D 5x ÷ 3y
3 Match each word to a mathematical symbol +, −, ×, ÷. a difference
b increase
c
product
d sum
e quotient
f
twice
g square
h decrease
i
triple
4 Write each statement as an algebraic expression. Use n for the number. a the product of 3 and the number b the difference between the number and 8 c
increase the number by 7
d the quotient of the number and 6 e the sum of the number and 2 f
decrease the number by 12
g twice the number less 5 h the square of the number i
the number cubed
j
triple the number plus 9
5 Write in words the meaning of each algebraic expression. a m+n 3n d 4 g 4m − n
b 6a
c
2b + 4
e 8−b
f
3v − 2
i
3(a − b)
h
2m n
6 Write the following as algebraic expressions. a triple w minus 5 b decrease the sum of a and b by 6 c
twice the quotient of d and 9
d increase 8 by the product of m and n e square the sum of r and s f
cube the difference of c and 4
g the product of a, b and c h triple the sum of w, v and u
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 6 Algebra
93
6–03
Substitution
WORDBANK substitution Replacing a variable with a number in an algebraic expression to find the value of the expression.
EXAMPLE 5 If m = 6 and n = −2, evaluate each expression. a 4m − n
b 5n + 3m
c
8mn
SOLUTION a 4m − n = 4 × 6 − (−2) = 24 + 2 = 26 b 5n + 3m = 5 × (−2) + 3 × 6 = −10 + 18 =8 c
8mn = 8 × 6 × (−2) = −96 It is also important to remember the order of operations when substituting: brackets ( ) first then powers (xy) and square roots ( ) then multiplication (×) and division (÷) from left to right then addition (+) and subtraction (−) from left to right.
EXAMPLE 6 Substitute u = −4 and v = 0.8 to evaluate each expression. a 20 − uv
b 5v + 2u2
c
v+
7v u
SOLUTION a 20 − uv = 20 − (−4) × 0.8 = 20 − (−3.2) = 23.2 b 5v + 2u2 = 5 × 0.8 + 2 × (−4)2 = 4 + 2 × 16 = 36 7v 7 × 0.8 c v+ = 0.8 + u −4 5.6 = 0.8 + −4 = 0.8 + (−1.4) = −0.6
94
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
× first
(−4)2 first × next
× first ÷ next
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
6–03
1 If a = −4 and b = 5, evaluate 3a + b. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A −17
B −7
C 11
D 17
2 Evaluate 4ab − 2a if a = 6 and b = −2. Select A, B, C or D. A −52
B 44
C −60
D −44
3 Evaluate each expression if m = 9, n = −3 and p = 6. a 3mn
b 2m − n
e 2mn + p
f
18 − 2np
j
i
4p + 5
d 12 − 4n
5np − m
g 16 − 3mn
h 2mp + n
20np + 6
k 5mn + 2p
l
c
4mnp
4 State which operation you would do first if substituting w = −6 and v = 8 into: 3v +2 a 5 + wv b 3w − v c 8v + w d w 8w −4 h 24 − 2wv e 12 − vw f 6v + 4w g v 5 Evaluate each expression in Question 4. 6 Use the table to evaluate each algebraic expression below. a
b
c
d
e
f
5
−4
0.3
6
−8
0
a 3ab c
8e − 2a
e 20abc g bcd − 12 i
6af − 3d
b 12 − cd d 4bc + d 2 ab e h 8cd + 3f f
j
2de + 4ab
3de l 20 − cef 2b 7 If a = 8 and b = 0.6, state whether each equation is true or false. k
a 4ab = 19.2
ISBN 9780170350990
b 18 − 2b = 6
c
5b − a = −5
d 2ba + 8 = 104
Chapter 6 Algebra
95
6–04
Adding and subtracting terms
WORDBANK term The parts of an algebraic expression. For example, 2x + 3y − 5 has three terms: 2x, 3y and 5.
like terms Terms with exactly the same variables; for example, 2a and 3a, 7y and −3y, 4ab and −2ba. We know that a + a + a + a = 4a if a stands for the same number. We also know that x + x + x + y + y = 3x + 2y if x and y stand for different numbers. We can add the x’s and we can add the y’s separately but we cannot add x and y together because they are unlike terms that stand for different numbers. n Examples of like terms are: 5n, −3n, 4 Examples of unlike terms are: 5n, 2m, 5a, 12bc Only like terms can be added and subtracted. The sign in front of a term belongs to it. x means 1x, the ‘1’ does not need to be written.
EXAMPLE 7 Simplify each expression. a 12a + 3a
b 8x − 6x
c
4b + 2b − 5b
d 10w − w + 4z
e 7m + 2n − 6m + 3n
f
12p2 + 4p + p − 5p2
SOLUTION a 12a + 3a = 15a
12a and 3a are like terms so we can add.
b 8x − 6x = 2x
8x and 6x are like terms so we can subtract.
c
4b + 2b − 5b = 1b =b
1b is the same as b on its own.
d 10w − w + 4z = 9w + 4z
10w and w are like terms but 4z is not.
e 7m + 2n − 6m + 3n = 7m − 6m + 2n + 3n = m + 5n
collecting like terms together
Group together like terms, including the sign in front of it: +2n, −6m, +3n.
f
96
12p2 + 4p + p − 5p2 = 12p2 − 5p2 + 4p + p = 7p2 + 5p
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
p2 and p are not like terms.
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
6–04
1 Simplify 7m − 3m + 5m. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 17m
B 14m
C 9m
D cannot be simplified
C 6a
D cannot be simplified
2 Simplify 8a − 2a − 4. Select A, B, C or D. A 2a
B 6a − 4
3 Write the like terms in this list: a 2n 2ab, 5a, 6b, 4m, −3a, 7n, 2w, 12a, 3mn, , 8ac, 3 5 4 Simplify each expression. a 6b + 3b
b 4a − 3a
c
8m + 3m
d 9a − 4a
e 3x + 2x
f
4x − 2x
g 5b − 2b
h 2w + 3w
i
7b − 7b
k 6w − (−2w)
l
2ab − 5ab
m 2y − 3y
n 4m − 9m
o
3b + 4b − 2b
p 5n − 4n + n
q 8ab − 2ab
r
5r2 − 3r2 + r2
j
s
5m + (−3m)
12mn − 3mn + 2mn
v 7s + 8st − 4st − 2s
t
3a − 3 + 5a
w 6p + 8p2 − p + 2p2
u 6v − 3v + 2w x
4a − 5 + (−8a) + 3
5 Is each equation true or false? a 3uv = 3vu c
12ab + ab − 3 = 13ab − 3
b 5a − 6a = a d −4b − 3b = 7b 4mn − mn + 3m = 3mn + 3m
e −3a + 5a = −8a
f
g 5ac − 6ca = −ac
h 20 − y2 − 5y2 = 14a
i
2ab − ba + 4ab = 6ab
6 Write an algebraic expression for the perimeter of this rectangle. 2x + 6 3x
7 Simplify each algebraic expression. a 12ab − 7ba c
24 − 12uv − 12
b 8mn + mn − 8 d 7rs − 2sr − 7
e −5n − 6n + n
f
g 28 − 15y + 6y
h 3ab − ba + 8ab
i
22a − 11b + 6a − b
36 − 6w + 12w − 12
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 6 Algebra
97
6–05
Multiplying terms
To multiply algebraic terms: They do not have to be like terms!
multiply the numbers first then multiply the variables write the variables in alphabetical order.
EXAMPLE 8 Simplify each expression. a 5×x×2×y
b b × (−3) × (−8) × c
c
2a × (−4b)
d 4m × 5n × 3
e 12a × (−9bc)
f
3v × (−2v) × 4w
SOLUTION a 5×x×2×y=5×2×x×y = 10xy
Multiply the numbers and the variables separately.
b b × (−3) × (−8) × c = −3 × (−8) × b × c = 24bc c
2a × (−4b) = 2 × (−4) × a × b = −8ab
d 4m × 5n × 3 = 4 × 5 × 3 × m × n = 60mn e 12a × (−9bc) = 12 × (−9) × a × bc = −108abc 3v × (−2v) × 4w = 3 × (−2) × 4 × v × v × w v × v = v2 = −24v2w
iStockphoto/HadelProductions
f
98
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
6–05
1 Simplify 3a × (−2b). Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A −6ab
B −32ab
C ab
D 5ab
C −20mnp
D −mnp
2 Simplify −5m × 4np. Select A, B, C or D. A 20mnp
B −54mnp
3 Simplify each expression. a 2×a
b 5×m
c
−4 × n
d 7×u×v
e 8 × r × (−2) × s
f
12 × a × b × (−4)
g −3 × c × (−5) × b h 11 × d × e
i
5 × y × (−4) × z × (−1)
−6 × a × 5
k 2 × w × (−3)
l
−12a × 2c
m 3ab × −4c
n −4n × (−3n)
o 6m × (−3m) × (−2)
p 5w × 3u × (−4)
q 2ba × 5ab
r
j
−3a × 2a × (−4a)
4 Find an algebraic expression for the area of each shape. b a 6m 7b 8n 4b
5 Simplify each algebraic expression. a 5m × (−3n) × 4
b −6a × 3b × (−c)
c
5m × (−2n) × 3q
d 4ab × (−ba) × 3
e −2bc × 5d × (−3)
f
12a × (−2a) × a
g 6t × 3t × (−2t)
h 5e × (−3e) × e
i
4c × 8cd × (−3de)
6 Renee earns $20 per hour and works 6 hours each day. How much would she earn if she worked for: a 5 days b m days c
4 days per week for 5 weeks
d m days per week for w weeks?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 6 Algebra
99
6–06
Dividing terms
When dividing algebraic terms, the answer is written in fraction form; for example, 2a ÷ 5b =
2a . 5b
To divide algebraic terms: They do not have to be like terms!
write each quotient as a fraction and simplify divide the numbers first then divide the variables write the answer in fraction form.
Expressions may be simplified by dividing both numerator and denominator by any common factors, preferably the highest common factor (HCF).
EXAMPLE 9 Simplify each expression. a 30m ÷ 3n
b 6a ÷ 2b
c
−4mn ÷ 16
f
15w −3uvw
2
d 20ab ÷ 4b
e
−12 m n 8mn
SOLUTION 30m 3n 10m = n
a 30m ÷ 3n =
b 6a ÷ 2b =
6a 2b
=
3a b
c
−4mn ÷ 16 = =
d 20ab ÷ 4b =
dividing numerator and denominator by the HCF 2 −4mn 16 − mn 4
20 ab 4b
= 5a e
dividing numerator and denominator by the HCF 3
−12 m2 n −3m = 8mn 2
dividing by 4 dividing by 4b 20 ab = 5, =a 4 b dividing by 4mn −12 −3 m2 n = , =m 8 2 mn
f
15w 5 =− −3uvw uv
dividing by 3w 15 w 1 = −5, = −3 uvw uv
100
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
6–06
1 Simplify 16ab ÷ 8b. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 2ab
B 2a
−24mn . Select A, B, C or D. 2 Simplify −3m A 8n B −8m
C 8a
D 8ab
C 6n
D −6m
3 Is each equation true or false? a 48a ÷ (−6) = 8a
b −12n ÷ 4 = −3n
c
8ab ÷ 4b = 2ab
d −9m ÷ 3n = −3
e 27w ÷ (−9) = −3w
f
12bc ÷ (−6c) = 2b
g 18q ÷ (−6) = −3q
h 32mn ÷ 8n = 4n
i
0de ÷ (−5e) = −4d
k 56w ÷ (−8w) = 7w
l
36rt ÷ (−6t) = 6r
−15 ab n = −5b 3b
o
28 ab = −4 a −7 b
r
35 xy 5 y = 7 xz z
j
72ab ÷ (−9) = 8ab
18 a = 2 ab m 9b p
25mn = −5m −5n
q
24m = 4mn 6n
4 Simplify each expression. a 4m ÷ 2
b 15a ÷ (−5)
c
−20mn ÷ 4
d 24ab ÷ (−6a)
e −30mn ÷ (−6)
f
12w ÷ (−6v)
g 16bc ÷ 8b
h −12r ÷ 6s
i
−18st ÷ (−9)
24 ab 4a
k
−12 mn 6n
l
3bc 6cd
m
−24rs −6 st
n
18 v −9w
o
−56 y 7 wy
p
48ew −6w
q
4ef −12 fg
r
42 abc 7 cd
iStockphoto/Urs Siedentop
j
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 6 Algebra
101
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY MIX AND MATCH Match each question on the left with a simplified expression on the right. 1 Twice the sum of x and 5
A 9a − 5b
2 The product of 4a and 2b
B 6mn
3 The value of 2x − y if x = 2 and y = −1
C 2(x + 5)
4 The value of 3ab if a = −2 and b = 6
E 9a + 6a2
5 4a − 2b + 5a − 3b
G 5
6 5x − 7y − 6x + 3y
I
7 2m × 3n
L −x − 4y
8 5a × 2b
N 4a − 13b
9 3x − 3 + 5x − 9 2
10ab
R −36 2
10 4a + 4a + 5a + 2a
S 8ab
11 3a + 7b − 20b + a
T 8x − 12
Match the letter of the correct answer with each question number to decode this phrase: 5−6−3−10−7−4−5
5−11−9−8−1−2
iStockphoto/Oshi
5−7−2−9−4−5−1−9
102
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 6 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 8 Find the area of this triangle.
1 Evaluate 16. 2 Complete 3 days =
hours. 16 m
3 Evaluate (−3)3. 4 Evaluate 168 ÷ 3.
20 m
5 Find the range of these scores: 11, 8, 5, 6, 8, 4, 5, 7.
9 Evaluate −6.2 + 8.9. 10 What is the probability of selecting a red sock from a drawer containing 6 red and 8 blue socks?
6 Given that 33 × 6 = 198, evaluate 3.3 × 6. 7 Find
3 of $820. 4
Part B Algebra Calculators are allowed.
6–01 Variables 11 Simplify m + m + n − n + n + m. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 2m + n + m
B 3m + 2n
C 2m + 3n
D 3m + n
12 Simplify u × (−2) × v × 5. Select A, B, C or D. A 3vu
B −10uv
C −10uv
D 10uv
6–02 From words to algebraic expressions 13 Which is the algebraic expression for ‘20 less triple b plus c’? Select A, B, C or D. A 3b + c − 20
B 20 − b + c
C 3b + c + 20
D 20 − 3b + c
14 Write an algebraic expression for twice the sum of a and b.
6–03 Substitution 15 If m = −5 and n = 7, evaluate each expression. a 20 − mn
b 4n − 3m
6–04 Adding and subtracting terms 16 Simplify each expression. a 12w − 6w + 4w c
4ab − 6ba + ab
ISBN 9780170350990
b 9a − 3b − 6a + b d −5bc + 8cb − 12
Chapter 6 Algebra
103
PRACTICE TEST 6 6–05 Multiplying terms 17 Simplify each expression. a −4a × (−5b)
b 12mn × 4n
6–06 Dividing terms 18 Simplify each expression. a 48st ÷ (−8tr)
104
b
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
−54 ab −9bc
ISBN 9780170350990
7
ANGLES AND SYMMETRY
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 7? 7–01 7–02 7–03 7–04 7–05 7–06 7–07 7–08 7–09
Angles Measuring and drawing angles Angle geometry Parallel and perpendicular lines Angles on parallel lines Proving parallel lines Line and rotational symmetry Transformations Transformations on the number plane
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: name angles using three letters; for example, ∠ABC classify angles as acute, right, obtuse, straight, reflex and revolution use a protractor to measure and draw angles solve geometry problems involving right angles, angles on a straight line, angles at a point and vertically opposite angles identify parallel and perpendicular lines solve geometry problems involving corresponding angles, alternate angles and co-interior angles on parallel lines, including proving that two lines are parallel draw and count the axes of symmetry of different shapes identify the rotational symmetry of different shapes perform transformations: translate, reflect and rotate shapes perform transformations on the number plane * Shutterstock.com/mycteria
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
105
7–01
Angles
WORDBANK
P vertex
arm
G
arc
arm One side or line of an angle. vertex The corner of an angle.
H
An angle measures how much an object turns or spins, and is measured in degrees (°). An angle is named using three letters, with its vertex being the middle letter. The angle above is named ∠PGH or ∠HGP. Just think of the order of letters when you draw the angle: P-G-H.
Acute angle: less than 90°
Right angle: 90°, a quarter-turn
Obtuse angle: between 90° and 180°
Straight angle: 180°, a half-turn
Reflex angle: between 180° and 360°
Revolution: 360°, a complete turn
EXAMPLE 1 Name and classify each angle. b X
a P
Q
R
Y
Z
SOLUTION a ∠PQR (or ∠RQP), obtuse angle
106
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
b ∠XYZ (or ∠ZYX), right angle
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
7–01
1 What is a vertex? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A part of a line
B a rotation
C the turn between two lines
D a corner
2 Name this angle. Select A, B, C or D. B D
C
A ∠BCD
B ∠CDB
C ∠DCB
D ∠CBD
3 Name and classify each angle. a
b
P
S c
R
Q
d C
W
U
T
V
B A
R
4 What type of angle is: a between 180° and 360°
b 360°
c
less than 90°
d between 90° and 180°
e 180°
f
90°?
5 Name the vertex in each angle, then classify the angle. a
b
B
P
c
Q
E A
C
G
F
R
6 What type of angle is 89°? Select A, B, C or D. A reflex
B obtuse
C right
D acute
7 Draw a diagram showing an acute angle and a right angle. 8 Classify each angle size. a 140°
ISBN 9780170350990
b 275°
c
60°
d 200°
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
107
7–02
Measuring and drawing angles
Angles are measured in degrees (°) using a protractor.
0
0 40
0 1 40
30
15
10
10 2 0
14
30
0
20
10 2 0
13
50
P
0
70 180 60 1 0 1
0
∠AOB is measured to be 54°.
60
30
10
170 180
Q
100 90 80 70
12
15
20
B
10 0 1
90 100 1 10 12 0
40
180 170 1 60 15 0
0 13
80
0
30
O
70
60
50
60 0 1 15
40
0
13
50
0
0 90 80 7 0 10 10 60 0 1 12
A 12
14
40
90 100 1 10
0 14
0
13
80
0
50
70
180 170 1 60
60
M
∠PMQ is measured to be 155°.
To measure an angle with a protractor: line up the base line of the protractor with one arm of the angle position the centre of the protractor on the vertex of the angle use the scale that begins with 0° to read off the angle size from the other arm.
EXAMPLE 2 Construct an angle ∠KPM of size 76°.
SOLUTION Draw a base line PM, measure 76° from one end of the line with your protractor and make a mark. Join this mark to point P and label it K. mark 76°
50
60
90 100 1 10
14
20
line ruled from P through mark at 76°
10
0
180 170 1 60 15 0
0
70 180 60 1 0 1
30
13
50
30
10 2 0
0
15
0
60
12
40
0
100 90 80 70
0
40
10 0 1 12
80
14
0 13
70
K
P
M
choose scale with 0° near M
108
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
76° P
M
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
7–02
1 What instrument is used to measure angles? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A compass
B protractor
C ruler
D set square
2 Estimate the size of this angle. Select A, B, C or D.
A 20°
B 40°
C 35°
D 45°
3 Use a protractor to measure each angle. a
b
c
d
e
f
4 Construct an angle for each angle size. a 45°
b 82°
e 170°
f
90°
c
106°
g 74°
d 152° h 179°
5 To construct angles greater than 180°, it is easier to subtract the number of degrees from 360° (a revolution). For example, to construct an angle of 220°, construct 360° – 220° = 140° and mark the other side of the angle as 220°.
140° 220°
Use this method to construct an angle of size: a 260°
ISBN 9780170350990
b 285°
c
310°
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
109
7–03
Angle geometry
WORDBANK adjacent angles Angles that are next to each other. They
Common arm
share a common arm. complementary angles Two angles that add to 90°.
supplementary angles Two angles that add to 180°.
a° b°
a° b°
Angles in a right angle are complementary (add to 90°). a + b = 90
Angles on a straight line are supplementary (add to 180°). a + b = 180
a°
a° b° c°
b°
Angles at a point (in a revolution) add to 360°.
Vertically opposite angles are equal. a=b
a + b + c = 360
EXAMPLE 3 Find the value of each pronumeral, giving a reason. a
b
c y°
128° n° x° 155°
104°
98°
SOLUTION a n + 128 = 180 n = 180 – 128 n = 52
(angles on a straight line)
b x + 155 + 98 = 360 (angles at a point) x = 360 – 155 – 98 x = 107 c
110
y = 104
(vertically opposite angles)
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
7–03
1 What do supplementary angles add to? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 360°
B 90°
C 180°
D 270°
2 Which of the following is a true statement about vertically opposite angles? Select A, B, C or D. A They are complementary.
B They are equal.
C They are supplementary.
D They are adjacent.
3 a Describe the rule about angles in a right angle and draw an example of one. b Describe the rule about angles at a point and draw an example of one. 4 Is each statement is true or false? a Vertically opposite angles are complementary. b Angles at a point add to 360°. c
Two adjacent right angles make a straight angle.
d The lines must be parallel for vertically opposite angles to be formed. 5 Find the value of each pronumeral, giving a reason. a
b n° 132° 68° w°
c
d
126° a°
e
56°
c°
f b°
162° m°
84°
g
h 48°
n°
96° r°
i 48° 72°
ISBN 9780170350990
108° b°
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
111
7–04
Parallel and perpendicular lines
WORDBANK parallel lines Lines that point in the same direction and which never meet. perpendicular lines Lines that cross at right angles (90°).
Parallel lines are marked with arrows to show that the lines run together and are always the same distance apart. The tracks on a railway line are parallel. The symbol for ‘is parallel to’ is ||.
Perpendicular lines are marked with the right angle ‘box’ symbol. The symbol for ‘is perpendicular to’ is ⊥.
A
B D A C C
Here, AB || CD, meaning ‘AB is parallel to CD’.
B
D
Here, AB ⊥ CD, meaning ‘AB is perpendicular to CD’.
EXAMPLE 4 Name pairs of parallel and perpendicular sides in this figure. A
C
B
D
E
SOLUTION AB || DE
iStockphoto/lopurice
AC ⊥ CE
112
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
7–04
1 Which statement about parallel lines is true? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A They are equal.
B They cross at 90°.
C They never cross.
D They are reflex.
2 Which statement about perpendicular lines is true? Select A, B, C or D. A They are equal.
B They cross at 90°.
C They never cross.
D They are reflex.
3 Draw a pair of: a parallel lines
b perpendicular lines.
4 Copy each diagram, mark two parallel sides in red and two perpendicular sides in black. a
b
c
e
f
g
h
i
d
j
5 Copy and complete each statement. A
a BC is parallel to _______.
B
C
E
D
b CD is perpendicular to _______. c
BE || _______.
d BE ⊥ _______.
F ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
113
7–05
Angles on parallel lines
WORDBANK transversal A line that cuts across two or more lines.
transversal
corresponding angles Angles on the same side of the transversal and in the same position on the parallel lines. Corresponding angles form the letter F.
alternate angles Angles on opposite sides of the transversal and in between the parallel lines. Alternate angles form the letter Z.
co-interior angles Angles on the same side of the transversal and in between the parallel lines. They form the letter C.
Corresponding angles on parallel lines are equal.
Alternate angles on parallel lines are equal.
Co-interior angles on parallel lines are supplementary (add to 180°).
+
EXAMPLE 5 Find the value of each pronumeral, giving reasons. a° b° c° 85°
SOLUTION b = 180 – 85 (co-interior angles on parallel lines) = 95 c = 85 (alternate angles on parallel lines)
114
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
iStockphoto/Sergei Dubrovskii
a = 85 (corresponding angles on parallel lines)
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
7–05
1 Complete: Co-interior angles on parallel lines are __________. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A complementary
B equal
C
supplementary
D opposite
2 Complete: Alternate angles on parallel lines are __________. Select A, B, C or D. A complementary
B equal
C
supplementary
D opposite
3 Copy this diagram and mark both pairs of alternate angles. Mark each pair with a different symbol.
4 Find the value of each pronumeral, giving reasons. a
116°
b
c 57°
n°
65°
m°
v°
d
e
f b° 74° a°
82° c°
g
81°
h
120°
d°
x° y°
133°
i 88° a° b° c°
z°
5 Draw two parallel lines crossed by a transversal. Mark one of the acute angles 48° and then find the sizes of the other seven angles. 6 Is each statement true or false? a A transversal is a line that crosses two or more other lines. b Parallel lines never meet. c
Alternate angles are in matching positions.
d Alternate angles are equal if the lines are parallel. e Corresponding angles are supplementary if the lines are parallel. f
Co-interior angles are on the same side of the transversal.
7 Find the value of each pronumeral. 88° b° c° a°
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
115
7–06
Proving parallel lines
We can use what we know about angles and parallel lines to prove that two lines are parallel. Two lines are parallel if: corresponding angles are equal, or alternate angles are equal co-interior angles are supplementary (add to 180°). So, for example, if alternate angles between two lines are equal, then the lines are parallel. However, if alternate angles between two lines are not equal, then the lines are not parallel. Q P
130°
S
140°
R
In this diagram, alternate angles 130° and 140° are not equal so PQ and RS are not parallel.
EXAMPLE 6 Prove whether each pair of lines are parallel. a
B 94°
A C
b
D
92°
R 73° T
107° S U
SOLUTION a 94° and 92° are corresponding angles that are not equal, so AB and CD are not parallel. b 107° and 73° are co-interior angles that are supplementary (107° + 73° = 180°), so RS || TU.
116
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
7–06
1 If a pair of corresponding angles on two lines are equal, then what is true about the lines? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A They are perpendicular.
B They are not parallel.
C They are not perpendicular.
D They are parallel.
2 If a pair of co-interior angles between two lines are equal, then what is true about the lines? Select A, B, C or D. A They are perpendicular.
B They are not parallel.
C They are not perpendicular.
D They are parallel.
3 Prove whether each pair of lines are parallel. a
b
B
A
c
E
91°
91°
89°
C
J I
G
D
84° F
99°
K
84°
L
H
d
e
W Y
f
M
69°
81°
73° Z
X P
R
T
S
U
N
99° Q D
4 Is each statement true or false? a Corresponding angles are always equal. b Alternate angles are sometimes equal. c
If co-interior angles are supplementary, then the lines are parallel.
d If alternate angles are different, then the lines are perpendicular. 5 What reason can be used to prove that GC || HE? Select A, B, C or D. H G
A ∠ABC = ∠HDF (alternate angles) B ∠CBD = ∠BDH (alternate angles) C ∠ADE = 91° (corresponding angles) D ∠BDE = ∠FDH (vertically opposite angles)
B A
91° 89°
89° 91° 91° D
F
E C
6 a Draw two non-parallel lines crossed by a transversal and label the sizes of a pair of corresponding angles. b Draw two parallel lines crossed by a transversal and label the sizes of a pair of co-interior angles. ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
117
7–07
Line and rotational symmetry
WORDBANK line symmetry A shape has line symmetry if one half exactly folds onto the other half. One half is the mirror image of the other half.
axis of symmetry The line that divides a symmetrical shape in half. ‘Axis’ means line (plural is ‘axes’).
rotational symmetry A shape has rotational symmetry if it can be spun around its centre so that it fits onto itself before a complete revolution.
This regular hexagon has rotational symmetry because it fits onto itself 6 times when spun around its centre during a full rotation of 360°. It has rotational symmetry of order 6.
EXAMPLE 7 For each symmetrical shape, draw the axes of symmetry. a
b
c
b
c
SOLUTION a
EXAMPLE 8 Does each figure have rotational symmetry? If so, state the order of rotational symmetry. a
b
c
SOLUTION a Yes, if turned through 180°. Order is 2. b Yes, if rotated through 90°. Order is 4. c No
118
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
7–07
1 How many axes of symmetry does a rectangle have? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 0
B 1
C 2
D 4
2 What order of rotational symmetry does a rectangle have? Select A, B, C or D. A 0
B 1
C 2
D 4
3 Copy each shape and draw its axis (or axes) of symmetry. a
b
c
d
e
f
4 Does each shape have rotational symmetry? If yes, state the order of rotational symmetry. a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
5 For each shape with rotational symmetry in Question 4: a write how many degrees it must be turned first to fit onto itself b its order of rotational symmetry. 6 Is each statement true or false? a A square has 2 axes of symmetry. b A circle does not have rotational symmetry. c
An isosceles triangle has 1 axis of symmetry.
d A regular octagon has rotational symmetry of order 8.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
119
7–08
Transformations
WORDBANK transformation The process of moving or changing a shape by translation, reflection or rotation.
translation The process of ‘sliding’ a shape: moving it up, down, left or right. reflection The process of ‘flipping’ a shape: making it back-to-front as in a mirror. rotation The process of ‘spinning’ a shape around a point: tilting it sideways or upside-down.
Translation
Reflection
Rotation
A composite transformation is a combination of two or more transformations on the one shape, such as a reflection followed by a rotation. The dark parallelogram below has been translated 5 units left and then reflected in the line AB.
A
B
The dark T-shape below has been rotated 90° clockwise about point O and then translated 7 units left.
O
120
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
7–08
1 Copy this shape onto grid paper, reflect it in the line AB and then reflect that image in the line CD.
C A
B
D
2 Copy this shape onto grid paper, rotate it 90° anticlockwise about the point O and then rotate that image 180° about the point P.
P
ISBN 9780170350990
O
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
121
EXERCISE
7–08
3 Describe the composite transformation on each dark shape. a
A
B b
C
O
D
4 Copy each diagram and perform the composite transformation stated. a Translate 2 units right and then reflect in the line AB. b Rotate 180° anticlockwise about O and then reflect in the line CD. c
Translate 3 units right and 2 units down and then rotate 90° clockwise about P.
d Reflect in the line EF and then rotate 180° anticlockwise about Q. a b
A
B
C O
c D d
E
F
P Q
122
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
7–09
Transformations on the number plane
When a shape is translated, reflected or rotated, the transformed shape is called the image. When a point or vertex P of an original shape is transformed, the corresponding point or vertex on the image is labelled P’, pronounced ‘P-dash’ or ‘P-prime’.
EXAMPLE 9 This diagram shows an arrowhead shape PQRS being translated 4 units right and 1 unit up to create the image P' Q' R' S'. Compare the coordinates of P, Q, R, S to the coordinates of P', Q', R', S'. y 5
–10
‚ P
–5 P R S
10 x
5
– ‚ ‚5 S R Q
‚ Q
–10
SOLUTION P(–5, –2) → P’(–1, –1)
Q(–3, –7) → Q’(1, –6)
R(–5, –5) → R’(–1, –4)
S(–7, –7) → S’(–3, –6)
When translated 4 units right and 1 unit up, the x-coordinate of each vertex increases by 4 whereas the y-coordinate increases by 1.
EXAMPLE 10 The orange L-shape below named ABCDEF has been reflected across the y-axis to create the image A’B’C’D’E’F’. Compare the coordinates of D and F to those of D’ and F’, respectively. y 10
5
–10
‚ ‚ BA –5 ‚ F E‚ ‚ ‚ C D –5
E D
AB 5 F
10
x
C
–10
SOLUTION D(2, –4) → D’(–2, –4)
F(4, –3) → F’(–4, –3)
When reflected across the y-axis, the x-coordinate of each vertex changes sign (positive to negative) whereas the y-coordinate stays the same. ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
123
EXERCISE 1 a
7–09
Copy this trapezium ABCD onto grid paper and translate it 10 units right to create the image A’ B’ C’ D’.
y 10
A
D –10
B
A
5
C
–5
‚
5
10
x
–5
–10
b Compare the coordinates of A, B, C, D to those of A’ , B’ , C’ , D’ . y
2 This flag shape PQRS has been rotated 90° anticlockwise about the origin T to create the image P’ Q’ R’ S’ . Compare the coordinates of P, Q, R, S to those of P’ , Q’ , R’ , S’ .
10
5 R T –10
‚
Q
‚ S
P
–5
‚
5 S –5 P
‚
10
x
R Q
–10
3 a
y 10
Copy the L-shape STUVWX onto grid paper and reflect it across the x-axis to create the image S’ T’ U’ V’ W’ X’ .
T
S V
5
X –5
W 5
U
10 x
–5
–10
b Compare the coordinates of S, T, U, V to those of S’, T’ , U’ , V’ .
124
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE 4 a
7–09
Describe the translation that has been performed on triangle WXY to create the image W’X’ Y’. y 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
W
Y X –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 –1 –2 –3 –4 –5 –6 –7 –8
b 5 a
W
‚
1 2‚ 3 4 5 6‚ 7 8 x X Y
Compare the coordinates of the original triangle to those of the image. Copy OPQRST onto grid paper and rotate it 180° about O. 10
y T
S 5 Q –10
R O
–5 P
5
10
x
–5
–10
b
Find the coordinates of the new positions of P, Q and S and compare them to their original coordinates.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
125
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY FIND-A-WORD PUZZLE Make a copy of this puzzle, then find the words below in this grid of letters.
R
N
O
I
T
C
E
L
F
E
R
T
J
Y
M
P
A
O
L
Y
S
F
L
E
U
R
R
R
O
Q
A
H
L
C
A
W
Y
T
I
A
B
A
S
Y
H
R
C
L
U
F
N
A
M
N
N
T
N
E
R
G
A
H
O
G
C
N
I
S
M
N
E
S
L
A
L
L
Q
L
I
R
I
L
G
E
E
R
V
G
T
A
L
K
Z
E
N
A
D
M
I
O
T
E
N
N
N
E
P
T
R
T
T
E
N
T
R
G
R
A
E
O
L
L
R
I
H
L
E
A
E
A
O
S
Y
M
I
A
J
O
J
P
C
T
R
M
P
D
A
V
E
T
A
N
W
P
O
I
N
I
I
S
R
L
E
L
A
Z
N
U
C
O
U
U
H
L
O
I
E
C
P
T
B
S
D
N
E
Q
U
A
L
J
R
T
P
M
O
C
O
R
R
E
S
P
O
N
D
I
N
G
O
R
C
O
M
P
O
S
I
T
E
Z
C
I
M
C
H
ALTERNATE ANGLES CO-INTERIOR COMPLEMENTARY COMPOSITE CORRESPONDING EQUAL IMAGE LINE ORIGINAL
126
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
PARALLEL PERPENDICULAR REFLECTION ROTATION ROTATIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY SYMMETRY TRANSLATION TRANSVERSAL
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 7 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 Evaluate 18 × 20. 2 How many degrees in a right angle? 3 Simplify 32 ab . −4 a 4 Find the volume of the prism.
5 Find 1 of $120. 8 6 Evaluate $14.25 + $28.90. 7 Find the mode of 6, 3, 2, 6, 5, 4, 6. 8 How many sides has a quadrilateral? 9 Arrange these decimals in ascending order: 8.95, 8.909, 8.19, 8.9.
7 cm 8 cm
10 Complete this number pattern: 1, 2, 4, ___, 16, ___.
5 cm
Part B Angles and symmetry Calculators are allowed.
7–01 Angles 11 Use three letters to name this angle. F G
E
7–02 Measuring and drawing angles 12 Measure the size of this angle. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D.
A 20°
B 40°
C 35°
D 45°
7–03 Angle geometry 13 Find the value of each pronumeral, giving a reason. a
b 134° n°
ISBN 9780170350990
82°
k°
Chapter 7 Angles and symmetry
127
PRACTICE TEST 7 7–04 Parallel and perpendicular lines 14 For this pentagon, list one pair of parallel lines and one pair of perpendicular lines.
A
7–05 Angles on parallel lines
C
B E D
15 When a transversal crosses two parallel lines, which pair of angles are supplementary? 16 Find c.
c°
108°
7–06 Proving parallel lines 17 Is AB || CD? Give a reason for your answer.
B A C
78° 79°
D
7–07 Line and rotational symmetry 18 How many axes of symmetry has this shape?
7–08 Transformations 19 What type of transformation is a turn through 180°? Select A, B, C or D. A translation
B reflection
C rotation
D composite
7–09 Transformations on the number plane 20 a
Describe the transformation that has been performed on rectangle MNPQ to create the image M’N’PQ’.
M
y 8 7 N 6 5 4 Q' 3 2 1
M'
Q N' –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 P 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 x –1 –2 –3 –4 –5 –6 –7 –8
b Compare the coordinates of M, N, Q to those of M’, N’, Q’.
128
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
TRIANGLES AND QUADRILATERALS
8
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 8? 8–01 8–02 8–03 8–04 8–05 8–06
Types of triangles Angle sum of a triangle Exterior angle of a triangle Types of quadrilaterals Angle sum of a quadrilateral Properties of quadrilaterals
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: name and classify triangles and their properties find the angle sum of a triangle find the exterior angle of a triangle name and classify quadrilaterals find the angle sum of a quadrilateral find properties of the sides, angles and diagonals of quadrilaterals solve geometry problems involving the properties of triangles and quadrilaterals
* Shutterstock.com/vvvita
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 8 Triangles and quadrilaterals
129
8–01
Types of triangles
WORDBANK triangle A shape with three straight sides.
There are three types of triangles according to the lengths of their sides: scalene: all sides different (no equal sides) isosceles: two equal sides equilateral: three equal sides.
Scalene triangle
Isosceles triangle
Equilateral triangle
The dashes are drawn on each side to show which sides are equal. There are also three types of triangles according to the sizes of their angles: acute-angled: all angles are acute (less than 90°) obtuse-angled: one of the angles is obtuse (more than 90° and less than 180°) right-angled: one of the angles is a right angle (90°).
Acute-angled triangle
Obtuse-angled triangle
Right-angled triangle
EXAMPLE 1 Classify each triangle by side and by angle. a
b
SOLUTION
130
a Triangle is isosceles and obtuse-angled.
two equal sides
b Triangle is scalene and right-angled.
no equal sides
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
8–01
1 What type of triangle has two sides equal? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A isosceles
B acute-angled
C obtuse-angled
D equilateral
2 What type of triangle has one angle greater than 90°? Select A, B, C or D. A isosceles
B acute-angled
C obtuse-angled
3 Classify each triangle according to its sides. A b P a
B
c
X
R
Q
C
D equilateral
Y
Z
4 Classify each triangle in Question 3 according to its angles. 5 Draw each type of triangle described below. a acute-angled and scalene c 6 a
b isosceles and obtuse-angled
right-angled and scalene
d equilateral and acute-angled
Is it possible to draw an isosceles right-angled triangle?
b Why is each angle of an equilateral triangle 60°? c
Is it possible to draw an obtuse-angled equilateral triangle?
d A right-angled triangle has one 90° angle. What do the other two angles add to? e Is it possible to draw an equilateral right-angled triangle? 7 To name a triangle we use three capital letters that are the vertices of the triangle, for example, ∆ABC. Name each triangle below. b c a R X D S
Z F
E
Y
T
8 Classify each triangle in Question 7 by sides and by angles. 9 a
Classify each type of triangle seen in the diagram below.
b How many triangles are there?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 8 Triangles and quadrilaterals
131
8–02
Angle sum of a triangle
The angle sum of a triangle is the total when its three angles are added together. a°
Angle sum = a° + b° + c° c°
b°
The angle sum can easily be found by drawing any triangle on paper, cutting it out and then tearing off each angle and placing them together as shown: a° b° a°
c°
b°
c°
When placed together, the angles form a straight line, which is 180°. The angle sum of any triangle is 180°.
EXAMPLE 2 Find the value of each pronumeral. a
b
a°
58°
36°
47°
m°
SOLUTION a a + 58 + 47 = 180 a + 105 = 180 a = 180 – 105 a = 75
Angle sum of a triangle is 180°. Solve as an equation.
Shutterstock.com/oover
b m + 36 + 90 = 180 m + 126 = 180 m = 180 – 126 m = 54
132
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
8–02
1 Find n.
n°
42°
28°
Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 130
B 140
C 120
D 110
2 What is the angle sum of an equilateral triangle? Select A, B, C or D. A 90°
B 150°
C 360°
D 180°
3 Find the value of each pronumeral. b
a
c
b°
n°
m° 38°
52°
72°
64°
d
e
f
136°
22°
c°
68° 54°
c° a°
w°
38°
4 a If two angles of a triangle are 75° and 50°, what is the size of the third angle? b If the three angles of a triangle are p°, q° and r°, what rule can we write about p, q and r? 5 Describe each triangle in words. a an equilateral triangle c
b a right triangle
an isosceles triangle
d a scalene triangle
6 What do you know about the angles in: a an equilateral triangle?
b an isosceles triangle?
7 Find the value of each pronumeral. b
a
c
m°
24° n°
32° c°
d
e
f
e°
18° 98° w°
ISBN 9780170350990
v°
Chapter 8 Triangles and quadrilaterals
133
8–03
Exterior angle of a triangle
WORDBANK exterior angle An angle outside a shape created by extending one side of the shape. The diagram below shows the exterior angle of a triangle.
exterior angle
In the diagram below, the exterior angle is d°. 80° d° 55°
c°
B
D
55 + 80 + c = 180 But also d + c = 180
angle sum of a triangle angles on a straight line
So d = 55 + 80 So d = 135 The exterior angle of a triangle is equal to the sum of the two interior opposite angles (55° and 80° in the diagram above).
EXAMPLE 3 Find the value of each pronumeral. a 45°
56°
b
48°
b°
c°
a°
SOLUTION a a = 45 + 56
exterior angle of a triangle
a = 101 b c = 180 − 2 × 48
c = 84 b = 48 + 84
angle sum of an isosceles triangle exterior angle of a triangle iStockphoto/maticomp
b = 132
134
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
8–03
1 The exterior angle of a triangle equals
. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D.
A the opposite angle
B two of the interior angles
C the sum of all the angles
D the sum of the two interior opposite angles
2 What is the size of an exterior angle of an equilateral triangle? Select A, B, C or D. A 60°
B 120°
C 180°
D 90°
3 For the diagram below: a use 3 letters to name each interior angle b name the exterior angle c
write an equation to find the size of the exterior angle. B
A
C
D
4 Find the value of each pronumeral. a
b
32°
y°
x°
47°
54° 52°
c
d q°
43°
n° 28°
5
P
R
Q
a Copy this diagram and extend PR to form an exterior angle. b Name the two interior opposite angles. c
Calculate the size of the exterior angle if ∠PQR = 64°.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 8 Triangles and quadrilaterals
135
8–04
Types of quadrilaterals
WORDBANK quadrilateral A shape with four straight sides. There are many types of quadrilaterals. They are displayed in the table below. Name of quadrilateral
136
Diagram
Features
Parallelogram
Opposite sides parallel. Opposite sides equal. Opposite angles equal.
Rhombus
All sides equal in length. A special type of parallelogram.
Trapezium
One pair of sides parallel.
Kite
Adjacent sides equal. One pair of opposite angles equal.
Rectangle
All angles are 90°. A special type of parallelogram.
Square
All sides are equal. All angles are 90°. A special type of parallelogram and rhombus.
Convex quadrilateral
Any quadrilateral where all vertices (corners) point outwards. All diagonals lie inside the shape.
Non-convex quadrilateral
Any quadrilateral where one vertex points inwards. One diagonal lies outside the shape. One angle is more than 180°.
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
8–04
1 Which quadrilateral has one pair of opposite sides parallel? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A square
B trapezium
C parallelogram
D rhombus
2 Which quadrilateral has all four sides equal? Select A, B, C or D. A rectangle
B trapezium
C parallelogram
D rhombus
3 Name each type of quadrilateral. a
b
c
d
e
f
4 Draw: a a rectangle b a non-convex quadrilateral c
a trapezium
d an irregular quadrilateral with one obtuse angle e a square with side lengths 5 cm f
a parallelogram with one pair of sides 8 cm and the other pair 6 cm
g a rhombus with one pair of angles equal to 65° and all sides 7 cm long. 5 Is each statement true or false? a All rectangles are squares.
b All parallelograms are rhombuses.
All squares are rectangles.
d All rhombuses are parallelograms.
c
f
All quadrilaterals are kites.
Alamy/Gaertner
e All kites are quadrilaterals.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 8 Triangles and quadrilaterals
137
8–05
Angle sum of a quadrilateral
The angle sum of a quadrilateral is the total when its four angles are added together. b° a°
Angle sum = a° + b° + c° + d° d°
c°
The angle sum can easily be found by drawing any quadrilateral on paper, cutting it out and then tearing off each angle and placing them together as shown:
b° a°
d°
c°
d°
b°
a°
c°
When placed together, the four angles form a revolution, which is 360°. The angle sum of any quadrilateral is 360°.
EXAMPLE 4 Find the value of each pronumeral. a b 84°
84°
154° x°
n°
72° 156°
SOLUTION a x + 84 + 154 + 90 = 360 x + 328 = 360 x = 360 – 328 x = 32
Angle sum of a quadrilateral is 360°. Solve as an equation.
iStockphoto/StanRohrer
b n + 84 + 72 + 156 = 360 n + 312 = 360 n = 360 – 312 n = 48
138
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
8–05
1 What is the angle sum of a square? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 180°
B 360°
C 120°
D 90°
2 A quadrilateral has two equal angles of 75° and a right angle. What is the size of its fourth angle? Select A, B, C or D. A 120°
B 130°
C 90°
D 110°
3 Is each statement true or false? a Each angle in a parallelogram is 90°. b All angles in a square are equal. c
Opposite angles in a rectangle are equal.
d Opposite angles in a trapezium are equal. e Adjacent angles in a kite are equal. 4 Find the value of each pronumeral. b a
b°
94°
c
76°
88°
c° 18°
a°
250° 24°
d
m°
m° 125° 125°
e
f
n° 120°
106°
w° 65°
78°
5 a Draw a parallelogram and mark the equal angles. b What do the co-interior angles in a parallelogram add to? c
How many pairs of co-interior angles are there in a parallelogram?
d What is the angle sum of a parallelogram? 6 a What type of quadrilateral is drawn below?
b c d e f g
What do you know about its four sides? Is this quadrilateral also a parallelogram? Is this quadrilateral also a rectangle? What is the angle sum of this quadrilateral? What is the size of each angle in this quadrilateral? What is the size of an exterior angle of this quadrilateral?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 8 Triangles and quadrilaterals
139
8–06
Properties of quadrilaterals
The diagram below shows how the special quadrilaterals are related to each other.
QUADRILATERAL any four-sided shape
PARALLELOGRAM a quadrilateral with two pairs of opposite sides parallel
RECTANGLE a parallelogram with right angles
TRAPEZIUM a quadrilateral with one pair of sides parallel
RHOMBUS a parallelogram with all sides equal
SQUARE a rectangle that is a rhombus
The diagram above shows us that: • a rhombus is a special parallelogram • a rectangle is also a special parallelogram • a square is a special rhombus and is also a special rectangle.
EXAMPLE 5 Write the difference between: a a rhombus and a parallelogram b a square and a rhombus.
SOLUTION a A rhombus has all four sides equal and a parallelogram does not. b A square has all angles 90° and a rhombus does not.
140
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
8–06
Properties of quadrilaterals
Properties of the diagonals of the special quadrilaterals Parallelogram
The diagonals bisect each other.
Rectangle
The diagonals are equal in length. The diagonals bisect each other.
Kite
One diagonal bisects the other at right angles.
Rhombus
The diagonals bisect each other at right angles. The diagonals bisect the angles of the rhombus.
Square
The diagonals bisect each other at right angles. The diagonals bisect the angles of the square. The diagonals are equal in length.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 8 Triangles and quadrilaterals
141
EXERCISE EXERCISE
8–06 1–01
1 Which of these quadrilaterals has diagonals that cross each other at right angles? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A parallelogram
B kite
C rectangle
. Select A, B, C or D.
2 A rhombus is also a special type of A parallelogram
B square
D trapezium
C pentagon
D rectangle
3 Write the difference between: a a square and a rectangle b a parallelogram and a quadrilateral c
a rhombus and a parallelogram
d a parallelogram and a trapezium. 4 Is each statement true or false? a The diagonals of a rectangle are equal. b A rectangle is a special parallelogram. c
A square has equal diagonals that bisect each other at right angles.
d A square is a special rhombus. e The diagonals of a parallelogram are equal and bisect each other. A rhombus is a special parallelogram.
iStockphoto/Viorika
f
142
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
8–06
5 Name all quadrilaterals that have: a equal diagonals b diagonals that bisect each other c
diagonals that cross at right angles
d diagonals that bisect the angles of the quadrilateral. 6 Draw a kite and a rectangle, showing their diagonal properties. 7 Copy and complete this table. Quadrilateral
Angles 90°
Parallelogram
Equal sides
No
Rhombus Rectangle
Equal diagonals No
Yes
Kite
No
Square
Yes
8 Copy and complete this table. Quadrilateral
Sides
Angles
Diagonals
Parallelogram
Opposite sides are equal and parallel.
Opposite angles are equal.
Diagonals bisect each other.
Trapezium Rhombus Rectangle
All angles are different. All sides are equal. All angles are 90°.
Shutterstock.com/Vladitto
Square
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 8 Triangles and quadrilaterals
143
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CROSSWORD PUZZLE Make a copy of this puzzle, then complete the crossword using the clues given below. 1
3 7
2
5
4
6
8
9 10
11
12
13
14
15
Across 1 Quadrilateral with two pairs of adjacent sides equal.
2 Triangle with two sides equal.
7 Triangle with one angle 90°.
4 General name for any shape with four sides.
9 Triangle with all sides equal.
5 Quadrilateral with all vertices pointing outwards.
11 Quadrilateral with opposite sides parallel. 12 Triangle with all sides different.
144
Down 3 Opposite of ‘regular’.
6 Special rectangle with four equal sides. 8 Quadrilateral with one pair of sides parallel.
13 This shape has an angle sum of 180°.
10 Special parallelogram with four equal sides.
15 Quadrilateral with opposite sides equal and all angles 90°.
14 Quadrilateral with one vertex pointing inward.
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 8 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 Describe in words an acute angle. 2 What is the supplement of 38°?
7 1 − . 8 3 8 Find the area of this triangle.
7 Simplify:
3 List the first six multiples of 7. 4 Is 81 a prime or a composite number?
2.8 m 12 m
5 Find the median of the scores: 12, 8, 7, 6, 8, 7, 5, 7.
9 Simplify 4ab × (–8bc).
6 Is 728 divisible by 4?
10 Copy and complete:
4 = . 5 35
Part B Triangles and quadrilaterals Calculators are allowed.
8–01 Types of triangles 11 What type of triangle has three sides equal? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A isosceles
B acute-angled
C obtuse-angled
D equilateral
12 What type of triangle has all angles less than 90°? Select A, B, C or D. A isosceles
B acute-angled
C obtuse-angled
D equilateral
8–02 Angle sum of a triangle 13 What is the size of each angle in an equilateral triangle? 14 Find m.
24°
m°
8–03 Exterior angle of a triangle 15 Find w.
w°
42° 73°
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 8 Triangles and quadrilaterals
145
PRACTICE TEST 8 16 For this diagram: P Q
S
78° R
a using three letters, name the exterior angle b find the size of the exterior angle.
8–04 Types of quadrilaterals 17 Name each quadrilateral. a
b
8–05 Angle sum of a quadrilateral 18 What is the angle sum of a rhombus? 19 Find the value of each pronumeral. a m° m°
b
w° 112°
134°
130°
134° 68°
8–06 Properties of quadrilaterals 20 Write the properties of the diagonals of: a a kite b a rectangle.
146
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
9
LENGTH AND TIME
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 9? 9–01 9–02 9–03 9–04 9–05 9–06 9–07 9–08
The metric system Perimeter Parts of a circle Circumference of a circle 24-hour time Time calculations Timetables International time zones
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: convert between metric units of length, capacity and mass find perimeters of shapes, including composite shapes name the parts of a circle find the circumference of a circle and circular shapes using π convert between metric units of time convert between 24-hour time and 12-hour (a.m./p.m.) time round times to the nearest minute or hour calculate time differences read and interpret timetables understand and use international time zones * Shutterstock.com/Andrey_Kuzmin
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 9 Length and time
147
9–01
The metric system
1 1 The metric system is based on powers of 10. Milli- means , centi- means , 100 1000 kilo- means 1000 and mega- means 1 000 000. Length
Size
Example
millimetre (mm)
1000 mm = 1 m
Smallest gap on your ruler
centimetre (cm)
100 cm = 1 m
Width of a pen
metre (m)
base unit
Height of a kitchen bench
kilometre (km)
1000 m = 1 km
Distance between bus stops
millilitre (mL)
1000 mL = 1 L
A large drop of water
litre (L)
base unit
A carton of milk
kilolitre (kL)
1000 L = 1 kL
Amount of water in a spa
megalitre (ML)
1 ML = 1 000 000 L
Water in two Olympic-sized swimming pools
milligram (mg)
1000 mg = 1 g
A grain of salt
gram (g)
1000 g = 1 kg
A tablet
kilogram (kg)
base unit
A packet of sugar
tonne (t)
1000 kg = 1 t
A small car
Capacity
Mass
To convert units, remember the following initials. • SOLD = Small Over to Large Divide: to convert from small unit to large unit, divide • LOSM = Large Over to Small Multiply: to convert from large unit to small unit, multiply
EXAMPLE 1 Convert: a 27 m to cm
b 1652 L to kL
c
4.8 t to kg
SOLUTION a 27 m = 27 × 100 cm = 2700 cm
LOSM Large Over to Small Multiply: 1 m = 100 cm.
b 1652 L = 1652 ÷ 1000 kL = 1.652 kL
SOLD: Small Over to Large Divide: 1000 L = 1 kL.
c
148
4.8 t = 4.8 × 1000 kg = 4800 kg
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
LOSM: Large Over to Small Multiply: 1 t = 1000 kg.
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
9–01
1 What is the height of a door handle closest to? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 1 mm
B 1 cm
C 1m
D 1 km
2 What is the capacity of a cup closest to? Select A, B, C or D. A 250 mL
B 250 L
C 250 kL
D 250 ML
3 Choose the most appropriate unit for each measurement. a your height b the length of a book c
the capacity of a can of drink
d the distance from home to school e the time to run 100 m f
the amount of water in your swimming pool
g the amount of water in a glass h the time to drive from Townsville to Brisbane 4 Copy and complete: a 2000 mL = —— L
b 4.9 km = —— m
c 72 kL = —— L
d 1440 kg = —— t
e 125 g = —— mg
f 8500 g = —— kg
g 86.4 m = —— km
h 7250 mL = —— L
i 125 cm = —— m
k 820 g = —— kg
l 4.6 t = —— kg
j
45 000 mm = —— m
5 Is each statement true or false? a 6.5 km = 650 m
b 3600 mm = 36 m
c
2288 mg = 2.288 g
d 7.8 kg = 780 g
e 82 L = 8.2 kL
f
950 mm = 95 cm
6 Convert each length to metres and then find its sum. 22.8 m, 560 cm, 3400 mm, 0.6 km, 78.25 m 7 Write these capacities in ascending order. 6.2 L, 4500 mL, 0.98 kL, 16.4 L, 2350 mL 8 Copy and complete the following table. Millimetres
Centimetres
Metres
Kilometres
3500 640 28 6.5 5200 420 000
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 9 Length and time
149
9–02
Perimeter
WORDBANK perimeter The distance around the edges of a shape. To find the perimeter of a shape, add the lengths of its sides. For a rectangle, P = 2 × length + 2 × width P = 2l + 2w
w
l
EXAMPLE 2 Find the perimeter of each shape. a
b 15 cm
15.2 m 4.6 m
7 cm
c
9.4 m
3m
d
8.2 cm 5.6 cm
SOLUTION a Perimeter = 15 + 15 + 7 = 37 cm Isosceles triangle, so two sides equal.
c
Perimeter = 3 + 3 + 9.4 + 9.4 = 24.8 m Kite, so adjacent sides equal.
b Perimeter = 2 × 15.2 + 2 × 4.6 P = 2l + 2w = 39.6 m d Perimeter = 2 × 8.2 + 2 × 5.6 = 27.6 cm Parallelogram, so opposite sides equal.
EXAMPLE 3 Find the perimeter of this shape.
8m
12 m
150
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
9–02
Perimeter
SOLUTION
1 × 8 = 4 m. 2 The top horizontal side with the dash is also 4 m.
4m
The two vertical sides with the dash are
4m
The horizontal side without a dash is 12 – 4 = 8 m.
8m
8m
Perimeter = 8 + 4 + 4 + 8 + 4 + 12
4m
= 40 m
12 m
Can you see why the perimeter of this L-shape can also be found using 2 × 8 + 2 × 12 = 40 m?
EXERCISE
9–02
1 Find the perimeter of a rectangle with length 8 mm and width 5 mm. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 21 mm
B 13 mm
C 26 mm
D 18 mm
2 Find the perimeter of a rhombus of side length 6 cm. Select A, B, C or D. A 12 cm
B 30 cm
C 18 cm
3 Find the perimeter of each shape. a b
D 24 cm
c
3 cm 11 cm 6.4 m
d
1.8 m
e
5.1 cm
f
6.25 m
9 cm 6.2 cm 2.4 cm
8.4 m
g
h
i
6m
8.6 m
7.4 m 4.5 m 10 m 4.2 m
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 9 Length and time
151
EXERCISE
9–02
4 Find the perimeter of each shape described below. a a rectangle with length 12.4 m and width 8.7 m b a square with side lengths 5.75 cm c
a parallelogram with its longer sides 8.6 m and its shorter sides 6.3 m
d a kite with two adjacent sides 46 mm each and the other two sides 16 mm each e an equilateral triangle with side lengths 6 cm f
an isosceles triangle with equal sides of 14 m each and the other side 8 m
5 If the perimeter of a rectangle is 84 m, what could its length and width be? Give two possible answers. 6 Find the perimeter of each shape. a
b
c 9.8 m
7.4 m
2.2 m
11.2 m
10.2 m
8 cm
6 cm 1 cm
9.6 m
Shutterstock.com/T photography
14.7 m
152
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
9–03
Parts of a circle
A circle is a completely round shape. Every point on a circle is the same distance from its centre, marked O in the table below. The parts of a circle have special names. Radius
Diameter
Circumference
The distance from the centre to the edge of the circle.
The distance from one edge of the The perimeter of a circle. circle to another, going through umferenc the centre of the circle. irc e c
O O
Arc
Semicircle
Quadrant
Part of the circumference.
Half of a circle.
Quarter of a circle, with angle 90°.
O
O
Also, a chord is an interval joining any two points on the edge of a circle.
EXAMPLE 4 Draw a circle and mark on it: a a radius
b a chord
c
a diameter.
SOLUTION
Radius Diameter
Chord
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 9 Length and time
153
EXERCISE
9–03
1 What is the perimeter of a circle called? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A radius
B diameter
C arc
D circumference
2 What is part of the edge of a circle called? Select A, B, C or D. A radius
B diameter
C arc
D chord
3 Use a ruler and compasses to construct a circle with a radius of 3 cm, then mark and label on the circle: a the centre
b a radius
c
a chord
d an arc
e a diameter
f
a quadrant.
4 a Measure the diameter of the circle drawn in Question 3. b What is the relationship between the radius and the diameter of the circle? 5 Name each of the following highlighted parts of a circle. a
b
c
d
e
f
6 How many axes of symmetry has a circle? Select A, B, C or D. A 1
B 2
C 4
D an infinite number
7 What is half of a circle called? 8 Use compasses, a ruler and pencil to copy two or more of these circular designs.
154
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
9–04
Circumference of a circle
WORDBANK pi (π) The special number 3.14159... represented by the Greek letter π, which as a decimal has digits that run endlessly, without repeating or stopping. The circumference of a circle is related to the diameter of the circle by a simple formula involving a special number called pi (pronounced ‘pie’), represented by the Greek letter π. C = π × diameter
cumference cir
where π = 3.14159 …, which can be found on your calculator Diameter by pressing the π key (you may need to press SHIFT first). Use string, a ruler and a tape measure to measure and record the diameter and circumference of some circular objects such as cans, round cake tins, pipes, coins and bottles. Divide the circumference by the diameter to show that for any circle: circumference = π = 3.14 ... diameter
CIRCUMFERENCE OF A CIRCLE C = π × diameter C = πd Because the diameter of a circle is double its radius, another formula for the circumference of a circle is: C = π × 2 × radius = 2πr
CIRCUMFERENCE OF A CIRCLE C = 2 × π × radius C = 2πr
EXAMPLE 5 Find correct to two decimal places the circumference of each circle. a
b 12 mm
4.2 m
SOLUTION a
C = πd = π × 12 = 37.6991… ≈ 37.70 mm
ISBN 9780170350990
d = 12
π
× 12 =
on calculator
b C = 2πr = 2 × π × 4.2 = 26.3893… ≈ 26.39 m
r = 4.2 2 ×
π
× 4.2
Chapter 9 Length and time
155
9–04
Circumference of a circle
EXAMPLE 6 Find correct to one decimal place the perimeter of each shape. a
b 9m
3.6 cm
SOLUTION 1 × circumference + 9 2 1 ×π×9+9 = 2
a Perimeter =
= 23.1371... ≈ 23.1 m
EXERCISE
1 × circumference + 3.6 + 3.6 4 1 = × 2 × π × 3.6 + 3.6 + 3.6 4
b Perimeter =
semicircle
= 12.8548... ≈ 12.9 cm
quadrant
9–04
1 Find the circumference of a circle with diameter 5 m. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 15.71 m
B 78.54 m
C 31.42 m
D 7.85 m
2 Find the circumference of a circle with radius 4 cm. Select A, B, C or D. A 50.27 cm
B 25.13 cm
C 50.27 cm
D 6.28 cm
3 a Use a ruler and compasses to draw a circle with radius 4.5 cm. b Measure the diameter of the circle. c
How are the diameter and radius of the circle related to each other?
d Calculate correct to two decimal places the circumference of the circle. 4 Find the circumference of each circle correct to two decimal places. a
b
c 4.6 m
9 cm
11.2 m
d
e
9.2 m
f
15 mm 6.8 cm
156
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
9–04
5 a Describe in words how you could calculate the perimeter of the shape below:
8m
b Calculate the perimeter correct to one decimal place. 6 Find correct to one decimal place the perimeter of each shape. a
b
c 3.6 cm
7.2 m
2m
iStockphoto/Claudiad
5m
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 9 Length and time
157
9–05
24-hour time
WORDBANK 24-hour time Uses four digits to describe the time of day and does not require a.m. or p.m. Instead, the hours of a day are numbered from 0 to 23. 12-hour time
24-hour time
12-hour time
24-hour time
1:00 a.m.
0100
1:00 p.m.
1300
2:00 a.m.
0200
2:00 p.m.
1400
3:00 a.m.
0300
3:00 p.m.
1500
4:00 a.m.
0400
4:00 p.m.
1600
5:00 a.m.
0500
5:00 p.m.
1700
6:00 a.m.
0600
6:00 p.m.
1800
7:00 a.m.
0700
7:00 p.m.
1900
8:00 a.m.
0800
8:00 p.m.
2000
9:00 a.m.
0900
9:00 p.m.
2100
10:00 a.m.
1000
10:00 p.m.
2200
11:00 a.m.
1100
11:00 p.m.
2300
12:00 midday
1200
12:00 midnight
0000
EXAMPLE 7 Write each time in 24-hour time. a 5:15 a.m.
b 4:30 p.m.
c
12:10 a.m.
d 11:46 p.m.
SOLUTION a b c d
5:15 a.m. = 0515 4:30 p.m. = 1630 12:10 a.m. = 0010 11:46 p.m. = 2346
After 1 a.m., insert a 0 in front to make four digits. After 1 p.m., add 12 to the hour: 4 + 12 = 16. 12 midnight is 00 for the first two digits. After 1 p.m., add 12 to the hour: 11 + 12 = 23.
EXAMPLE 8 Write each time in 12-hour time. a 1250
b 1915
c
1047
d 0030
SOLUTION a b c d
158
1250 = 12:50 p.m. 1915 = 7:15 p.m. 1047 = 10:47 a.m. 0030 = 12:30 a.m.
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
12 is 12 p.m. (midday). After 1300, it is p.m., so subtract 12 from the hour: 19 – 12 = 7. Before 1200, it is a.m. time. 00 is 12 a.m. (midnight).
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
9–05
1 Write 1245 in 12-hour time. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 2:45 a.m.
B 12:45 a.m.
C 2:45 p.m.
D 12:45 p.m.
2 What is 5:20 p.m. in 24-hour time? Select A, B, C or D. A 0520
B 5020
C 1520
D 1720
3 a The Indian Pacific train arrives in Kalgoorlie at 2230. Does it arrive in the afternoon or at night? b The same train arrives in Adelaide at 0720. What is this in 12-hour time? c
A military operation will begin at 0940 hours. Write this in 12-hour time.
d A bus travels from Batemans Bay to Sydney in 5 hours 45 minutes. If it leaves Batemans Bay at 0620, what time will it arrive in Sydney? Write the answer in 12-hour time and in 24-hour time. 4 Write each time in 24-hour time. a 3:00 a.m.
b 6:00 p.m.
e 7:42 a.m.
f
10:48 p.m.
g 12 noon
h 8:54 p.m.
4:00 a.m.
j
2:15 p.m.
k 9:30 p.m.
l
i
c
4:20 a.m.
d 5:25 p.m. 8:50 a.m.
m twenty past 3 in the morning
n half past 10 at night
o quarter to 6 in the morning
p quarter past 8 at night
5 Write each time in 12-hour time. a 0520
b 1440
e 2256
f
0221
j
i
2315
d 0605
0338
g 1650
h 1146
0045
k 1212
l
c
0148
6 Joel is catching a flight at 1350 from Sydney to Singapore. a He has to be at Sydney airport 1 hour 30 minutes before the flight departs. What is this time in 24-hour time? b If it takes Joel 40 minutes to travel from home to the airport, what time should he leave home? Answer in 12-hour time. c
If the flight to Singapore takes 8 hours 15 minutes, what time should Joel arrive in Singapore (Sydney time)? Answer in 12-hour time and in 24-hour time.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 9 Length and time
159
9–06
Time calculations
To round time to the nearest minute: look at the number of seconds if it is 30 seconds or more, round up if it is less than 30 seconds, round down.
To round time to the nearest hour: look at the number of minutes if it is 30 minutes or more, round up if it is less than 30 minutes, round down.
EXAMPLE 9 Round: a 3 h 38 min to the nearest hour
b 22 min 27 s to the nearest minute.
SOLUTION a 3 h 38 min ≈ 4 h
round up
b 22 min 27 s ≈ 22 min
round down
27 s is less than 30 s (half a minute)
38 min is more than 30 min (half an hour)
EXAMPLE 10 Calculate the time difference from 3:45 a.m. to 7:25 p.m.
SOLUTION Use a number line and ‘build bridges’ like we did in Chapter 1 for mental subtraction.
3:45 a.m.
4 a.m.
7 p.m.
7:25 p.m.
Time difference = 15 min + 15 h + 25 min = 15 h 40 min So 15 hours 40 minutes is the time difference. OR: Convert to 24-hour time and use the calculator’s 3:45 a.m. = 0345, 7:25 p.m. = 1925, so enter 19 So 15 hours 40 minutes is the time difference.
” 25
” or DMS keys: ”
−
3
” 45
”
=
EXAMPLE 11 Convert 215 minutes to hours and minutes.
SOLUTION 215 minutes = (215 ÷ 60) h = 3.583333… h = 3 h 35 min
160
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
1 h = 60 min ” or 2ndF DMS on calculator Enter or calculate 0.583333... × 60 for minutes
ISBN 9780170350990
9–06
Time calculations
EXAMPLE 12 How many days is it from 12 May until 23 July?
SOLUTION 12 May to 31 May: 31 – 12 = 19 days All of June: 30 days 1 July to 23 July: 23 days Number of days = 19 + 30 + 23 = 72
EXERCISE
May has 31 days. June has 30 days.
9–06
1 Round 15 minutes 32 seconds to the nearest minute. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 14 min
B 51 min
C 15 min
D 16 min
2 What is the time difference from 3:30 p.m. to 8:15 p.m.? Select A, B, C or D. A 5 h 45 min
B 5h 15 min
C 4 h 45 min
D 4 h 15 min
3 Write each time correct to the nearest hour. a 5 h 23 min
b 13 h 48 min
c
11 h 12 min
d 6 h 33 min
e 14 h 30.4 min
f
23 h 29.8 min
c
52 min 48 s
4 Round each time to the nearest minute. a 23 min 12 s
b 48 min 36 s
5 How many days is it from: a 18 January to 23 April
b 4 May to 22 May the next year?
6 Calculate each time difference. a 4:25 a.m. to 8:50 a.m.
b 6:25 p.m. to 11:55 p.m.
c 2:20 a.m. to 5:40 p.m.
d 11:25 a.m. to 7:10 p.m.
e 6:40 a.m. to 9:20 p.m.
f 10:45 p.m. to 11:20 p.m.
g 12:09 p.m. to 3:55 p.m.
h 8:54 a.m. to 9:23 p.m.
i 1340 to 2255
k 1245 to 2010
l 0345 to 1500
j
0428 to 1652
7 Convert each time to hours and minutes. a 200 min
b 450 min
c
325 min
8 Convert each time to minutes and seconds. a 98 s
b 500 s
c
154 s
9 A movie runs for 112 minutes. a What is this time in hours and minutes? b If the movie starts at 3:48 p.m., at what time will it finish? c
If the movie finished at 9:56 p.m., at what time did it start?
10 Find the sum of 3 h 40 min, 5 h 12 min and 8 21 hours. ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 9 Length and time
161
9–07
Timetables
EXAMPLE 13 This is a section of a train timetable from Strathfield to Town Hall. Station
a.m.
a.m.
a.m.
a.m.
8:58
9:12
9:25
Strathfield
8:45
Ashfield
8:58
Redfern
9:08
9:12
Central
9:15
9:18
Town Hall
9:20
9:18 9:28
9:39
9:35 9:40
9:49
a How long does it take the 8:45 a.m. train from Strathfield to arrive at Redfern? b If Josie needs to be at Central at 9:20 a.m., which train should she catch from Strathfield? c
Why are there some blank cells in the timetable?
d Which train is the fastest to go from Redfern to Town Hall? e If Paul missed the 8:45 a.m. train from Strathfield, what is the earliest he can get to Town Hall?
SOLUTION
Shutterstock.com/PomInOz
a Time difference from 8:45 a.m. to 9:08 a.m. = 15 + 8 = 23 min. b Latest train to arrive at Central before 9:20 is the one that arrives at 9:18 a.m. So, Josie should catch the 8:58 a.m. train from Strathfield. c The blank cells mean that the train does not stop at those stations. d The fastest is the 9:39 a.m. train from Redfern, which takes 10 minutes. The others take 12 minutes. e The earliest time is 9:40 a.m.
162
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
9–07
Use the train timetable from Example 13 to answer Questions 1 to 8. 1 Which train arrives at Town Hall before 9:30 a.m.? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A Strathfield 8:58 B Ashfield 9:18
C Redfern 9:08
D Central 9:18
2 How long does the 9:18 train take to go from Ashfield to Central? Select A, B, C or D. A 16 min
B 15 min
C 18 min
D 17 min
3 How long is each of the following train trips? a 8:45 from Strathfield to Redfern b 9:39 from Redfern to Town Hall c
9:12 from Strathfield to Central
d 8:58 from Ashfield to Town Hall 4 If Tess catches the 8:58 train from Strathfield, what time should she arrive at Central? 5 How long does it take an ‘all-stations train’ to go from Central to Town Hall? 6 Which train should Khalid catch if he needs to be at Redfern at 9:15? 7 What is the fastest time for a train to travel from Strathfield to Town Hall? Could I catch this train if I had to be at Town Hall by 9:45? 8 Liam catches the 8:58 train from Strathfield to go to Town Hall, but it doesn’t stop there. What should he do? 9 A section of a city bus timetable is shown. Market St
7:45
George St
7:56
York St
8:10
Sussex St
8:22
8:05
8:48 9:01
8:20
9:15 9:27
a How long does the first bus take to travel from George St to Sussex St? b Do the other two buses take the same time? c
If Gina wants to be at York St by 8:30, which bus should she catch from Market St?
d If Jacob missed the 7:56 bus from George St, what is the earliest time he could arrive at Sussex St? e How long does the 8:48 bus take to travel from Market St to George St? f
Why could this be different from the time the 7:45 bus takes?
10 Find a train or bus timetable on the Internet and write five questions about it.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 9 Length and time
163
9–08
International time zones
–3
UTC
–10 –9 –8 –7 –6 –5
+1
+3
+5
+7
+9
The world is divided into 24 different time zones, each one representing a 1 hour time difference. World times are measured in relation to the Greenwich Observatory in London, either ahead or behind UTC (Coordinated Universal Time), also known as GMT (Greenwich Mean Time). +10 +11 +13 –4
Moscow London
Paris Cairo
Houston
+2
+3
Beijing +8 +5 +5.5
Hanoi
Mumbai
Johannesburg
–10 –9 –8 –7 –6 –5
UTC
Santiago
–4 –3 –2 –1
Tokyo +9
Perth
+8
Cairns +10 Brisbane Sydne
+1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +10
+11
New York
+9.5
San Francisco
+12
EXAMPLE 14 If it is 6 a.m. in London, what is the time in: a Melbourne
b Moscow
c
San Francisco?
SOLUTION a Melbourne is 10 hours ahead of UTC, so its time is 6 a.m. + 10 h = 4 p.m. b Moscow is 3 hours ahead of UTC, so its time is 6 a.m. + 3 h = 9 a.m. San Francisco is 8 hours behind UTC, so its time is 6 a.m. – 8 h = 10 p.m. the previous day.
Shutterstock.com/Reidl
c
164
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
9–08
International time zones
Australian time zones Australia has three time zones: Western (UTC+8), Central (UTC+9.5) and Eastern (UTC+10) Darwin Western time zone 12 noon
Eastern time zone 2:00 pm
Central time zone 1:30 pm
Townsville
Alice Springs A
U
S
T
R
A
L
I
A Brisbane
Perth Adelaide Melbourne
+8
Sydney Canberra
+9.5
+10 Hobart
EXAMPLE 15 If it is 9:30 a.m. in Alice Springs, what time is it in: a Perth
b Sydney
c
Adelaide?
SOLUTION a Perth is 1.5 hours behind the time in Alice Springs, so its time is 9:30 a.m. – 1.5 h = 8 a.m. b Sydney is half an hour ahead of the time in Alice Springs, so its time is 9:30 a.m. + 0.5 h = 10 a.m. c
Adelaide is in the same time zone as Alice Springs, so its time is 9:30 a.m.
EXERCISE
9–08
1 If it is 7:30 a.m. in London, what time will it be in Johannesburg, South Africa? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 8:30 a.m.
B 9:30 a.m.
C 5:30 a.m.
D 6:30 a.m.
2 If it is 6:30 p.m. in Mumbai, India, what time will it be in London? Select A, B, C or D. A 1:30 p.m.
B 12:30 p.m.
C 12 midday
D 1 p.m.
3 Given that it is 8 a.m. in London, find the time in each city. a Moscow, Russia b Santiago, Chile c
Mumbai, India
d Tokyo, Japan
Melbourne, Australia
ISBN 9780170350990
e Houston, USA
f
Chapter 9 Length and time
165
EXERCISE
9–08
4 Given that it is 1 p.m. in Johannesburg, find the time in each city. a London
b Paris
c
New York
d Perth
e Beijing
f
Brisbane
5 Melissa caught a direct flight from Sydney to London. She left Sydney at 9:20 a.m. on Thursday and the flight was 28 hours long. What time and day did she arrive in London? 6 Mei Lin lives in Canberra and calls her grandmother who lives in Beijing, China, at 4.30 p.m. What time is it in Beijing when Mei Lin rings? 7 If it is 8 a.m. in Darwin, find the time in each city. a Brisbane
b Hobart
c
Perth
d Adelaide
8 If it is 7 p.m. in Perth, find the time in each city. a Canberra
b Alice Springs
c
Townsville
d Melbourne
9 Ania lives in Adelaide and rings her father who is in Sydney on business. If he answers the phone at 3 p.m in Sydney, what time is it in Adelaide?
Shutterstock.com/Alison Henley
10 Peter is keen to watch the Wimbledon final live on TV at his home in Brisbane. The match is played in London at 6 p.m. and lasts 3 hours 20 minutes. Between what times does Peter watch the match in Brisbane?
166
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
9–08
11 Most Australian states change to daylight saving time from October to March each year to take advantage of the longer hours of daylight. Clocks are turned forward one hour during this period; for example, from 2 a.m. to 3 a.m., ahead of standard time. During February, what time is it in: a Victoria when it is 9 a.m. in Western Australia, where daylight saving does not operate b Queensland, where daylight saving does not operate, when it is 5 p.m. in New South Wales and the ACT?
Shutterstock.com/wang song
12 Georgia left Sydney at 9:30 p.m. daylight saving time to travel to Brisbane on a flight that 1 took 1 2 hours. What was the local time when she arrived?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 9 Length and time
167
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CODE PUZZLE Use this table to decode the words used in this chapter. 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
1 12 – 5 – 14 – 7 – 20 – 8 2 13 – 5 – 20 – 18 – 9 – 3 3 13 – 1 – 19 – 19 4 20 – 9 – 13 – 5 5 16 – 5 – 18 – 9 – 13 – 5 – 20 – 5 – 18 6 3 – 9 – 18 – 3 – 12 – 5 7 18 – 5 – 3 – 20 – 1 – 14 – 7 – 12 – 5 8 11 – 9 – 20 – 5 9 20 – 18 – 9 – 1 – 14 – 7 – 12 – 5 10 16 – 1 – 18 – 1 – 12 – 12 – 5 – 12 – 15 – 7 – 18 – 1 – 13 11 3 – 9 – 18 – 3 – 21 – 13 – 6 – 5 – 18 – 5 – 14 – 3 – 5 12 17 – 21 – 1 – 4 – 18 – 1 – 14 – 20 13 18 – 1 – 4 – 9 – 21 – 19 14 4 – 9 – 1 – 13 – 5 – 20 – 5 – 18 15 20 – 9 – 13 – 5 – 20 – 1 – 2 – 12 – 5 16 20 – 9 – 13 – 5 – 26 – 15 – 14 – 5
168
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 9 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 6 Name the quadrilateral with one pair of parallel sides.
1 Find 25% of $160. 2 If y = –4, evaluate 6 – 7y.
7 Evaluate 83.
3 Find the average of –4, 8, 12, 8 and 6.
8 How many axes of symmetry has an isosceles triangle?
4 Copy this diagram and mark two supplementary angles.
9 Round 126.4829 to two decimal places. 10 What is the probability of rolling a prime number on a die? 5 Evaluate
3 15 . × 5 12
Part B Length and time Calculators are allowed.
9–01 The metric system 11 What unit is used to measure the capacity of a cup? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A cm
B cm3
C mL
D L
12 What is the capacity of a bucket of water closest to? Select A, B, C or D. A 20 L
B 250 mL
C 8L
D 180 mL
9–02 Perimeter 13 Find the perimeter of this shape. Select A, B, C or D.
7.2 m
A 14.4 m
B 28.8 m
C 21.6 m
D 57. 6m
9–03 Parts of a circle 14 Describe in words a diameter. 15 Name each part of a circle shown. a
ISBN 9780170350990
b
Chapter 9 Length and time
169
PRACTICE TEST 9 9–04 Circumference of a circle 16 Find correct to two decimal places the circumference of a circle with: a diameter 8 cm b radius 2.6 m. 17 Find correct to one decimal place the perimeter of this quadrant. 4.8 m
9–05 24-hour time 18 a Write 6:55 p.m. in 24-hour time. b Write 1542 in 12-hour time.
9–06 Time calculations 19 a If a movie ended at 4:14 p.m. and was 2 h 20 min long, what time did it start? b How many minutes are there from 1:25 a.m. to 2:08 a.m.?
9–07 Timetables 20 According to this train timetable, what time would I need to catch a train from Strathfield to get to Town Hall by 9:45 a.m.? Station
a.m.
a.m.
a.m.
a.m.
Strathfield
8:45
8:58
9:12
9:25
Ashfield
8:58
Redfern
9:08
9:12
9:28
Central
9:15
9:18
9:35
Town Hall
9:20
9:18
9:40
9:39 9:49
9–08 International time zones 21 When it is 6 a.m. in London, what time is it in eastern Australia if Australian Eastern Standard Time is UTC+10?
170
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
AREA AND VOLUME
10
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 10? 10–01 10–02 10–03 10–04 10–05 10–06 10–07 10–08 10–09 10–10
Metric units for area Areas of rectangles, triangles and parallelograms Areas of composite shapes Area of a trapezium Areas of kites and rhombuses Area of a circle Metric units for volume Drawing prisms Volume of a prism Volume of a cylinder
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: convert between metric units for area find the area of a square, rectangle, triangle and parallelogram find the area of composite shapes find the area of a trapezium, kite and rhombus find the areas of circles and circular shapes convert between metric units for volume and capacity identify the cross-section of a prism and draw prisms and other solids from different views find the volume of a prism find the volume of a cylinder
* Shutterstock.com/Protasov AN
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
171
10–01
Metric units for area
WORDBANK area The amount of surface space inside a flat shape, measured in square units such as mm2, cm2, m2 or km2.
A square millimetre (mm2) is the area of a square of length 1 mm, about the size of a grain of raw sugar or rock salt. A square centimetre (cm2) is the area of a square of length 1 cm, about the size of a face of a die. Actual size 1 cm = 10 mm 1 cm2 = 10 mm × 10 mm = 100 mm2 A square metre (m2) is the area of a square of length 1 m, about the size of the base of a shower floor. 1 m = 100 cm = 1000 mm 1 m2 = 100 cm × 100 cm = 10 000 cm2 1 m2 = 1000 mm × 1000 mm = 1 000 000 mm2 A hectare (ha) is the area of a square of length 100 m, about the size of two football fields. 1 ha = 100 m × 100 m = 10 000 m2
Actual size 10 mm 1 cm2 10 mm
100 cm 1 m2
1 ha
A square kilometre (km2) is the area of a square of length 1 km, about the size of a theme park. 1 km = 1000 m 1 km2 = 1000 m × 1000 m = 1 000 000 m2
100 cm
100 m
100 m
1 km2
1000 m
1000 m
1 cm2 = 100 mm2 1 m2 = 10 000 cm2 = 1 000 000 mm2 1 ha = 10 000 m2 1 km2 = 1 000 000 m2
EXAMPLE 1 Which unit of area would you use to measure the size of: a a playground?
b
Canberra?
c
your desktop?
b
km2
c
cm2
SOLUTION a m2
172
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
10–01
Metric units for area
EXAMPLE 2 Convert: a 4 km2 = ____ m2 b 0.8 m2 = ____ cm2 c
220 m2 = ____ ha
SOLUTION a 4 km2 = 4 × 1 000 000 m2
LOSM: Large Over to Small Multiply: 1 km2 = 1 000 000 m2
= 4 000 000 m2 b 0.8 m2 = 0.8 × 10 000 cm2
LOSM: Large Over to Small Multiply: 1 m2 = 10 000 cm2
= 8000 cm2 c
220 m2 = 220 ÷ 10 000 ha
SOLD: Small Over to Large Divide: 1 ha = 10 000 m2
= 0.022 ha
EXERCISE
10–01
1 Which measurement unit is used for area? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. B cm3
A mL
C cm2
D cm
2 Which unit would you use to measure the area of an apartment? Select A, B, C or D. A mm2
B m2
C cm2
D ha
3 Write the unit that would be the most suitable for measuring the area of: a your backyard
b a sheet of newspaper
d a large farm
e
c Melbourne
your fingernail
f your bathroom
4 Convert: a 250 000 cm2 = ___ m2 2
b 28 m2 = ___ cm2 2
c 56 000 m2 = ___ ha 2
2.3 m = ___ mm
d 75 ha = ___ m
e
g 9.6 km2 = ___ m2
h 855 mm2 = ___cm2
f 180 000 mm2 = ___ m2 i
34 000 000 m2 = ___ km2
5 Convert: a 1 cm to mm
b
1 cm2 to mm2
c 1 m to cm
d 1 m2 to cm2
e
1 m to mm
f 1 m2 to mm2
g 1 km to m
h
1 km2 to m2
i
50 mm to cm
50 mm to cm
k
8 cm to m
l
8 cm2 to m2
m 120 000 mm to m
n
120 000 mm2 to m2
o 28 km to m
q
6500 m to cm
r 6500 m2 to cm2
j
2
2
2
2
p 28 km to m
6 Find the sum of the measurements below by converting them all to m2 first. 28.6 m2, 4.9 ha, 8.4 km2, 54 000 cm2, 452 m2
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
173
10–02
Areas of rectangles, triangles and parallelograms
Square
Rectangle
s
w
l
A = (side length)2 A = s2
A = length × width A = lw
Triangle
Parallelogram
h
h
b
b
A=
1 × base × height 2
A=
1 bh 2
A = base × height A = bh
EXAMPLE 3 Find the area of each shape. a
b
c
d
6m
2.1 m
4m 12 m
4.5 cm 9m
6.4 cm
6.8 m
SOLUTION a A=l×w
b A=
triangle
triangle
d A = bh
parallelogram
= 12 × 6 = 72 m2 c
174
1 bh 2 1 = ×9×4 2 = 18 m2
A=
1 bh 2 1 = × 6.4 × 4.5 2 = 14.4 cm2
rectangle
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
= 6.8 × 2.1 = 14.28 m2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
10–02
1 Find the area of a rectangle of length 9 cm and width 6 cm. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 63 cm2
B 56 cm2
C 72 cm2
D 54 cm2
2 Find the area of a triangle with base 14 cm and height 12 cm. Select A, B, C or D. A 168 cm2
B 42 cm2
C 84 cm2
D 336 cm2
3 Find the area of a parallelogram with base 8 cm and height 4.2 cm. Select A, B, C or D. B 33.6 cm2
A 67.2 cm2
C 336 cm2
D 16.8 cm2
4 Find the area of each shape. a
b 3m
c 3m
3m 12 m
12 m
12 m
5 a What is the same about the rectangle, triangle and parallelogram in Question 4? b Compare the areas of the rectangle, triangle and parallelogram in Question 4. 6 Find the area of each shape. a
b
c
4.2 m
8.5 m
9.6 cm 10.6 m
14.8 m 11.2 cm
d
e
f
8.8 m
1.8 mm
3.6 mm 5.7 m
6.4 m
7 Find the area of each of the following shapes. a A rectangle of length 12.4 m and width 7.2 m. b A parallelogram with base 23.4 cm and height 15.8 cm. c
A triangle with base 5.4 m and height 8.6 m.
8 Find the area of the garden shown below. 2.8 m
2.4 m 4.9 m
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
175
10–03
Areas of composite shapes
EXAMPLE 4 Find the area of each composite shape. a
b
8.2 m 3.6 m
9m 1.4 m
3m
SOLUTION a Area = Left rectangle + Right rectangle =l×w+l×w =3×9+6×3 = 45 m2
(9 – 3 = 6)
b Area = Parallelogram + Triangle 1 =b×h+ ×b×h 2 1 = 8.2 × 3.6 + × 1.4 × 3.6 2 = 32.04 m2
EXAMPLE 5 12 cm
Find the shaded area.
SOLUTION 11 cm
6 cm
5 cm
Alamy/Chris Hellier
Shaded area = Rectangle – Triangle 1 = 12 × 11 – × 5 × 6 2 = 117 cm2
176
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
10–03
1 Find the area of each composite shape by adding the areas of the smaller shapes. a
b 6m
c
9.2 m
1m
6.8 m 9m
11.4 m
2m
12.4 m
11.4 m
d
e
1.3 cm
f
2.6 m
2 cm 4.8 m 8.3 cm
3.4 m
1m
5.4 m
2 Another way of finding the answers to Questions 1c and 1d is to subtract areas. Show how you will get the same answer by subtracting areas in Questions 1c and 1d. 3 Find the shaded area in each shape. a
b 9m
3m
Base of triangle = 4.6 m Height of triangle = 6.2 m
8m 22 m
18.2 m
4 a Calculate the area of this shape: 9m 8m 12 m
i
by adding areas
ii by subtracting areas
b Which method was quicker? 5 Find the area of a garden path 1.2 m wide surrounding a rectangular garden of length 5.66 m and width 2.4 m. 6 Draw a T-shape and show how you could find its area in two different ways.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
177
10–04
Area of a trapezium
This trapezium has parallel sides of length a and b and a perpendicular height of h. To find its area, we can cut it into pieces along the red dotted lines and rearrange the pieces to make a rectangle. a
h
h
a+b 2
b
a+b The length of this rectangle is the average of a and b, which is . 2 The width of this rectangle is h. a+b ×h l×w So the area of the trapezium = 2 1 = × (a + b) × h 2 1 = h(a + b) 2
AREA OF A TRAPEZIUM
a
1 A = × height × (sum of parallel sides) 2 1 A = h(a + b) 2
h b
EXAMPLE 6 Find the area of each trapezium. a
8 cm 6 cm
b 9.4 m
6.7 m
14 cm 4.6 m
SOLUTION a A= =
1 h(a + b) 2 1 × 6 × (8 + 14) 2
= 66 cm2
178
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
b A= =
1 h(a + b) 2 1 × 4.6 × (9.4 + 6.7) 2
= 37.03 m2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
10–04
1 Find the area of a trapezium with height 6 m and parallel sides 4 m and 5 m. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. B 54 m2
A 27 m2
C 24 m2
D 30 m2
2 Find the area of each trapezium. a
b
8m 4m
c 11 m
1.6 m
3m
9m
6m
d
5m
6m
e
2.8 m
9.6 m
f
1.8 m
3.4 m
6.4 m
6.2 m
10.6 m 6.8 m
4.6 m
3 Draw each trapezium described and find its area. a Height of 6 cm and parallel sides of 3 cm and 7 cm. b Vertical parallel sides of 4 m and 6.2 m and a distance of 3.8 m between the sides. 4 Find the area of each shape by first dividing it into smaller shapes. b
a
1.8 m
9.4 m 3.2 m
c
2.3 m
8.4 m
6.5 m
12.6 m
10.4 m
18.2 m 9.2 m 8.6 m 22.4 m
5 A garden tile has the shape of a trapezium with parallel sides 18.5 cm and 12.7 cm and a perpendicular height of 10.8 cm. What is its area?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
179
10–05
Areas of kites and rhombuses
To find the area of a kite or rhombus, we can cut each shape into four triangles and rearrange the triangles to make a rectangle. This kite and rhombus each have diagonals of length x and y and the y-diagonal cuts the 1 x-diagonal in half. Both can be converted to rectangles of length y and width x. 2 Rhombus
Kite
x
x
y
y 1 x 2
1 x 2
1 So the area of the kite and the rhombus = y × x 2 1 = xy 2
l×w
AREA OF A KITE AND RHOMBUS 1 × diagonal 1 × diagonal 2 2 1 A = xy 2
x
y
A=
x
y
EXAMPLE 7 Find the area of each shape. b
a 8m
9.6 cm 4.5 cm
11 m
SOLUTION 1 a A = xy 2 1 = × 8 × 11 2 = 44 m2
180
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
1 b A = xy 2 1 = × 4.5 × 9.6 2 = 21.6 cm2
ISBN 9780170350990
10–05
EXERCISE
1 If the diagonals of a rhombus are 11 cm and 14 cm, what is its area? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 154 cm2
B 77 cm2
C 38.5 cm2
D 308 cm2
2 Find the area of a kite with diagonals 12 cm and 13 cm. Select A, B, C or D. A 39 cm2
B 156 cm2
C 78 cm2
D 312 cm2
3m
3 Copy and complete this working for the area of a kite.
8m
1 × ___ × 8 = ___ m2 2 4 Find the area of each of the following shapes. A=
b
a
4 cm
5m
7 cm
8m
c
d
2 cm 6 cm
11.6 m 8.4 m
e
36 mm
42 mm
f
9.4 m 6.6 m
5 Find the area of a playground which is in the shape of a rhombus with one diagonal 6.4 m long and the other 310 cm long. Answer in m2. 6 Canvas costs $12.80/m2 and string costs $4.90/m when used to build a kite with diagonals 1.4 m and 1.8 m long. The kite requires 20 m of string and the cost of its frame is $28.50. a Find the area of the kite and the cost of the canvas used. b Find the total cost of building this kite.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
181
10–06
Area of a circle
To find the area of a circle, we can cut it into small sectors and rearrange them to approximate a rectangle.
1 circumference 2
radius
This circle with radius r has a circumference of 2πr. It can be converted to a rectangle of length 1 × 2πr and width r. 2 1 So the area of the circle = × 2πr × r l×w 2 2 = πr
AREA OF A CIRCLE A = π × radius2 A = πr2
r
If you are given the diameter, halve it to find the radius first.
EXAMPLE 8 Find correct to two decimal places the area of each circle. a b 8 cm 12.5 m
SOLUTION a A = πr2
r=8
= π × 82 = 201.0619… ≈ 201.06 cm2
182
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
b A = πr2
r=
1 × 12.5 = 6.25 2
= π × 6.252 = 122.71846… = 122.72 m2
ISBN 9780170350990
10–06
Area of a circle
EXAMPLE 9 Find correct to one decimal place the area of each shape. a b 7 cm 3 cm
9.2 mm
SOLUTION 1 × circle 2 1 = πr2 2 1 = × π × 4.62 2 = 33.2380
a A=
semicircle
b A = large circle – small circle
ring shape
= π × 72 – π × 32 = 125.6637… r=
≈ 125.7 cm2
1 × 9.2 = 4.6 2
≈ 33.2 mm2
EXERCISE
10–06
1 Find the area of a circle with radius 6 cm. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 37.70 cm2
B 113.10 cm2
C 226.19 cm2
D 75.40 cm2
2 Find the area of a circle with diameter 9.8 m. Select A, B, C or D. B 301.7 m2
A 75.4 m2
C 30.8 m2
D 56.5 m2
3 Copy and complete the working to find the area of this circle correct to two decimal places. A = πr2 = π × ___2 = _____
6.8 m
≈ ____ m2 4 Find the area of each circle correct to one decimal place. b
a
4.2 cm
7m
d
c
12 m
e 68 mm
ISBN 9780170350990
f 1.65 m 10.4 cm
Chapter 10 Area and volume
183
EXERCISE
10–06
5 Find correct to two decimal places the shaded area of each shape. a
b
c 6.2 cm 8.4 cm
14.6 m
4m
d
e
f
13.4 mm
10.6 m 7.2 mm 14.4 m
iStockphoto/viviamo
18.4 cm
184
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
10–07
Metric units for volume
WORDBANK volume The amount of space inside a solid shape, measured in cubic units such as mm3, cm3 or m3.
capacity The amount of liquid or material that a container can hold, measured in mL, L and kL.
A cubic millimetre (mm3) is the volume of a cube of length 1 mm, about the size of a grain of raw sugar or rock salt. A cubic centimetre (cm3) is the volume of a cube of length 1 cm, about the size of a face of a die. 1 cm = 10 mm 1 cm3 = 10 mm × 10 mm × 10 mm = 1000 mm3
1 cubic millimetre 1 cubic centimetre
1 cm 1 cm 1 cm
100 cm (or 1 m) 100 cm (or 1 m)
100 cm (or 1 m)
A cubic metre (m3) is the volume of a cube of length 1 m, about the size of two washing machines. 1 m = 100 cm = 1000 mm 1 m3 = 100 cm × 100 cm × 100 cm = 1 000 000 cm3 1 m3 = 1000 mm × 1000 mm × 1000 mm = 1 000 000 000 mm3 1 cm3 = 1000 mm3 1 m3 = 1 000 000 cm3 = 1 000 000 000 mm3
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
185
10–07
Metric units for volume
EXAMPLE 10 Convert: a 4.5 m3 = ____cm3
b 5 200 000 mm3 = ____m3
SOLUTION a 4.5 m3 = 4.5 × 1 000 000 cm3 = 4 500 000 cm3
LOSM: Large Over to Small Multiply: 1 m3 = 1 000 000 cm3 LOSM: 4.5 × 1 000 000
b 5 200 000 mm3 = 5 200 000 ÷ 1 000 000 000 m3
SOLD: Small Over to Large Divide: 1 m3 = 1 000 000 000 mm3
= 0.0052 m3
SOLD: 5 200 000 ÷ 1 000 000 000
VOLUME AND CAPACITY 1 cm3 contains 1 mL 1 m3 contains 1 kL or 1000 L
1 mL 1 m3 = 1 kL 1 cm3
× 1 000 000 =
iStockphoto/Dantesattic
1 L = 1000 mL 1 kL = 1000 L
186
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
10–07
1 Which measurement unit is used for volume? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. B mm2
A cm3
C kL2
D mL3
2 What unit would you use to measure the volume of a storage shed? Select A, B, C or D. B mm3
A mL
C cm3
D m3
3 Write the metric unit that would be the most suitable for measuring: a the volume of a balloon c
b the area of a kitchen bench
the length of a room
d the area of a playground
e the volume of a bookcase
f
g your height
h the volume of a truck
the volume of an insect
4 Convert: b 47 m3 = ___ cm3
a 550 000 000 cm3 = ___ m3 c
56 cm3 = ___ mm3
d 7.5 m3 = ___ mm3
e 0.043 mm3 = ___ cm3
f
280 000 000 mm3 = ___ m3
g 9.26 m3 = ___ cm3
h 855 000 cm3 = ___m3
5 Write the metric unit that would be most suitable for measuring the capacity of: a a cup
b a lake
c
a water bottle
d a can of soft drink
e a swimming pool
f
a dose of cough medicine
6 Copy and complete: a 4 cm3 = ___mL c
b 222 mL = ___cm3
7500 cm3 = ___ L
d 10.4 L = ____cm3
e 8504 mL = ___L
67 L = ___ mL
f
3
h 2.56 kL = ___m3
g 680 L = ___m 7 Convert: a 2 m to cm
b
2 m2 to cm2
d 50 m to cm
e
50 m2 to cm2
h
2
g 800 m to cm
ISBN 9780170350990
2
800 m to cm
c
2 m3 to cm3
f
50 m3 to cm3
i
800 m3 to cm3
Chapter 10 Area and volume
187
10–08
Drawing prisms
WORDBANK cross-section A ‘slice’ of a solid shape. prism A solid shape that has identical cross-sections with straight sides (not rounded). cross-section
cross-section base
This triangular prism is a prism because its cross-sections are identical triangles.
This sphere is not a prism because its cross-sections are circles (round) of different sizes.
EXAMPLE 11 a Draw a cross-section of the prism shown. b What shape is the prism’s cross-section? c
What is the name of this prism?
SOLUTION a
b The base is a pentagon. c
It is a pentagonal prism.
EXAMPLE 12 For the solid shown, draw: a the front view b the left view c
the top view. lef
t
188
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
nt
fro
ISBN 9780170350990
10–08
Drawing prisms
SOLUTION a front view
EXERCISE
b left view
top view
c
10–08
1 Which of these solids are prisms?
A B
C
D F
E
I
G
H
2 Match each name to the correct prism in Question 1. a ‘T-prism’ c
rectangular prism
e ‘U-prism’
ISBN 9780170350990
b trapezoidal prism (two answers) d hexagonal prism f
triangular prism
Chapter 10 Area and volume
189
EXERCISE
10–08
3 Draw the cross-section of each prism. a b
d
e
c
f
4 Write the name of each prism in Question 3 a, b, c above. 5 Draw the following prism on isometric dot paper, then draw the views of this prism from A, from B, and from C. C
A
B
6 What is the top view of this prism? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D.
190
A
B
C
D
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
10–08 b
fro nt
7 For each solid, draw each view requested. a
front
i
front view
i
left view
ii
right view
ii
top view
iii
front view
c
d
fro
nt
fro
nt
ht
rig
i
front view
i
front view
ii
right view
ii
left view
iii
top view
iii
top view
ISBN 9780170350990
ht
rig
Chapter 10 Area and volume
191
10–09
Volume of a prism
VOLUME OF A RECTANGULAR PRISM
VOLUME OF ANY PRISM
V = length × width × height V = lwh
V = area of base or cross-section × height V = Ah
h A
w
h
l
EXAMPLE 13 Find the volume of each prism. a
b
7m
12 m
8 cm
2m
3 cm 5 cm
c
d
2 mm
3m 5m
8 mm
9m 11 mm
12 m
SOLUTION a V = 12 × 2 × 7
V = lbh
3
= 168 m
b First, find A, the area of the base or cross-section. 1 1 A= ×5×8 Area of a triangle A = bh. 2 2 = 20 cm2 V = Ah = 20 × 3
h=3
= 60 cm3
192
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
10–09 c
Volume of a prism
1 × 11 × 8 2 = 44 mm2
A=
Area of a triangle.
V = Ah h=2
= 44 × 2 = 88 mm3 d A=3×9+6×4
left rectangle + right rectangle
length of right rectangle = 9 − 3 = 6, width = 9 − 5 = 4
= 51 m2 V = Ah = 51 × 12
h = 12
3
= 612 m
EXERCISE
10–09
1 Find the volume of a rectangular prism with length 11 m, width 6 m and height 8 m. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 576 m3
B 1056 m3
C 528 m3
D 264 m3
2 Find the volume of a triangular prism with base length 12 m, base height 6 m and prism height 8 m. Select A, B, C or D. B 288 m3
C 576 m3
D 1152 m3
Alamy/Ian M Butterfield (Ireland)
A 144 m3
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
193
EXERCISE
10–09
3 Find the volume of each prism. a b 6m
c
2.4 m
5 cm 9m 4 cm
3.5 m
d
8 cm
Cube
e
2 cm
f
7 cm
4m 9 cm
2.8 m
14 cm
7.5 m
3.5 cm 6 cm
g
h
i
11.5 cm
5m 8 mm 1 cm
Area = 22 mm2
6 cm
Area = 12.6 m2
j
k
l
2.4 m
3 mm 5.4 m
11 mm
1.8 cm
4.3 m 4 mm 18 mm
194
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
6.2 m
7.2 cm
ISBN 9780170350990
10–10
Volume of a cylinder
A cylinder is like a ‘circular prism’ because its cross-sections are all identical circles. Therefore, we can use the formula V = Ah to find its volume. For a circle, A = πr2, so: Volume of a cylinder = Ah = πr2 × h = πr2h
VOLUME OF A CYLINDER
r
V = π × radius2 × height V = πr2h
h
EXAMPLE 14 Find correct to one decimal place the volume of each cylinder. a
4.2 cm
b
8.6 m 4.8 m
6.8 cm
SOLUTION a V = πr2h
b V = πr2h
= π × 4.22 × 6.8
= π × 4.32 × 4.8
= 376.8403…
= 278.8226…
≈ 376.8 cm3
≈ 278.8 m3
r=
1 × 8.6 = 4.3 2
The capacity of a cylinder is the amount of material the cylinder can hold when full. Capacity can be measured in cubic units or mL or L if the cylinder contains liquid. You will need to know that 1 cm3 = 1 mL and 1 m3 = 1000 L.
EXAMPLE 15 Find the capacity of this fuel tank correct to the nearest litre.
2m
SOLUTION 5.3 m
V = πr2h = π × 22 × 5.3 = 66.6017… m3 = 66.6017… × 1000 L
1 m3 = 1 kL = 1000 L
= 66 601.7… L ≈ 66 602 L
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
195
EXERCISE
10–10
1 Find the volume of a cylinder with radius 6 m and height 9 m. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. B 169.6 m3
A 1017.9 m3
C 339.3 m3
D 254.5 m3
2 Find the volume of a cylinder with diameter 7.4 m and height 8.2 m. Select A, B, C or D. A 1410.7 m3
B 190.6 m3
C 2821.4 m3
D 352.7 m3
3 Copy and complete the working below to find the volume of this cylinder. V = πr2h 6 cm = π × ___ × 8.4
8.4 cm
≈ ____ cm3 4 Find correct to one decimal place the volume of each cylinder below. a b 6.2 m 3.8 m 7.8 m 8.9 m
c
4.6 m
d
12.4 cm 9.5 cm
6.7 m
5 a Describe in words how you would find the volume of this solid.
9.2 m 8m
b Find correct to one decimal place the volume of this solid. 6 A water tank has a diameter of 2.4 m and a height of 6.4 m. a What volume (correct to two decimal places) of water can it hold in cubic metres? b What is the volume correct to the nearest litre? c
What is the volume correct to the nearest kilolitre?
7 A $1 coin has a radius of 12 mm and a thickness of 3 mm. What is its volume correct to the nearest cubic millimetre? 8 A can of soft drink has a diameter of 7 cm and a height of 8.5 cm. a What is the volume of the can correct to one decimal place? b What is its capacity correct to the nearest mL?
196
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CROSSWORD PUZZLE Make a copy of this puzzle, then complete the crossword using words from the list below. P
C
P
R
R
L
A
C
L
T A
A
C
M
P
C
O
R
D
T
C
E
F
E
V M
G R
S
T E
AREA
CIRCUMFERENCE
COMPOSITE
CIRCLE
CONVERT
DIAMETER
FIGURE
PARALLEL
PARALLELOGRAM
PI
RADIUS
RECTANGLE
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
197
PRACTICE TEST 10 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 If x = 8 and y = –4, evaluate x2 + 2y.
7 A plane flight started at 1925 and lasted 3 hours 15 minutes. What time did it finish?
2 What are the possible outcomes when a die is tossed? 3 Complete this pattern: 81, 27, 9, 3, ______
8 Copy and complete: 268 cm = ______ m. 9 Convert 0.6 to a simple fraction.
4 Evaluate –9 + 12 × 6.
10 Use a factor tree to write 72 as a product of its prime factors.
5 Evaluate –8 – (–3) + (–2). 6 What is the value of a + b for the following diagram? b° a°
Part B Area and volume Calculators are allowed.
10–01 Metric units for area 11 What unit would you use to measure the area of a national park? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A mm2
B m2
C cm2
D ha
12 Copy and complete: a 9.2 m2 = ______ cm2 b 77 000 m3 = ___ ha.
10–02 Areas of rectangles, triangles and parallelograms 13 What is the area of a parallelogram with base 34 mm and height 4.6 cm? Select A, B, C or D. A 15.64 cm2
B 156.4 mm2
14 Find the area of each shape. a
C 156.4 cm2
D 15.64 mm2
b
4.2 cm 5.6 m 12.3 cm 6.4 m
198
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 10 10–03 Areas of composite shapes 15 Find the area of this shape.
7.2 m
10–04 Area of a trapezium 16 Find the area of this trapezium. 12.8 m 6.7 m 8.4 m
10–05 Areas of kites and rhombuses 17 Find the area of each shape. a
b 5.4 m 6.2 m
88 mm 72 mm
10–06 Area of a circle 18 Find correct to one decimal place the area of this semicircle.
14.6 cm
10–07 Metric units for volume 19 Copy and complete: a 42 356 cm3 = ______ m3 b 56.8 cm3 = ___ mL
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 10 Area and volume
199
PRACTICE TEST 10 10–08 Drawing prisms 20 For this solid shape, draw its: a back view b left view c
top view
lef
nt
t
fro
10–09 Volume of a prism 21 Find the volume of this prism.
4m 2.2 m 6.8 m
10–10 Volume of a cylinder 22 Find the volume of each cylinder correct to two decimal places. a b 14.6 cm 3m 5.2 m
200
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
10.4 cm
ISBN 9780170350990
11
FRACTIONS
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 11? 11–01 11–02 11–03 11–04 11–05 11–06 11–07
Simplifying fractions Improper fractions and mixed numerals Ordering fractions Adding and subtracting fractions Fraction of a quantity Multiplying fractions Dividing fractions
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: find equivalent fractions simplify fractions convert between improper fractions and mixed numerals order fractions, including on a number line add and subtract fractions, including mixed numerals find a fraction of a number or amount multiply fractions, including mixed numerals find the reciprocal of a fraction divide fractions, including mixed numerals
* Shutterstock.com/macknimal
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 11 Fractions
201
11–01
Simplifying fractions
WORDBANK numerator The number at the top in a fraction. denominator The number at the bottom in a fraction. 2 ← numerator 5 ← denominator equivalent fractions Fractions that are the same size. They have the same value. 1 2 3 , and are equivalent fractions. 3 6 9
simplify a fraction To make the numerator and the denominator of a fraction as small as possible by dividing by the same factor.
To find an equivalent fraction: multiply the numerator and the denominator by the same number, or divide the numerator and the denominator by the same number.
EXAMPLE 1 Complete this pair of equivalent fractions:
4 24 = . 5 ?
SOLUTION: To find the missing denominator, look at the two numerators: 4 and 24. 4 is multiplied by 6 to give 24, so do the same thing to the denominator 5. 4 4 × 6 24 = = 5 5 × 6 30 To simplify a fraction, divide the numerator and the denominator by the same number, preferably a large number such as their highest common factor (HCF), until the fraction is in lowest form.
EXAMPLE 2 Simplify each fraction. a
20 25
b
28 49
SOLUTION a
20 ÷ 5 4 = 25 ÷ 5 5
dividing numerator and denominator by 5, the HCF of 20 and 25, or on calculator, enter 20 a b/c 25 =
Ask your teacher whether your calculator has different keys for fractions.
b
202
28 ÷ 7 4 = 49 ÷ 7 7
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
11–01
1 Which fraction is equivalent to A
6 10
B
12 10
4 ? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 5 12 16 C D 15 25
2 Simplify 16 . Select A, B, C or D. 36 2 4 B A 3 9 3 Copy and complete:
C
4 12
D
2 9 and the by the by the same number.
To form an equivalent fraction we multiply both the same number, or we can divide both the and the both the numerator and the To simplify a fraction, number until the fraction is in its form.
by the same
4 Which fractions below are equivalent? 12 6 4 15 24 3 15 8 5 20 30 4 5 Complete each pair of equivalent fractions. 3 5 = = a b c 5 15 8 24 2 12 18 6 = = d e f 5 30 7 3 12 = = g h i 10 80 8 6 Simplify each fraction. 8 15 a b 12 45 16 25 e f 24 75 55 30 i j 85 400 7 Is each equation true or false? 18 2 3 45 = = a b 27 9 5 75
ISBN 9780170350990
4 = 9 45 15 3 = 25 3 = 4 100
12 20 42 g 56 50 k 280 c
c
56 7 = 49 8
16 18 32 h 40 36 l 81 d
d
120 2 = 600 5
Chapter 11 Fractions
203
11–02
Improper fractions and mixed numerals
WORDBANK 4 where the numerator is smaller than the denominator. 10 7 A fraction such as where the numerator is larger than or equal to the 3
proper fraction A fraction such as improper fraction
denominator.
2 5
mixed numeral A number such as 3 , made up of a whole number and a fraction. If a fraction’s numerator is larger than its denominator, then the value of the fraction is greater than 1. For example, the improper fraction
3 is represented by the diagram below: 2
1 2 3 1 Three parts are shaded and there are two parts in each whole, so = 1 , a mixed numeral. 2 2 1 whole
+
To convert an improper fraction to a mixed numeral, divide the numerator by the denominator and write the remainder as a proper fraction.
EXAMPLE 3 Convert each improper fraction to a mixed numeral. 5 13 b a 4 5
SOLUTION a
5 =5÷4 4 = 1 remainder 1 =1
b
13 = 13 ÷ 5 5 = 2 remainder 3
1 4
=2
3 5
Write the remainder in the numerator of the fraction.
EXAMPLE 4 Convert each mixed numeral to an improper fraction. a 2
1 4
b 3
2 5
SOLUTION a 2
204
1 1 = 2+ 4 4 2×4 1 = + 4 4 8 1 = + 4 4 9 = 4
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
b 3
2 2 = 3+ 5 5 3×5 2 = + 5 5 15 2 = + 5 5 17 = 5 ISBN 9780170350990
11–02
Improper fractions and mixed numerals
A quick shortcut is to work clockwise from the denominator, multiply it by the whole number and add the numerator. +
2 5 × 3 + 2 17 3 = = 5 5 5 × To convert a mixed numeral to an improper fraction, multiply the denominator by the whole number, then add the numerator. Write the total as the new numerator of the fraction.
EXERCISE
11–02
5 to a mixed numeral. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 3 1 3 2 5 A 1 B 1 C 1 D 1 3 5 3 3 3 2 Convert 2 to an improper fraction. Select A, B, C or D. 4 11 11 9 7 A B C D 4 3 4 4 1 Convert
3 Classify each fraction as being proper (P), improper (I) or a mixed numeral (M). a 1
1 3
b
3 50
c
3
1 4
d
1 4
e
7 3
f
20 45
g
15 25
h
92 8
i
13 2
j
3 8
k 4
l
100 7
3 26
4 Convert each improper fraction to a mixed numeral. 7 8 9 b c a 5 5 4 12 6 11 e f g 5 5 9
ISBN 9780170350990
7 6 17 h 4
d
Chapter 11 Fractions
205
EXERCISE
11–02
5 Convert each mixed numeral into an improper fraction. 1 3 3 b 3 c 4 a 2 3 4 5 2 5 4 e 3 f 2 g 4 3 6 5 6 Is each equation true or false? 1 13 15 1 b =2 a 3 = 4 3 7 7 2 11 22 2 d =4 e 3 = 3 3 5 4
c f
7 8 3 h 6 8 d 1
3 19 = 4 4 23 4 =3 6 6
4
7 Raj bought 5 pizzas and cut them into 8 slices each. His friends ate 4 a How many pieces of pizza did they eat?
1 of the pizzas. 4
iStockphoto/Aleaimage
b How much pizza was left?
206
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
11–03
Ordering fractions
To order fractions, write them with the same denominator, then compare their numerators. A common denominator can be found by multiplying the denominators of both fractions together or by using the lowest common multiple (LCM) of the denominators.
EXAMPLE 5 Which fraction is larger:
2 7 or ? 3 12
SOLUTION Change both fractions to equivalent fractions with the same denominator. Method 1 Common denominator = 3 × 12 = 36. 2 2 × 12 24 7 7 × 3 21 = = = = 3 3 × 12 36 12 12 × 3 36 24 2 As 24 > 21, is larger, so is larger. 36 3 Method 2 The lowest common multiple (LCM) of 3 and 12 is 12. 2 2×4 8 7 = = already has 12 as a denominator. 3 3 × 4 12 12 8 2 is larger, so is larger. As 8 > 7, 12 3
EXAMPLE 6 2 1 1 Plot the fractions , − and on a number line. 3 2 6
SOLUTION The lowest common multiple (LCM) of 2, 3 and 6 is 6. 2 2×2 4 = = 3 3×2 6
−
1 1× 3 3 =− =− 2 2×3 6
1 Divide a number line into intervals of . 6 –1
–1 2 –3 6
ISBN 9780170350990
0
1 6
1 1 = 6 6
2 3
1
4 6
Chapter 11 Fractions
207
EXERCISE
11–03
1 Which fraction is largest: 1 , 3 , 7 or 3 ? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 3 4 10 5 1 3 7 3 A B C D 3 4 10 5 1 3 7 3 2 Which fraction is smallest: , , or ? Select A, B, C or D. 3 4 10 5 1 3 7 3 A B C D 3 4 10 5 3 For each pair of fractions, find the larger fraction. 7 , 8 4 , d 5 a
3 8 5 6
b
3 2 , 5 5 1 3
e 2 ,2
c 1 4
f
3 7 , 5 8 5 3 3 ,2 7 4
4 Is each statement true or false? 4 9 7 3 5 25 < > = b c 5 10 12 4 6 36 15 3 24 7 30 2 > < ≤ e f d 20 4 28 6 45 3 5 Write each set of fractions in ascending order. a 3 , 3, − 7 , 1, 8 12 4 12 2 12 1 5 3 9 1 b , ,− , ,− 4 8 8 4 2 a
c
1 1 3 11 5 , , , , 3 6 4 12 6
6 Plot the fractions from Question 5b on a number line. 7 Write the fractions below in descending order: 4 1 9 1 3 , , , ,− 6 2 6 3 12 5 2 1 13 7 b − ,− , , , 9 3 3 9 9 7 2 7 5 9 c , , , , 4 3 12 6 6 a
8 Plot the fractions from Question 7b on a number line.
208
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
11–04
Adding and subtracting fractions
To add and subtract fractions: with the same denominator, simply add or subtract the numerators with different denominators, first convert them to equivalent fractions with the same denominator, then add or subtract numerators.
EXAMPLE 7 Evaluate each expression by first writing both fractions with the same denominator. 1 2 2 7 7 2 + b + c − a 6 3 5 8 8 3
SOLUTION 1 2 1 2×2 + = + 6 3 6 3×2
Write with a common denominator of 6.
1 4 + 6 6 =5 6 2 7 2×8 7×5 b + = + 5 8 5×8 8×5 16 35 + = 40 40 51 = 40
Write with a common denominator of 40.
a
=
=1 c
11 40
7 2 7×3 2×8 − = − 8 3 8×3 3×8
Change improper fraction to a mixed numeral. Write with a common denominator of 24.
21 16 − 24 24 5 = 24 =
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 11 Fractions
209
11–04
Adding and subtracting fractions
To add and subtract mixed numerals: add or subtract the whole numbers first then add or subtract the fractions.
EXAMPLE 8 Evaluate each expression. 1 4
a 2 +1
2 5
3 8
b 3 −2
1 4
SOLUTION a 2 1 + 12 = 2 + 1+ 1 + 2 4 5 4 5 1× 5 2 × 4 + = 3+ 4×5 5× 4 =3
1 4
3 1 − 8 4 3 1× 2 = 1+ − 8 4×2
b 3 3 −2 = 3−2+ 8
5 8 + 20 20
3 8
= 1+ −
= 3 13
=1
20
2 8
1 8
These expressions can also be evaluated on your calculator as follows. 1 2 13 a 2 +1 = 3 4 5 20
EXERCISE
On calculator, enter 2 a b/c 1 a b/c 4 + 1 a b/c 2 a b/c 5 =
11–04
1 2 + . Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 3 5 3 3 11 A B C 8 15 15 3 1 2 Evaluate − . Select A, B, C or D. 4 3 5 2 A 2 B C 12 12 1 Evaluate
D
7 15
D
4 12
d
4 1 − 5 5
3 Evaluate each expression. a
3 1 + 5 5
b
7 2 − 8 8
c
1 5 + 7 7
4 Evaluate each sum. a e
210
1 2 + 4 5 4 1 + 9 3
b f
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
1 3 + 6 5 7 2 + 12 3
3 2 + 8 3 11 3 + g 15 5
c
5 3 + 8 5 7 5 + h 8 6
d
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
11–04
5 Evaluate each difference. a e
3 2 − 4 5 5 1 − 9 6
b f
5 1 − 6 4 7 1 − 12 3
7 1 − 8 3 14 3 − g 15 5
c
7 2 − 10 5 11 3 − h 12 4
d
6 Is each equation true or false? a
7 2 7 4 + = + 9 3 9 9
b
9 3 18 15 − = − 10 4 20 20 3 −1
7 Evaluate each expression. 1 2 4 4 1 3 3 −2 2 4
1 1 5 4 1 1 2 −1 3 4
a 1 +1
b 1 +2
c
e
f
g
4 1 7 7 1 2 3 −1 5 3
4 1 5 3 2 3 2 −1 3 4
d 4 −2 h
1 1 1 of them. He gave Lachlan of them and Liam of 6 4 3 them. What fraction of the berries are left?
Shutterstock.com/Olga Rosi
8 Luka bought some berries and ate
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 11 Fractions
211
11–05 What is
Fraction of a quantity
2 of 12? Here are 12 lollies: 3
If these lollies were divided into three equal piles, each pile would be
1 of 12. 3
1 1 of 12 = 4 of 12 = 4 3 3
1 of 12 = 4 3
2 × 12 = 8 3
EXAMPLE 9 Find each quantity. a
3 of $280 4
b
5 of 4 hours (in minutes) 12
SOLUTION a
b
3 1 of $280 = × $280 × 3 4 4 = $70 × 3 = $210 5 5 of 4 hours = of 240 min 12 12
280 ÷ 4 = 70
4 × 60 min
1 = × 240 × 5 12 = 20 × 5 = 100 min
240 ÷ 12 = 20
The amount is divided by the denominator of the fraction and then multiplied by the numerator.
212
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
11–05
1 of $240. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 3 A $60 B $80 C $160
1 Find
2 Find
D $100
2 of $240. Select A, B, C or D. 3
A $120
B $240
C $160
D $200
3 Find each quantity. a e i
1 × 28 4 1 of 56 8 1 of 1 hour (in min) 4
b f j
5 of $240 m 8 7 o of 64 pages p 8 7 r of 360 mL s 9 4 Is each equation true or false? l
1 of 6 m = 1.2 m 5 3 d of 12 L = 4 L 8 a
b e
2 × 28 4 2 of 56 8 3 of $40 5 3 of 42 m 7 4 of $150 3 2 of 330 min 15
3 × 28 4 5 g of 56 8 3 k of 200 km 4 c
4 × 28 4 7 h of 56 8 d
2 of 2 hours (in min) 3 7 q of 96 L 12 6 t of $75 5 n
2 of 3 h = 100 min 3 5 of $720 = $300 12
c f
3 of $260 = $195 4 9 of 2 L = 180 mL 10
3 5 5 At a party, 12 people ate pizza each and 8 people ate pizza each. How many pizzas 4 8 were eaten? 1 6 Geri saved $12 000 for her African holiday. After 1 week, she had spent of her savings. 10 1 The next week she spent of her savings. 20 a How much did she spend in the first week? b How much did she spend in the second week? c
What fraction of Geri’s savings was left for the rest of her holiday?
7 Samir is writing a novel and wrote 120 pages on Monday. On Tuesday, he only wrote 5 4 of this amount. After that, he was only able to write of his previous day’s effort. 6 5 How many pages did Samir write on: a Tuesday? b Thursday?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 11 Fractions
213
11–06 What is
Multiplying fractions
1 1 of ? 2 3
1 1 1 1 × = of is shaded: 2 3 2 3
1 of this diagram is shaded: 3
So
1 1 1 × = 2 3 6
To multiply fractions: simplify numerators with denominators (if possible) by dividing by a common factor then multiply numerators and multiply denominators separately.
EXAMPLE 10 Evaluate each product. 3 7 × 8 15
a
5 18 × 9 7
b
SOLUTION 3 7 3×7 × = 8 15 8 × 15
a
1
or
21 120 7 = 40 =
b
5 18 5 × 18 × = 9 7 9×7 90 = 63 10 = 7 3 =1 7
3 7 3 ×7 × = 5 8 15 8 × 15 =
simplify first: divide by 3
7 40
2
or
5 18 5 × 18 × = 1 9 7 9 ×7 10 = 7 3 =1 7
simplify first: divide by 9
change to a mixed numeral
To multiply mixed numerals, first convert them to improper fractions.
EXAMPLE 11 Evaluate each product. 1 1 a 1 ×2 3 2
214
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
3 1 b 1 ×2 5 4
ISBN 9780170350990
11–01 11–06
Squares, square roots and surds Multiplying fractions
SOLUTION 1 1 4 5 a 1 ×2 = × 3 2 3 2
3 1 8 9 b 1 ×2 = × 5 4 5 4
2
=
2
4 ×5 3× 21
=
10 3 1 =3 3
8 ×9 5× 41
18 5 3 =3 5
=
EXERCISE
These products can also be evaluated on your calculator.
=
11–06
1 2 1 Evaluate × . Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 4 5 2 1 3 B C A 9 10 20 5 2 2 Evaluate × . Select A, B, C or D. 8 9 5 7 5 A B C 36 17 13 3 Is each equation true or false? 1 1 1 1 1 1 × = × = a b 2 3 6 5 3 8
c
1 1 1 × = 2 6 12
D
1 5
D
5 9
d
2 1 2 × = 7 4 11
4 Copy and complete: a
2 3 2× × = 5 8 5×
b
=
40 = 5 Evaluate each product. 2 5 × b a 5 4 6 3 e × f 7 9
8 3 8× × = 9 4 9× 24 = =
3 14 × 7 15 4 15 × 3 20
5 18 × 9 10 5 6 g × 3 10 c
4 15 × 9 24 5 16 h × 8 15 d
6 Copy and complete this sentence. fractions,
To multiply mixed numerals, first convert them to then multiply the and multiply the
.
7 Evaluate each product. a 11 × 2 1 2
e i
5
3 1 ×2 4 3 1 1 2 ×1 2 4
ISBN 9780170350990
b 11 × 32 f j
2 3 1 2 1 ×1 3 5 2 1 1 ×1 3 5
1 7 2 9 2 1 g 1 × 3 5 k 3 1 × 11 4 3
c
1 ×1
d 21× 1 h l
3 5 2 3 2 ×1 3 8 1 4 3 ×4 4 5
Chapter 11 Fractions
215
11–07
Dividing fractions
The reciprocal of a fraction is the fraction ‘turned upside down’, for example, the reciprocal of
3 8 is . 8 3
a b To divide by a fraction , multiply by its reciprocal . b a
EXAMPLE 12 Evaluate each quotient. 3 5 a ÷ 4 12
b
4 8 ÷ 7 5
b
4 8 4 5 ÷ = × 7 5 7 8
SOLUTION a
3 5 3 12 ÷ = × 4 12 4 5 = =
3 × 12 1
3
1
=
4 ×5
7× 8 5 = 14
9 5
=1
4 ×5 2
4 5
To divide mixed numerals, first convert them to improper fractions.
EXAMPLE 13 Evaluate each quotient. 1 2 a 1 ÷ 3 9
1 1 b 1 ÷1 4 8
SOLUTION 1 2 4 2 a 1 ÷ = ÷ 3 9 3 9 4 9 = × 3 2 2
=
1
1 1 5 9 b 1 ÷1 = ÷ 4 8 4 8 5 8 = × 4 9
4×9
3
3×2
1
6 1 =6
=
216
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
2
=
5× 8 1 4 ×9
10 9 1 =1 9 =
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
11–07
1 Which product has the same value as A
5 3 × 2 4
B
2 Evaluate A
2 4 × 5 3
2 3 ÷ ? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 5 4 5 4 2 3 × C D × 2 3 5 4
2 3 ÷ . Select A, B, C or D. 5 4
8 15
B 3
1 3
C
15 8
D
3 10
d
1 12
3 Find the reciprocal of each fraction or numeral. 1 5 4 e 5 f 5 4 Copy and complete this sentence: a
3 4
5 9 5 g 7
b
c
h 8
by its
To divide by a fraction,
.
5 Is each equation true or false? a
5 1 5 ÷ = 8 3 24
b
3 6 1 ÷ = 5 5 2
c
1 3 1 ÷ = 12 2 18
d
2 4 2 ÷ = 3 15 5
6 Copy and complete: a
2 3 2 8 ÷ = × 5 8 5 = =
b
15
8 7 8 ÷ = × 9 3 9 7 24 = =
7 Evaluate each quotient. a e
3 15 ÷ 5 10 24 8 ÷ 9 27
b f
12 6 ÷ 7 14 18 6 ÷ 5 20
3 15 ÷ 8 12 6 30 ÷ g 7 42
c
4 8 ÷ 5 15 8 32 ÷ h 9 27 d
8 Copy and complete this sentence. fractions, then multiply by
To divide mixed numerals, first convert them to the of the second fraction. 9 Evaluate each quotient. a
5 10 ÷ 7 21 1 4
e 1 ÷
5 2
1 2
b 2 ÷4 f
2
2 3
c
1 8 ÷ 10 3
1 3
1 ÷2 3 8
g 1 ÷ 3
2 5
2 4
d
3 1 ÷1 8 8 1 3
h 2 ÷3
1 2 1
10 Max was on a building site and had 10 m of timber that had to be cut into pieces 1 m 4 4 long. How many pieces could he cut?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 11 Fractions
217
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CODE PUZZLE In order, list the letters for the clues below to spell out a two-word phrase relating to this topic. The first
2 of FREEWAY 7
The first
2 of ACTOR 5
1 of DAYTIME 7 1 The middle of POINT 5
The middle
The last
2 of EXCLAMATION 11
The first
2 of FRIGHTENS 9
The last
2 of SPOKEN 6
1 of JAZZ 4 1 The first of YELLOW 6 The last
218
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 11 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 Convert 1745 to 12-hour time. 32 xy 2 Simplify . 16 y 3 Evaluate 50. 4 Write Pythagoras’ theorem for this triangle.
5 Evaluate (–2)3. 6 Write an algebraic expression for the number of hours in d days. 7 Solve 4x – 26 = x + 1. 8 Evaluate 486 ÷ 9. 1 to a decimal. 3 10 What is the probability of rolling a factor of 4 on a die? 9 Convert
x d e
Part B Fractions Calculators are allowed.
11–01 Simplifying fractions 27 . Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 33 3 9 27 A B C 11 11 33 5 12 Which fraction is equivalent to ? Select A, B, C or D. 12 10 35 30 B C A 36 72 72 11 Simplify
D
9 33
D
20 36
D
15 4
11–02 Improper fractions and mixed numerals 13 Convert 3 A
36 4
3 to an improper fraction. Select A, B, C or D. 4 15 9 B C 3 4
14 Convert each improper fraction to a mixed numeral. a
12 7
b
25 8
11–03 Ordering fractions 15 Write these fractions in descending order:
1 1 3 1 , , , . 4 3 8 6
11–04 Adding and subtracting fractions 16 Evaluate each expression. 2 3 + 3 4 7 3 − b 8 5
a
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 11 Fractions
219
PRACTICE TEST 11 11–05 Fraction of a quantity 17 Find each quantity. 3 of $680 a 4 2 of 2 hours b 3
11–06 Multiplying fractions 18 Evaluate each product. 4 15 × 5 16 1 1 b 2 ×3 2 4
a
11–07 Dividing fractions 19 Evaluate each quotient. 7 14 ÷ 9 27 1 1 b 2 ÷3 3 6 a
220
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
12
PERCENTAGES
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 12? 12–01 12–02 12–03 12–04 12–05 12–06 12–07
Percentages and fractions Percentages and decimals Percentage of a quantity Expressing amounts as fractions and percentages Percentage increase and decrease The unitary method Profit, loss and discounts
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: convert between percentages, fractions and decimals compare percentages, fractions and decimals find a percentage of a number or metric quantity express quantities as fractions and percentages of a whole calculate percentage increases and decreases use the unitary method to find a whole amount given a percentage of it solve problems involving profit and loss, cost price and selling price solve problems involving discounts and GST
* Shutterstock.com/JustMarie
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 12 Percentages
221
12–01
Percentages and fractions
A percentage is a fraction with a denominator of 100; for example, 12% means 12 out of 100 or
12 . 100
To convert a percentage to a fraction, write the percentage as a fraction over 100 and simplify if possible.
EXAMPLE 1 Convert each percentage to a fraction. a 40%
b 65%
c
70%
d
1 2
12 %
SOLUTION 40 100 2 = 5
65 100 13 = 20
a 40% =
b 65% =
70 100 7 = 10
70% =
c
d
12 1 2 1 12 % = 2 100
Multiply numerator and denominator by 2 to form whole numbers.
25 200 1 = 8 =
To convert a fraction to a percentage, multiply it by 100%. This does not change the amount as 100% = 1.
EXAMPLE 2 Convert each fraction to a percentage. 3 4 a b 4 5
c
1 3
c
1 1 = × 100 3 3
SOLUTION a
3 3 = × 100 4 4 = 75%
b
4 4 = × 100 5 5 = 80%
1 3
= 33 %
EXAMPLE 3 2 3 Write in ascending order: 42%, , 40.6%, . 5 8
SOLUTION Write all numbers as percentages to compare: 2 3 42%, × 100% = 40%, 40.6%, × 100% = 37.5% 5 8 Ascending order is from small to large: 37.5%, 40%, 40.6%, 42% 3 2 , , 40.6% , 42% 8 5
222
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
12–01
1 Convert 20% to a fraction. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 1 2 1 1 A B C D 50 5 20 5 2 Convert each percentage to a fraction. a 50%
b 75%
e 70%
f
44%
g 30%
h 65%
58%
j
110%
k 7%
l
o 80%
p 16%
i
m 5%
n 95%
3 Copy and complete: 1 33 1 3 a 33 % = 3 1 33 × 3 = 100 × 3 = =
c
25%
d 100% 63%
1 b 62 % = 2 100 1 62 × 2 2 = 100 × =
300 = 3
200 8
4 Convert each percentage to a fraction. a
1 3
83 %
b 37 1 % 2
c
2 3
66 %
4 to a percentage. Select A, B, C or D. 5 A 80% B 40% C 50%
d 16 1 % 2
5 Convert
6 Convert each fraction to a percentage. 1 3 a b 10 4 7 2 e f 20 3
1 5 3 g 8 c
D 45%
2 9 5 h 6 d
3 65 7 Write in ascending order: 68%, , 62.5%, . 5 100 4 85 . 8 Write in descending order: 88%, , 81.5%, 5 100
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 12 Percentages
223
12–02
Percentages and decimals
To convert a percentage to a decimal, divide it by 100: move the decimal point two places left.
EXAMPLE 4 Convert each percentage to a decimal. a 2%
b 70%
c
4.5%
d 120%
SOLUTION a 2% = 2 ÷ 100 = 0.02 c 4.5% = 4.5 ÷ 100 = 0.045
b 70% = 70 ÷ 100 = 0.7 d 120% = 120 ÷ 100 = 1.2
The decimal point moves two places left.
To convert a decimal to a percentage, multiply it by 100%: move the decimal point two places right.
EXAMPLE 5 Convert each decimal to a percentage. a 0.3
b 0.07
c
0.35
d 0.275
SOLUTION a 0.3 = 0.3 × 100% = 30% c 0.35 = 0.35 × 100% = 35%
b 0.07 = 0.07 × 100% = 7% d 0.275 = 0.275 × 100% = 27.5%
The decimal point moves two places right.
EXAMPLE 6 Write in descending order: 0.415, 47%, 0.45, 42.6%.
SOLUTION Write all numbers as percentages to compare: 0.415 = 41.5%, 47%, 0.45 = 45%, 42.6% Descending order is from large to small: 47%, 45%, 42.6%, 41.5% 47%, 0.45, 42.6%, 0.415
224
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
12–02
1 Convert 63% to a decimal. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 6.3
B 0.063
C 6.30
D 0.63
2 Convert 0.4 to a percentage. Select A, B, C or D. A 40%
B 4%
C 0.4%
D 0.04%
3 Is each statement true or false? a 0.3 = 3%
b 0.09 = 9%
c
0.09 = 90%
d 0.52 = 52%
e 0.6 = 60%
f
0.08 = 80%
c
65%
4 Convert each percentage to a decimal. a 25%
b 40%
e 12%
f
71%
g 100%
d 80% h 120%
5 Convert each decimal to a percentage. a 0.7
b 0.02
e 0.47
f
0.55
g 0.9
h 0.85
j
0.75
k 1.2
l
i
0.524
c
0.28
d 0.5 2.6
6 Write in ascending order: 53%, 0.51, 50.2%, 0.505 7 Write in descending order: 98%, 0.9, 97.5%, 0.099 8 Copy and complete this table. Percentage
Fraction
Decimal
10% 15% 25% 30% 50% 60% 75% 80% 95% 100%
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 12 Percentages
225
12–03
Percentage of a quantity
This table lists some commonly used percentages. Percentage
Fraction
Decimal
10%
1 10
0.1
12.5%
1 8
0.125
25%
1 4
0.25
1 3
1 3
33 %
•
0. 3
50%
1 2
2 3
2 3
75%
3 4
0.75
80%
4 5
0.8
100%
1
1.0
66 %
0.5
•
0. 6
EXAMPLE 7 Find each quantity. a 40% of $60 000
b 25% of 75 mL
1 2
c 12 % of 2 km
SOLUTION a 40% of $60 000 =
40 × $60 000 or 0.4 × $60 000 100 It’s faster to enter 0.4 for 40% on a calculator.
= $24 000 25 × 75 mL or 0.25 × 75 mL 100 = 18.75 mL
b 25% of 75 mL =
c
1 2
1 2 12 1 2
12 % of 2 km = 12 % of 2000 m =
converting 2 km to 2000 m
× 2000 m or 0.125 × 2000 m 100 = 250 m
226
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
12–03
1 Find 30% of $630. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A $63
B $189
C $1890
D $126
2 Find 37.5% of 1600 L. Select A, B, C or D. A 600 L
B 60 L
C 16 L
D 6L
3 Is each statement true or false? a 25% = 0.25
b 40% = 0.04
c
75% = 0.75
d 80% = 0.8
e 45% = 0.405
f
55% = 0.55
4 Copy and complete: a 25% of $848 = 0.—— × $848
b 75% of 96 m = 0.75 × —— = —— m
= $—— c
1 3
•
33 % of 1 day = 0. 3 × —— hours = —— hours
5 Find each quantity. 1 3
a 12.5% of 24 m
b 33 % of 18 cm
c
37.5% of $2400
d 8% of $900
e
5% of 600 L
f
66 % of 72 kg
g 30% of $420
h 50% of 72 km
i
75% of $5200
l
60% of $8000
j
20% of 1 hour
k
1 12 % of 1 day 2
m 130% of 60 kg
n 62.5% of 24 km
p 250% of $95
q
2 3
66 % of 99 L
2 3
1 3
o 33 % of 36 mL r
110% of 580 g
Shutterstock.com/Phillip Minnis
6 At the ski camp, 5% of the students were injured. If there were 280 students at the camp, how many were injured?
7 Zac’s money box has 250 coins. 20% of them were $1 and the rest were $2. a How many coins were $1? b What percentage of the coins were $2? c
How many $2 coins were there?
d Altogether, how much money did Zac have in his money box?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 12 Percentages
227
12–04
Expressing amounts as fractions and percentages
amount To express an amount as a fraction of a whole amount, write the fraction as and whole amount simplify if possible.
EXAMPLE 8 Express each amount as a fraction. a 56 marks out of 88 b 250 mL of 8 L c
780 g of 9.6 kg
SOLUTION 56 88 7 = 11
a 56 marks out of 88 =
250 mL 8000 mL 1 = 32
b 250 mL of 8 L =
c
780 g 9600 g 13 = 160
780 g of 9.6 kg =
8 L = 8000 mL
9.6 kg = 9600 g
To express an amount as a percentage of a whole amount: amount × 100%. calculate whole amount
EXAMPLE 9 Express each amount as a percentage. a 120 marks out of 200 marks b 350 cm of 5 m c
84c of $6.40
SOLUTION 120 × 100% 200 = 60%
a 120 marks out of 200 =
350 × 100% 500 = 70%
b 350 cm of 5 m =
c
84c of $6.40 =
84c × 100% 640c
5 m = 500 cm
$6.40 = 640c
1 8
= 13 %
228
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
12–04
1 Express 30 out of 65 as a fraction. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 5 6 6 3 A B C D 13 15 13 13 2 Express 35 out of 140 as a percentage. Select A, B, C or D. A 25%
B 20%
C 15%
D 35%
3 Copy and complete to express each amount as a fraction. a 50 cm of 5 m = =
50 cm ____ cm 1
b 36c of $4 = =
36c ____ c 9
4 Express each amount as a fraction. a 20 mL of 6 L c
b 55c of $15
30 mm of 6 cm
d 85 g of 5 kg
e 620 cm of 8 m
f
g 72c of $12
h 4500 mm of 15 m
i
45 mL of 7.5 L
220 mg of 4 g
5 Copy and complete to express each amount as a percentage. 50 cm × 100% ____ cm = —— %
36c × 100% ____ c = —— %
b 36c of $4 =
a 50 cm of 5 m =
6 Express each amount as a percentage. a 25c of $5
b 180 mL of 9 L
c 64 cm of 8 m
d 25 mm of 5 cm
e 56 g of 8 kg
f 22c of $8.80
g 540 mg of 90 g
h 4.5 m of 9 km
i
75c of $500
7 Fatima bought 18 m2 of silk and uses 15 m2 of it to make some scarves. What fraction of the material is used? 8 Harry ordered 22 kg of flour to make some bread. Each loaf of bread needs 550 g of flour. a What percentage of Harry’s flour is used to make one loaf of bread?
Shutterstock.com/Scorpp
b How many loaves of bread can Harry make with this flour?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 12 Percentages
229
12–05
Percentage increase and decrease
WORDBANK increase To make larger. decrease To make smaller.
To increase an amount by a percentage, find the percentage of the amount and add it to the amount. To decrease an amount by a percentage, find the percentage of the amount and subtract it from the amount.
EXAMPLE 10 a Increase $500 by 40%
b Decrease 200 m by 25%
SOLUTION a Increase = 40% of $500 = $200 Increased amount = $500 + $200 = $700 b Decrease = 25% of 200 m = 50 m
iStockphoto/123ducu
Decreased amount = 200 m – 50 m = 150 m
230
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
12–05
1 Increase $1250 by 20%. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A $1350
B $1450
C $1400
D $1500
2 Decrease 80 L by 25%. Select A, B, C or D. A 20 L
B 40 L
3 Copy and complete: a Increase $680 by 10%
C 60 L
b Decrease 850 m by 20%
10% of $680 = —— × 680
4 a c
D 55 L
20% of 850 m = 0.2 × ——
= $——
= —— m
Increased amount = $680 + ——
Decreased amount = 850 m – —— m
= $—— Increase $48 by 25%
= —— m b Decrease 600 kg by 20%
Decrease 50 kg by 15%
d Increase 6500 m by 75%
e Increase $3.20 by 10%
f
g Increase $3400 by 12%
h Decrease 120 L by 20%
i
Decrease 7.8 m by 16%
j
Decrease 580 mL by 28% Increase 128 kg by 38%
5 Jeremy increased his $2000 savings by 20%. He then decreased this amount by 20%. a Is he back to $2000? b How much money did he end up with?
iStockphoto/Izabela Habur
6 Brock opened a new bike shop and decided to add 20% profit to the $550 price of a bike. After 2 weeks, he did not sell much stock so he decided to decrease the new marked price of the bike by 20%. What is the final price of the bike?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 12 Percentages
231
12–06
The unitary method
WORDBANK unit Unit means one or each. $6 per unit means $6 for one. unitary method A method to find a unit amount and then use this amount to find the total amount.
To use the unitary method: use the given amount to find 1% multiply 1% by 100 to find the total amount (100%).
EXAMPLE 11 Mina withdrew $550 from her bank account, which was 20% of her savings. What were Mina’s savings?
SOLUTION 20% of savings = $550 1% of savings = $550 ÷ 20 = $27.50 100% of savings = 27.50 × 100 = $2750
first calculating 1% multiplying by 100
Mina’s savings were $2750. Check: 20% × $2750 = $550.
EXAMPLE 12 Ewan scored 6 goals during the football season, which was 15% of his team’s total goals. How many goals did his team score during the season?
SOLUTION 15% of goals = 6 1% of goals = 6 ÷ 15 = 0.4
first calculating 1%
100% of goals = 0.4 × 100 = 40 goals
multiplying by 100
The team scored a total of 40 goals. Check: 15% × 40 = 6.
232
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
12–06
1 If 25% of an amount is $640, what is the amount? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A $1600
B $2560
C $160
D $256
2 If 30% of an amount is $27, what is the amount? Select A, B, C or D. A $90
B $900
C $30
D $300
3 Is each statement true or false? a If 10% = $350, then 1% = $35. b If 25% = $800, then 1% = $20. c
If 78% = $2340, then 1% = $30.
4 Copy and complete: If 25% of Dani’s loan is $4800, how much is the loan? 25% of loan = $____ 1% of loan = $4800 ÷ ___ = ___ 100% of loan = ___ × 100 Loan = $_______. 5 Use the unitary method to find: a Tina’s wage if 40% of it is $320 b Jim’s savings if 70% of it is $2800 c
Ly’s salary if 26% of it is $9000
d Amy’s pocket money if 52% of it is $16 e Toni’s bill if 45% of it is $280 f
Rob’s score if 38% of it is 600
6 A jeweller charges $75 to repair a necklace. If this is 2.5% of the value of the necklace, what is the necklace worth? 7 If Poh pays 18% of her weekly wage in tax, and her tax payment is $282 per week, how much is her weekly wage, correct to the nearest cent? 8 James found that 25% of people in Westvale live in apartments. If 1629 people live in apartments, how many people live in Westvale? 9 Zoe paid 12% deposit for a new house. If the deposit was $66 000, what is the full price of the house?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 12 Percentages
233
12–07
Profit, loss and discounts
WORDBANK cost price The price at which an item is purchased by a retailer. selling price The price at which an item is sold by a retailer. profit To sell an item at a higher price than that at which it was purchased. loss To sell an item at a lower price than that at which it was purchased. discount A saving when the selling price of an item is lowered. GST 10% goods and services tax charged by the Australian Government on most goods and services purchased. Profit = selling price – cost price (because selling price is higher). Loss = cost price – selling price (because selling price is lower).
EXAMPLE 13 A skateboard was bought by a store for $60 and sold for $75. a What was the cost price? b What was the profit? c
Find the profit as a percentage of the cost price.
SOLUTION a Cost price = $60
original cost of the skateboard
b Profit = $75 – $60 = $15
selling price – cost price
c
Profit as a percentage of the cost price =
$15 × 100% $60
profit × 100% cost price
= 25%
EXAMPLE 14 Jenny bought a new washing machine, which cost her $1385. When she moved house, she sold it for $850. a Find the loss. b Calculate correct to one decimal place the loss as a percentage of the cost price.
SOLUTION a Loss = $1385 – $850 = $535
cost price – selling price $535 × 100% $1385 = 38.6281…%
b Profit as a percentage of the cost price =
loss × 100% cost price
≈ 38.6%
234
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
12–07
Profit, loss and discounts
EXAMPLE 15 The original price of a dress was $56 but 10% GST is added to the price. a What is the GST and the selling price? b If the selling price is discounted by 9%, what is the new price?
SOLUTION a GST = 10% of $56 = $5.60
b Discount = 9% × $61.60 = $5.544
Selling price = $56 + $5.60 = $61.60
EXERCISE
New price = $61.60 – $5.544 = $56.056 ≈ $56.06
to the nearest cent
12–07
1 A ring was bought for $250 and sold for $320. What was the profit or loss? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A $70 loss
B $80 profit
C $70 profit
D $80 loss
2 A boat was bought for $3600 and sold for $3100. What was the profit or loss? Select A, B, C or D. A $400 loss
B $500 loss
C $400 profit
D $500 profit
3 Copy and complete this table. Cost price
Selling price
$50
$80
$125
$105 $220
$560
Profit $50 Loss $15
$380 4 a
Profit or loss
Profit $82
If cost price = $20 and selling price = $45, is there a profit or a loss? How much?
b Find the profit or loss as a percentage of the cost price. 5 A DVD is bought for $28 and sold for $32. a Find the profit. b Calculate the profit as a percentage of the selling price.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 12 Percentages
235
EXERCISE
12–07
6 A pair of shoes was bought for $54 and sold for $36. a Find the loss. b Calculate the loss as a percentage of the cost price. 7 Michael bought a cordless drill worth $280 but he was given a 30% discount. How much did Michael pay for the drill? 8 Find the selling price on each item after a discount of 12.5%. a dinner set $240 c
b vase $56
tablet device $320
d shirt $85.60
9 The following items can be bought from an online store, but 10% GST has to be added to find the selling price. Calculate the GST and the selling price for each item. a dress $120
b shirt $55
e belt $38
f
trousers $86
c
scarf $24
g necklace $44
d shoes $110 h tie $25
10 An online store is having a sale and all goods are reduced by 40%. Find the sale price for each item in Question 9.
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY FIND-A-WORD PUZZLE Make a copy of this grid of letters and then use it to find the words below.
L
A
B
I
T
P
O
C
E
N
V
T
O
P
R
S
I
R
V
O
S
T
I
R
S
O
B
T
S
O
C
F
A
V
N
P
S
T
O
V
E
F
I
B
E
R
C
E
P
E
D
S
U
I
P
T
R
I
R
E
I
S
E
G
A
T
N
E
C
R
E
P
D
O
C
R
U
S
T
Y
E
V
A
R
P
R
I
C
E
R
U
N
D
O
S
T
O
R
M
T
H
U
D
O
R
P
E
R
F
R
A
C
T
I
O
N
S
I
L
T
R
O
L
L
E
R
S
H
I
P
O
R
V
E
N
T
G
N
I
L
L
E
S
A
COST FRACTION PER
236
DECIMAL INCREASE PRICE
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
DECREASE PERCENTAGES PROFIT
LOSS SELLING ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 12 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 6 Find the sum of 2.5 and 8.74.
4 2 + . 9 9 2 What is another name for a 90° angle? 1 Evaluate
7 Evaluate 53.
3 If a = 8, evaluate 10 – 2a.
8 Find the highest common factor of 20 and 12.
4 Find the mode of these scores: 12, 5, 9, 7, 8, 7, 10.
9 Simplify 6a – a.
5 If a coin is tossed, what is the probability that it comes up tails?
10 Write the formula for the circumference of a circle with radius r.
Part B Percentages Calculators are allowed.
12–01 Percentages and fractions 11 Convert 85% to a fraction. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A
1 85
B
43 50
C
100 85
D
17 20
D
3 5
12 Convert 60% to a fraction? Select A, B, C or D. A
1 60
13 What is
B
2 5
C
6 5
3 as a percentage? Select A, B, C or D. 20
A 20%
B 15%
C 30%
D 60%
12–02 Percentages and decimals 14 Convert each decimal to a percentage. a 0.02
b 0.65
c
0.125
15 Write in descending order: 62%, 0.608, 0.06, 64.5%.
12–03 Percentage of a quantity 16 Find each quantity. a 40% of $420 b 25% of 84 km
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 12 Percentages
237
PRACTICE TEST 12 12–04 Expressing amounts as fractions and percentages 17 Write 22.5 cm as a percentage of 5 m. 18 What fraction is 24 mL of 6 L?
12–05 Percentage increase and decrease 19 a Decrease 268 kg by 5%. b Increase $500 by 40%.
12–06 The unitary method 20 If 28% of my electricity bill is $126, how much is the total bill?
12–07 Profit, loss and discounts 21 Regan bought a suit for $160 and sold it for $220. a What was the profit? b What was the profit as a percentage of the cost price?
238
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
INVESTIGATING DATA
13
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 13? 13–01 13–02 13–03 13–04 13–05 13–06 13–07
Reading and drawing graphs The mean and the mode The median and the range Frequency tables Frequency histograms and polygons Dot plots Stem-and-leaf plots
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: read, interpret and construct different types of statistical graphs: column graphs, line graphs, divided bar graphs and sector graphs find the mean, mode, median and range of a list of scores organise data (information) into frequency tables read and construct frequency histograms and polygons read and construct dot plots read and construct stem-and-leaf plots find the mean, mode, median and range of scores presented in dot plots and stem-and-leaf plots
* Shutterstock.com/optimarc
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
239
13–01
Reading and drawing graphs
WORDBANK data Statistical information, a collection of facts. column graph A graph that uses columns of different heights to represent data. line graph A graph that uses lines to represent data. axes Plural of axis. The two number lines that form the edges of a graph: the horizontal axis and the vertical axis.
divided bar graph A graph in which a rectangle is divided into parts to represent data. sector graph A graph in which a circle is divided into parts to represent data.
A graph must have a title explaining the information represented by the graph. A column graph or line graph must have scales and labels on both the horizontal and vertical axes. A divided bar graph or sector graph must have labels or a key describing the categories being represented.
EXAMPLE 1 Caitlin earns $1200 per week. She spends $500 on rent, $120 on food, $200 on clothes and entertainment, and saves the rest. Show this data on: a a column graph
b a sector graph.
SOLUTION a Savings = $1200 – $500 – $120 – $200 = $380 Caitlin’s weekly spend $500
$400
$300
$200
$100
Rent
240
Food Clothes Savings and entertainment
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
13–01
Reading and drawing graphs
b First, calculate the size of each sector. 500 Rent = × 360° = 150° 1200 Clothes/Entertainment =
200 × 360° = 60° 1200
Food =
120 × 360° = 36° 1200
Savings =
380 × 360° = 114° 1200
Check that the angles add up to 360°: 150° + 36° + 60° + 114° = 360°.
Then draw and label the sector graph, using the calculated angle sizes. Caitlin’s weekly spend
Rent Food Clothes/ Entertainment
iStockphoto/IPGGutenbergUKLtd
Savings
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
241
EXERCISE
13–01
1 When drawing a column graph, the columns must be what? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A the same width B the same height C joined
D different widths
2 What is the angle size of a sector on a sector graph that represents 1 of the data? 4 Select A, B, C or D. A 60°
B 120°
C 90°
D 25°
3 On a divided bar graph, name the shape that is divided. Select A, B, C or D. A square
B circle
C triangle
D rectangle
4 This graph shows the scores of five students in a maths test. Maths test scores
12
10
8
6
4
2
James
Sarah
Tim
Ben
George
a What type of graph is drawn? b Who scored 8 or more on the test? c
If 50% was a pass and the test was out of 12, did everyone pass?
5 The following information shows how Lonnie spends a typical day. Sleep: 8 hours Exercise: 1 hour
Work: 6 hours Meals: 2 hours
Chores: 2 hours Relaxation: 5 hours
a Show this information on a sector graph, shading each sector in a different colour. b What fraction of Lonnie’s day is spent at work and doing chores? c
What percentage of Lonnie’s day is spent relaxing? Answer correct to one decimal place.
d Represent this information on a divided bar graph 12 cm long.
242
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
13–01
6 The line graph below shows Liam’s journey to visit his friend Uma. Liam’s journey
Distance from home (km)
25
20
15
10
5
9 a.m. 10 a.m. 11 a.m. 12 p.m. 1 p.m. Time of day
2 p.m.
3 p.m.
a What time did Liam leave home? b When did he first stop and rest? c
How far away does Uma live?
d How long did Liam stay at Uma’s house? e How long did it take Liam to travel home? f
What was his average speed on the way home?
7 This line graph shows the number of text messages sent every hour by a group of Year 8 students.
Number of messages
Text messages sent by Year 8 students 25 20 15 10 5 9 a.m. 10 a.m. 11 a.m. 12 p.m. 1 p.m. 2 p.m. 3 p.m. Time of day
a How many text messages were sent at 10 a.m.? b What was the greatest number of messages sent and what time were they sent? c
What does the horizontal line from 12 p.m. to 1 p.m. indicate?
d How many messages were sent altogether from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m.?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
243
13–02
The mean and the mode
WORDBANK mean The average of a set of data scores, with symbol x, calculated by adding the scores and dividing the sum of the scores by the number of scores.
mode The most popular score(s) in a data set, the score that occurs most often. In statistics, there are three measures of location that measure the central or middle position of a set of data. They are called the mean, mode and median.
Mean = x =
sum of scores number of scores
EXAMPLE 2 Find the mean of these scores: 9, 6, 4, 7, 5, 10, 12, 8.
SOLUTION sum of scores number of scores 9 + 6 + 4 + 7 + 5 + 10 + 12 + 8 = 8 61 = 8
Mean = x =
= 7.625 Note that the mean is around the centre of the set of scores.
Mode = the most frequently occurring score(s). A set of data can have more than one mode, or no mode at all.
EXAMPLE 3 For each set of data, find the mode. a 4, 5, 4, 8, 4, 6, 7, 3, 4, 4, 8, 2 b 22, 18, 12, 14, 12, 15, 26, 24, 12, 16, 12, 12 c
3, 7, 7, 6, 3, 7, 9, 5, 3, 7, 4, 10, 3
SOLUTION a The mode is 4.
4 occurs five times and the other scores occur less often.
b The mode is 12.
12 occurs more often than the other scores.
c
244
There are two modes: 3 and 7.
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
13–02
1 Find the mode of this set of scores: 8, 6, 9, 5, 5, 6, 7, 6, 2, 6, 8. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 8
B 7
C 6
D 5
2 Find the mean of the scores in Question 1. Select A, B, C or D. A 68
B 6.2
C 618
D 6.8
3 Copy and complete this paragraph. The mean of a set of scores is found by ____________ the scores together and then ____________ by the ____________ of scores. The mode is the score that occurs most ____________. It is the most ____________ score. There can be one or more modes for a set of scores and sometimes there is ____________ mode at all. 4 Find the mean of each set of scores correct to one decimal place. a 4, 7, 8, 9, 6, 7, 5, 7, 8, 4, 6, 7 b 12, 11, 14, 15, 10, 18, 17, 14 c
28, 32, 25, 26, 33, 28, 22, 34, 27
d 54, 57, 56, 59, 55, 54, 55, 59 e 82, 88, 87, 89, 84, 85, 83 5 a Find the mode of each set of scores in Question 4. b Which sets of scores in Question 4 have two modes? 6 The following data are the number of tries scored by the Giants rugby league team during 14 matches. 4, 2, 5, 6, 8, 1, 7, 6, 3, 4, 1, 4, 2, 5
Newspix/Peter Wallis
Find the mean (correct to two decimal places) and the mode.
7 Sixteen shopping malls were surveyed on the number of shops in each mall. 22, 16, 18, 24, 12, 18, 16, 24, 15, 21, 19, 25, 18, 16, 22, 16 a Find the mean. b Find the mode.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
245
13–03
The median and the range
WORDBANK median The middle score when the scores are ordered from lowest to highest. range The highest score minus the lowest score.
To find the median: order the scores from lowest to highest if there are an odd number of scores, median = middle score. if there are an even number of scores, median = average of the two middle scores. Range = highest score − lowest score.
The median is another measure of location, whereas the range is a measure of spread.
EXAMPLE 4 Find the median and range of each set of data. a 8, 12, 9, 11, 7, 14, 6, 14, 9 b 22, 25, 32, 21, 28, 35, 31, 29, 24, 26
SOLUTION a Write the scores from lowest to highest: 6, 7, 8, 9, 9, 11, 12, 14, 14 There is an odd number of scores (9 scores), so the median will be the one in the middle: Median = 9 Range = 14 – 6 =8
There are four scores above 9 and four scores below 9. highest – lowest
b 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 28, 29, 31, 32, 35 There is an even number of scores (10 scores), so the median will be the average of the two middle scores. Median =
26 + 28 2
= 27
The two middle scores are 26 and 28. The number halfway between 26 and 28 is 27.
Range = 35 – 21 = 14 Notice that the position of the middle score is slightly more than half: for nine scores, it is the fifth score and for 10 scores it is the average of the fifth and sixth scores.
246
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
13–03
1 Find the range of these scores: 15, 18, 22, 14, 26, 21, 19. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 26
B 14
C 12
D 15
2 What is the median of the scores in Question 1. Select A, B, C or D. A 18
B 19
C 21
D 22
3 Copy and complete this paragraph. The range for a set of scores is the ____________ score minus the ____________ score. The median is found by ordering the scores from ____________ to ____________ and finding the ____________ score for an odd number of ____________. If there is an ____________ number of scores, the median is the ____________of the two ____________ scores. 4 Find the median and the range for each set of data. a 7, 9, 12, 2, 5, 3, 8, 7, 6 b 21, 25, 32, 34, 28, 33, 26, 34 c
42, 38, 41, 35, 44, 37, 42, 39, 44, 37, 46
d 9, 6, 7, 8, 12, 5, 9, 4, 11, 6, 4, 5, 7 e 54, 63, 59, 62, 55, 64, 57, 66, 67, 53, 62, 58 f
72, 67, 75, 68, 73, 66, 72, 64, 71, 65, 73
5 These are the daily sales figures for Ali’s sports store over 20 days. 345, 256, 390, 420, 385, 456, 390, 560, 486, 320 248, 390, 450, 960, 580, 420, 386, 520, 395, 480 a Find the range of sales figures. b Find the median sales figure. c
What is the mode?
d Find the mean sales figure. e If Ali wanted the most likely sales figure for the next day, should he take notice of the median, the mode or the mean? f
Which measure, the mean or the median, shows Ali the middle area of the sales figures?
6 In 12 rounds of golf, Greg scored: 72, 76, 71, 77, 75, 71, 74, 72, 71, 79, 73, 74 Find the mode, range, median and mean for these scores.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
247
13–04
Frequency tables
WORDBANK frequency The number of times a score occurs in a set of data. frequency table A table that shows the frequency of each score in a data set. cumulative frequency A running total of frequencies used for finding the median, combining the frequencies of all scores less than or equal to the given score.
For data in a frequency table: a cumulative frequency column can be included to find the median an f x column can be included to find the mean sum of fx mean x = sum of f
EXAMPLE 5 A class of students was surveyed on the number of pets they own and the numbers are shown below. 2, 3, 5, 3, 0, 3, 2, 1, 4, 5, 6, 4, 2, 5, 2, 1, 0, 5, 2, 1, 3, 2 a Arrange these scores in a frequency table, including columns for cumulative frequency and fx. b For this data set, find: the range
i
ii the mode
iii the median
iv the mean (correct to two decimal places)
SOLUTION a In the frequency table below, the Tally and Frequency columns show how many times each score appears in the set of data. There are two scores of 0, three scores of 1, six scores of 2, and so on. Score (x)
Tally
Frequency (f )
Cumulative frequency
fx
0
||
2
2
2×0=0
1
|||
3
2+3=5
3×1=3
2
|||||
6
11
12
3
||||
4
15
12
4
||
2
17
8
5
||||
4
21
20
6
|
1
22
6
Totals
22
61
Cumulative frequency is a running total of frequencies, and fx means ‘frequency (f ) × score (x)’.
248
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
13–04 b i
Frequency tables
Range = 6 – 0 = 6
ii Mode = 2
highest score – lowest score (from the Score column) The score with the highest frequency is 2.
iii There are 22 scores, so the median is the average of the 11th and 12th scores. From the cumulative frequency table, it can be seen that the 6th to the 11th scores are all 2s, and the 12th to the 15th scores are all 3s, so the 11th score = 2 and the 12th score = 3. 2+3 Median = 2 = 2.5 sum of scores iv Mean x = number of scores sum of fx = sum of f 61 = Use the totals at the bottom of the table. 22 = 2.7727…
Shutterstock.com/Eric Isselee
≈ 2.77
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
249
EXERCISE
13–04
1 Which column do you need to find the median in a frequency table? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A score
B frequency
C fx
D cumulative frequency
2 Which column do you need to find the mean in a frequency table? Select A, B, C or D. A score
B frequency
C fx
D cumulative frequency
3 The manager of a shoe store recorded the sizes of shoes sold over a weekend. 5, 6, 8, 7, 7, 6, 4, 8, 4, 3 7, 7, 7, 9, 4, 3, 7, 3, 7, 8 2, 9, 7, 6, 5, 7, 7, 7, 6, 7 a Arrange the results in a frequency table with columns for Score, Tally and Frequency. b Find the range and the mode for these data. 4 Copy each frequency table below and add the columns for cumulative frequency and fx. For each data set, find the range, the mode, the median and the mean (correct to two decimal places). a
x
f
2
b
x
f
3
20
5
3
4
21
7
4
8
22
8
5
5
23
6
6
2
24
5
5 The number of errors in a spelling test made by 50 students is shown below. 1, 3, 4, 0, 0, 2, 1, 3, 3, 4, 1, 2, 4, 1, 3, 3, 2, 2, 2, 1, 2, 2, 3, 4, 5 3, 2, 2, 2, 3, 2, 3, 3, 2, 2, 1, 0, 1, 0, 2, 3, 3, 2, 4, 2, 2, 2, 4, 5, 1 a Express the data in a frequency table, including an fx column. b Find the mode. c
Calculate the mean number of spelling errors.
6 The number of cars crossing an intersection each minute was counted for 30 minutes and the results are shown below. 2, 2, 0, 2, 5, 0, 4, 4, 0, 1 3, 2, 4, 1, 0, 4, 2, 2, 5, 0 2, 3, 3, 3, 0, 4, 3, 5, 1, 2 Draw a frequency table for this data set, and then find: a the range b the mode c
the median
d the mean.
250
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
13–05
Frequency histograms and polygons
WORDBANK frequency histogram A column graph that shows the frequency of each score. The columns are joined together.
frequency polygon A line graph that shows the frequency of each score, drawn by joining the top of each column in a histogram.
EXAMPLE 6 This frequency table shows the number of lollies in samples of packets of lollies. Draw a frequency histogram and polygon for the data.
Number of lollies
Frequency
48
3
49
5
50
11
51
4
52
2
SOLUTION Number of lollies per packet 12 Histogram 10
Frequency
8 Polygon 6
4
2
48
49
50 Score
51
52
The histogram has columns that are centred on each score, leaving a small gap on the left. The polygon joins the middle of the top of each column, and starts and ends on the horizontal axis. It is called a polygon because it has the shape of a many-sided figure. ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
251
EXERCISE
13–05
1 A frequency polygon compares which two things? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A tally to frequency
B scores to frequency
C data to scores
D frequency to information
2 What type of graph is a frequency histogram? Select A, B, C or D. A column graph
B divided bar graph
C sector graph
D line graph
3 Is each statement true or false? a A frequency polygon is a type of line graph. b A frequency histogram has columns of different widths. c
The columns are all joined together in a frequency histogram.
d A freqency polygon joins the corners of the columns in a histogram.
Shutterstock.com/Stephen Rees
e A frequency polygon and histogram compare frequency to means.
4 Draw a frequency histogram and polygon for each frequency table. a
252
Score
Frequency
0
b
Score
Frequency
2
12
2
1
5
13
7
2
8
14
11
3
6
15
8
4
3
16
4
17
3
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
13–05
5 The number of letters delivered to 50 houses in a street is recorded below. 3, 1, 2, 6, 4, 3, 2, 5, 2, 1, 2, 2, 3, 1, 2, 1, 3, 2, 4, 3, 1, 3, 3, 4, 2 2, 1, 3, 6, 2, 2, 1, 3, 4, 3, 2, 1, 2, 5, 2, 5, 3, 1, 1, 2, 3, 2, 4, 2, 3 a Organise the data into a frequency table. b Draw a frequency histogram and polygon of these data. c
What is the range of the scores?
d What was the most common number of letters delivered per household? What is the statistical name for this value? 6 The number of children in a group of families at a picnic are shown in this frequency table. Number of children
0
1
2
3
4
5
Frequency
2
5
12
2
1
1
a Draw a frequency polygon for these data. b Find the mode. Find the range.
Shutterstock.com/Serg Zastavkin
c
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
253
13–06
Dot plots
WORDBANK dot plot A diagram showing the frequency of data scores using dots. outlier An extreme score that is much higher or lower than the other scores in a data set. cluster A group of scores that are bunched close together. A dot plot is like a simple column graph or frequency histogram, except that dots are used instead of columns to show the frequency of each score.
EXAMPLE 7 This dot plot shows the amount of money (in dollars) a group of students spent for lunch at the school canteen yesterday. Amount spent for lunch ($)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
a Find the range. b What is the mode? c
How many students were in the group?
d Find the median. e What is the mean (correct to the nearest cent) amount of money spent on lunch?
SOLUTION a Range = 10 – 2
highest score – lowest score
=8 b Modes = 8 and 10 c
Number of students = 30
7+7 =7 d Median = 2
The columns with the most dots. Counting the dots gives 30 dots or students. Of the 30 dots, the two middle dots (15th and 16th) are both 7, as shown below. • • •
7 2 × 2 + 3 × 3 + 4 × 2 + 5 × 4 + 6 × 3 + 7 × 3 + 8 × 5 + 9 × 3 + 10 × 5 30 197 = 30
e Mean =
sum of scores no. of scores
= 6.5666… ≈ $6.57
254
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
13–06
1 In a dot plot, the score with the highest column of dots is what? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A the range
B the mean
C the median
D the mode
2 In a dot plot, what does the number of dots above each score represent? Select A, B, C or D. A the vertical axis B the scale
C the data
D the frequency
3 This dot plot shows the weekly pocket money in dollars given to a sample of students. Weekly pocket money ($)
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15
a What was the largest amount of pocket money given? b What is the mode? c
How many students are in the sample?
d Find the median. e Find the mean correct to the nearest cent. 4 Besides dots, a dot plot must have what? Select A, B, C or D. A a horizontal axis B a vertical axis C no scale D columns 5 A group of Year 8 students was surveyed on the number of hours spent on the computer each day and the results are shown below. 3, 2, 4, 3, 1, 5, 6, 3, 4 3, 2, 3, 7, 5, 3, 2, 3, 3 1, 6, 7, 2, 3, 2, 3, 4, 6 a Draw a dot plot of these scores. b What is the modal time spent on the computer? c
Find the range of times.
d Find the median. e Find correct to one decimal place the mean time spent on the computer.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
255
EXERCISE
13–06
6 This dot plot shows the daily sales in dollars from a newsagent for 2 weeks. Daily sales ($)
750 800 850 900 950 1000 1050 1100
a What is the range? b Find the mode. c
Calculate the mean correct to the nearest cent.
d Find the median. e When there is a score that is much lower or higher than all the other scores, it is called an outlier. What is the outlier here? If scores are grouped close together they are called a cluster. Between which two scores is there a cluster of scores here?
Newspix/Lindsay Moller
f
7 The scores below represent the number of times students go out over the school holidays. 12, 14, 8, 9, 15, 13, 7, 10 14, 11, 9, 12, 13, 12, 8, 12 a Draw a dot plot of these scores. b Find the range and the mode. c
Find the median.
d Find the mean correct to one decimal place. e What is the most likely number of times students go out?
256
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
13–07
Stem-and-leaf plots
WORDBANK stem-and-leaf plot A table listing data scores where the tens digits are in the stem and the units digits are in the leaf. This stem-and-leaf plot shows the number of dollars spent on food each week by 20 families. Stem 9 10 11 12 13 14
Leaf 5 8 4 5 2 3
8 5 6 3 4
7 6 7 5
8 6
6
8
6
The values range from $95 to $146, with the stems running from 9 to 14. The score 95 has a stem of 9 (meaning 90) and a leaf of 5.
EXAMPLE 8 For the stem-and-leaf plot above, find: a the range
b the mode
d the median
e any clusters or outliers.
c
the mean
SOLUTION a Range = $146 – $95 = $51
highest score – lowest score
b Mode = $126
most common score
c
95 + 98 + 108 + ... + 146 Mean = 20 2502 = 20
sum of scores no. of scores
= $125.10 d There are 20 scores: the two middle dots (10th and 11th) are both 126. 126 + 126 2 = $126
Median =
12 | 5 6 6 6 6 8
e There is a cluster in the 110s and 120s. There are no outliers.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
257
EXERCISE
13–07
1 What does the stem in a stem-and-leaf plot show? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A the units digit
B from 0 to 2
C the tens digit
D none of these
2 What does the leaf in a stem-and-leaf plot show? Select A, B, C or D. A the units digit
B from 0 to 2
C the tens digit
D none of these
3 This stem-and-leaf plot shows the results of a survey on the number of hours a sample of people shopped per week. Stem 0 1 2 3
Leaf 5 0 1 4
6 0 2
6 1 3
8 2 4
8 2 6
9 3 7
4 8
4
4
5
6
7
7
8
8
9
a How many people were surveyed? b What is the mode? c
Find the median.
d Find the mean. e Find the range. f
Are there any clusters or outliers?
4 The number of cakes sold per day at a cafe is shown. 35, 63, 58, 39, 42, 36, 55, 63 36, 45, 63, 58, 44, 38, 63, 57 36, 47, 52, 63, 65, 54, 62, 37 a Represent these data on a stem-and-leaf plot. b What is the median number of cakes sold? c
Find the mean number of cakes sold, correct to two decimal places.
d What is the range? e If I were ordering cakes for the next day, what is the most likely number I would sell? 5 This stem-and-leaf plot shows the distance in kilometres travelled by a group of salespeople last week. Stem 10 11 12 13
Leaf 0 3 3 2
5 4 6
6 4 8
6 4 9
7 6
8 8
8 9
a Find the range. b What is the mode? c
Find the median.
d Calculate correct to two decimal places the mean. e Are there any clusters or outliers?
258
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
13–07
6 The daily numbers of hamburgers sold at two local stores are listed below. Oburgo: 302, 290, 305, 284, 317, 295, 284, 317, 316, 308, 307 Hungry Jill’s: 306, 328, 317, 308, 298, 316, 325, 325, 312, 306, 318 a Draw a stem-and-leaf plot for each set of data. b Which store had the greatest sales for one day? How many? c
Which store sold the least in one day? How many?
d Which store had the greater sales over the 11 days? Show all working.
Shutterstock.com/Dani Vincek
e Compare the medians of the two stores. Which store’s was higher?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
259
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CODE PUZZLE Use the following table to decode the words and phrases used in this chapter. 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
1 16 – 12 – 15 – 20 2 7 – 18 – 1 – 16 – 8 3 19 – 5 – 3 – 20 – 15 – 18 4 3 – 15 – 12 – 21 – 13 – 14 5 18 – 1 – 14 – 7 – 5 6 13 – 5 – 1 – 14 7 13 – 15 – 4 – 5 8 12 – 5 – 1 – 6 9 19 – 20 – 5 – 13 10 4 – 15 – 20 11 13 – 5 – 4 – 9 – 1 – 14 12 6 – 18 – 5 – 17 – 21 – 5 – 14 – 3 – 25 13 20 – 1 – 2 – 12 – 5 14 1 – 22 – 5 – 18 – 1 – 7 – 5 15 8 – 9 – 19 – 20 – 15 – 7 – 18 – 1 – 13 16 16 – 15 – 12 – 25 – 7 – 15 – 14
260
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 13 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 In words, describe a reflex angle.
7 1 7 Evaluate 1 × . 8 5 8 Find the area of this triangle.
2 What is the complement of 26°? 3 List the factors of 18.
3.2 m
4 Is 87 a prime or a composite number?
8m
5 Find the range of these scores: 12, 8, 7, 6, 8, 7, 5, 7.
9 Simplify 2ab × (–6bc).
6 Test whether 1258 is divisible by 6. Show working.
10 Copy and complete: 280 km = ______ m.
Part B Investigating data Calculators are allowed.
13–01 Reading and drawing graphs 11 Each section of a divided bar graph should be what? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A equal
B increasing
C different sizes
D decreasing
12 Ella earns $1080 per week. She spends $324 on rent, $108 on food, $216 on clothes and entertainment and saves the rest. a Draw a sector graph to illustrate Ella’s weekly spending. b On the graph, what is the angle size of the rent sector?
13–02 The mean and the mode 13 Find the mean of 14, 19, 22, 32, 16, 43 correct to one decimal place. 14 What is the mode of the scores in Question 13? Select A, B, C or D. A 20.5
B 27
C 43
D no mode
13–03 The median and the range 15 For the scores 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 10, 10, 10, 12, find: a the median b the range.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 13 Investigating data
261
PRACTICE TEST 13 13–04 Frequency tables 16 For the data in this frequency table, find: a the range
b the mode
x
f
5
2
6
5
7
8
8
3
c the mean correct to two decimal places.
13–05 Frequency histograms and polygons 17 This frequency table shows the number of toothpicks in a sample of toothpick boxes. Draw a frequency histogram and polygon for these data. Number of toothpicks
Frequency
48
2
49
4
50
10
51
7
52
3
13–06 Dot plots 18 For the data shown on this dot plot, find: a the mean
5
b the median
6
7
8
c
the mode
d the outlier.
the median
d where the scores are clustered.
9
13–07 Stem-and-leaf plots 19 For the data shown on this dot plot, find: a the range Stem 11 12 13
262
b the mode
c
Leaf 8 3 2
5 4
4
5
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
7
9
ISBN 9780170350990
14
PROBABILITY
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 14? 14–01 14–02 14–03 14–04 14–05 14–06 14–07 14–08
The language of chance Sample spaces Probability Complementary events Experimental probability Venn diagrams Two-way tables Probability problems
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: understand probability and words related to chance list all of the possible outcomes of a situation (chance experiment) calculate the probability of simple events calculate the probability of complementary events find the relative frequency of an event interpret and draw Venn diagrams and use them to solve probability problems read two-way tables and use them to solve probability problems
*Shutterstock.com/Sergey Mironov
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 14 Probability
263
14–01
The language of chance
WORDBANK probability The chance of an event occurring, written as a fraction between 0 and 1. outcome A result of a situation involving chance. event One or more outcomes of a chance experiment. Here are some words that are used to describe chance: • An impossible event means the event cannot occur; for example, it will snow in Darwin today. • An unlikely event means the event will probably not occur; for example, winning a lotto prize. • An even chance or 50-50 chance means the event has an equal chance of occurring or not occurring; for example, getting a head when you toss a coin. • A likely event means the event will probably occur. It is more likely to occur than not occur; for example, the next vehicle to pass the school is a car. • A certain event means the event must occur; for example, it will get dark tonight. The chance of an impossible event occurring is 0, whereas the chance of a certain event occurring is 1. An event that has an even chance is placed halfway between 0 and 1. Likely and unlikely events can be ordered on a number line as follows. 0 Impossible Unlikely
Even chance
Likely
1 Certain
EXAMPLE 1 Using a suitable word, describe the chance of each event below occurring and then mark their position on a number line. a Joel choosing a black card from 10 black cards. b Renee winning a raffle if she has no ticket. c
A newborn baby is a boy.
d Rolling a 5 on a die.
SOLUTION a Certain b Impossible c
Even chance
d Unlikely 0 Renee winning a raffle
264
Rolling 5 on a die
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
New baby born is a boy
1 Choosing a black card
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
14–01
1 Which word describes the chance of choosing a blue ball from a bag containing 1 red and 5 blue balls? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A Certain
B Likely
C Unlikely
D Impossible
2 Which word describes the chance that it will be hot on a day in winter? Select A, B, C or D. A Certain
B Likely
C Unlikely
D Impossible
3 Describe the events below using a suitable word. a A summer’s day will be hot. b A newborn baby will be a girl. c
Choosing a white marble from a bag containing red and black marbles.
d A head when a coin is tossed. e Choosing a red tie from a drawer with 20 blue ties. f
Throwing a 3 when a die is tossed.
g Choosing a red marble from a bag containing 5 black marbles and 1 red marble. h Throwing an odd number when a die is tossed. i
Throwing a head or a tail when a coin is tossed.
j
It will be cold in Canberra on a day in July.
4 Place the events in Question 3a–j between 0 and 1 on a number line. 5 Is each statement true or false? a The chance of leaves falling in Autumn is likely. b It is certain that the Sun will rise tomorrow morning. c
It is impossible to roll a number greater than 4 on a die.
d There is an even chance that the next baby born is a girl. e It is unlikely that a number less than 6 on a die is rolled. f
It is likely that a day in June in Perth will be cold.
6 Describe an event that matches each probability word. a even chance
b impossible
d unlikely
e certain
ISBN 9780170350990
c
likely
Chapter 14 Probability
265
14–02
Sample spaces
WORDBANK sample space The set of all possible outcomes in a chance situation. For example, when tossing a coin the sample space is {head, tail}.
equally likely Having exactly the same chance of occurring. For example, head or tail are equally likely when tossing a coin.
random Where each possible outcome is equally likely to occur. EXAMPLE 2 A die is rolled. a What is the sample space? b Are the outcomes equally likely? c
Describe the chance of rolling a number less than 5.
SOLUTION a The sample space = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}.
All the numbers that are on a die.
b Yes, the die is equally likely to land on each number. c
There is a likely chance of rolling a number less than 5, as there are four numbers less than 5 {1, 2, 3, 4} and only two numbers not less than 5 {5, 6}.
EXAMPLE 3 A letter of the alphabet is chosen at random from the vowels only. a What is the sample space? b How many outcomes are in the sample space?
SOLUTION a The sample space = {A, E, I, O, U}.
Shutterstock.com/Karramba Production
b Number of outcomes = 5.
266
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
14–02
1 A number from 15 to 27 is selected at random. How many outcomes are possible? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 12
B 11
C 13
D 27
2 A number is selected at random from all the prime numbers between 10 and 20. What is the sample space? Select A, B, C or D. A {11, 12, 13, 15, 17}
B {11, 13, 15, 17, 19}
C {11, 13, 15}
D {11, 13, 17, 19}
3 Write the sample space for each chance situation. a rolling a die b choosing a letter of the alphabet c
choosing a number from 5 to 15
d tossing two coins e choosing a coin in the Australian currency f
choosing a day of the week
g tossing a die and a coin at the same time h choosing an odd number from 10 to 24 i
choosing a note in the Australian currency
j
choosing from the factors of 12
4 Write the number of outcomes for each sample space in Question 3. 5 In a bag of marbles there are 10 red, 8 blue and 4 green marbles. One marble is chosen and its colour is noted. a List the sample space and count the number of possible outcomes in this sample space. b Are the outcomes equally likely? 6 a If I spin the arrow, what is the sample space? b Are all outcomes equally likely? c
Is there an even chance of spinning red?
d Is there an even chance of spinning blue or red? 7 a If I spin the arrow, what is the sample space? b Are all outcomes equally likely? c
Is there an even chance of spinning purple?
d Is the chance of spinning green likely or unlikely? e Is there an even chance of spinning orange? f
Is the chance of spinning purple or green likely or unlikely?
8 a Draw a spinner where the outcomes are all equally likely. b Draw a spinner where the outcomes are not all equally likely.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 14 Probability
267
14–03
Probability
If we roll a die, what is the probability of getting a number less than 3? Sample space = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}. Two of these numbers—1 and 2—are less than 3. So there are two chances out of six of rolling a number less than 3. The probability of an event has the abbreviation P(E). If all outcomes are equally likely, then: number of outcomes in the event . P(E) = number of outcomes in the sample space
EXAMPLE 4 A die is rolled. a List the sample space. Are all outcomes equally likely? b Find the probability of rolling: i
4
ii an odd number
iii 7
iv a number less than 7.
SOLUTION a Sample space = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}. 1 b i P(4) = 6 3 ii P(odd) = 6 1 = 0 2 iii P(7) = 6 =0 6 iv P(number less than 7) = 6 =1
Each number is equally likely to be rolled. One chance out of six. Three odd numbers: 1, 3, 5.
Cannot roll 7 on a die: impossible.
All six numbers on a die are less than 7. Certain: must happen.
Find the probability of selecting a red or a blue jelly snake at random from a bag containing 3 yellow, 2 white, 6 red and 4 blue jelly snakes.
SOLUTION Total number of jelly snakes = 3 + 2 + 6 + 4 = 15 Total number of red and blue jelly snakes = 6 + 4 = 10 10 P(red or blue) = 15 2 = Simplify the fraction if possible. 3
268
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
Shutterstock.com/Kelvin Wong
EXAMPLE 5
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
14–03
1 What is the probability of choosing a red ball from a bag containing 3 red and 5 blue balls? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 3 3 5 3 A B C D 5 8 8 15 2 What is the probability of choosing a white sticker from a bag containing 6 red, 8 white and 4 green stickers? Select A, B, C or D. 4 1 6 4 A B C D 9 3 18 18 3 Find the probability of each event. a Tossing a tail on a coin. b Rolling a 6 on a die. c
Selecting a blue ribbon from a bag containing 3 red and 8 blue ribbons.
d Choosing a girl in a class of 18 boys and 12 girls. e Choosing a soft-centred chocolate from a box containing 14 soft- and 16 hard-centred chocolates. f
Choosing a number less than 12 from a set of numbers from 1 to 10.
g Rolling a number greater than 8 on a die. h Choosing the letter B from the alphabet. i
Rolling a number less than 6 on a die.
j
Selecting a red dress from a wardrobe containing 1 black, 6 red and 3 blue dresses.
4 In a bag of lollies, Jenny has 6 red, 8 yellow, 10 green and 4 blue lollies. She selects a lolly from the bag without looking. a Is each colour equally likely to be selected? b Find the probability that Jenny selects: i
a red lolly
iii a blue or a yellow lolly c
ii a green lolly iv a black lolly
If Jenny chose a red lolly, ate it and then chooses another lolly, what is the probability that it is another red lolly?
5 A deck of playing cards contains four suits: hearts (♥), diamonds (♦), spades (♠) and clubs (♣). In each suit there are 13 cards: Ace, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, Jack, Queen and King. If a deck of cards is shuffled and Mark selects a card at random, find the probability that he selects: a a jack
b a diamond
c
an 8
d a number less than 5
e the 6 of spades
f
a club
g the queen of hearts
h a 3 or a 4
i
a king or a queen.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 14 Probability
269
14–04
Complementary events
The complement of an event is the event not taking place. For example, the complement of rolling 3 on a die is not rolling a 3; that is, rolling 1, 2, 4, 5 or 6. 1 5 P(3) = and P(not a 3) = P(1, 2, 4, 5, 6) = 6 6 1 5 So P(not a 3) = 1 – P(3) = 1 – = 6 6 Probability is measured on a scale from 0 to 1, where 1 is certain, so if E is an event, then P(E) + P(not E) = 1. The complement of E is written as E. P(E) + P(E ) = 1 or P(E ) = 1 − P(E) or P(not E) = 1 − P(E)
EXAMPLE 6 Jack selects a marble at random from a bag containing 5 red, 3 green and 7 blue marbles. Find the probability that the marble is: a green c
b not green
red or blue
d not red or blue.
SOLUTION Shutterstock.com/John Brueske
a Total marbles = 5 + 3 + 7 = 15 3 P(green) = 15 1 = 5 b P(not green) = 1 – P(green) 1 =1– 5 4 = 5 This is correct because out of 15 marbles there are 12 marbles that are not green and
c
270
5+7 15 12 = 15 4 = 5
P(red or blue) =
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
12 4 = . 15 5
d P(not red or blue) = 1 – P(red or blue) 4 =1– 5 1 = 5
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
14–04
1 What is the probability of rolling a number other than 3 on a die? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 1 3 5 2 B C D 6 6 6 6 2 What would be the complementary event for ‘coming first in a race’? Select A, B, C or D. A
A coming second
B coming in any place
C not coming first
D coming last
3 Describe in words the complementary event for each event. a tossing a head when a coin is tossed b rolling a 5 on a die c
selecting ‘e’ from a set of vowels
d choosing a 5 from the numbers 1 to 9 e selecting a red marble from a bag containing red and blue marbles f
selecting a letter after ‘t’ in the alphabet
g tossing an odd number on a die 4 In a jar of lollies there are 12 Minties, 16 Fantales and 8 Chocolate Eclairs. Find the probability of selecting: a a Fantale
b not a Fantale
c
a Mintie
d not a Mintie
e a Malteser
f
not a Malteser
g a Fantale or a Chocolate Eclair
h not a Fantale or a Chocolate Eclair.
5 Jodie has a 25% chance of being elected to student council. What is the probability that she won’t be elected to student council? Answer as a percentage. (Remember 1 = 100%.) 6 When Dario drives to work, he notices that there is a 0.6 chance of one set of traffic lights being green and a 0.1 chance of them being amber (yellow). Find the probability (as a decimal) that the traffic light shows: a red
b not red
not amber d not red or amber. 1 7 The probability of a bus arriving on time is whereas the probability of a train arriving 3 1 late is . 4 a What is the probability of the bus not arriving on time? c
b Would I have a better chance of being on time if I caught the bus or the train?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 14 Probability
271
14–05
Experimental probability
WORDBANK experimental probability Probability based on the results of an experiment or past statistics. frequency The number of times something happens. trial One run or go of a repeated chance experiment; for example, one roll of a die.
IN EXPERIMENTAL PROBABILITY: P(E) = =
number of times the event occurred total number of trials frequency of the event total frequency
EXAMPLE 7 Eloise tosses a coin 60 times and records the results in the table below. Heads
Tails
38
22 Notice that for 60 tosses of a coin, we would expect 30 heads and 30 tails coming up. In experimental probability, the number expected does not usually happen because we need to run a very large number of trials before we get close to the real probability.
What was the experimental probability of tossing: a a head
b a tail?
SOLUTION 38 60 19 = 30
a P(head) =
19 11 + = 1. 30 30
Newspix/Warren Clarke
Note that P(head) + P(tail) =
22 60 11 = 30
b P(tail) =
272
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
14–05
1 What is the experimental probability of throwing a head if I toss a coin 8 times and it lands on tails 3 times? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 3 5 3 5 A B C D 8 3 5 8 2 For Question 1, what is the experimental probability of tossing a tail? Select A, B, C or D. 3 5 3 5 A B C D 8 3 5 8 3 a If you toss a coin 20 times how many heads would you expect? b How many tails would you expect? c
Now toss a coin 20 times.
d Record the results in a table. e Did you get the results you expected? Why? 4 a If you roll a die 60 times how many of each number would you expect? b Roll a die 60 times and record the results in a table. c
Did you get the results you expected?
d What was your experimental probability of rolling: i
5
ii 3
iii an even number
iv 5 or 6
5 Kristy flips a coin 40 times and records the results. She repeats this experiment four times. The results are listed in the table below. Heads
Tails
28
12
18
22
25
15
19
21
23
17
a Using only the first row of the table, find the experimental probability of flipping a head and a tail. b Using the results from the entire table, find the experimental probability of flipping a head and a tail. c
Which gives the closer result to the theoretical probability?
d What can you conclude from this? 6 Roll a die 60 times and record the results in a table. a How many 1s did you expect? Did this happen? b What is the theoretical probability of rolling a 5? c
What was your experimental probability of rolling a 5?
d Combine the results for the whole class and investigate the experimental probability of each number rolled.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 14 Probability
273
14–06
Venn diagrams
A Venn diagram uses circles to group items into categories. Most Venn diagrams involve circles that overlap. For example, A could represent all singers and B could represent all dancers. Therefore, the shaded region would represent A and B, which means individuals who are both singers and dancers. A or B means A or B or both
A
B
A only means A but not B
A
Singers or dancers or both
B
A
B
Singers only, not dancers
A Venn diagram may involve two groups that do not overlap. Girls Tia Sophie Asha Mel
Boys Tom Will Zak Ben
These categories are mutually exclusive as it is not possible to be both a boy and a girl.
EXAMPLE 8 A group of 35 students was surveyed on their favourite ice-cream flavour, showing that 25 students like chocolate, 18 like strawberry and 12 like both flavours. a Show this information on a Venn diagram. b What is the probability of selecting a student who likes: i
chocolate ice-cream only?
ii neither chocolate nor strawberry?
SOLUTION a • 12 students like both chocolate and strawberry, so write 12 in the overlap. • This leaves 25 – 12 = 13 students who like chocolate only. • This leaves 18 – 12 = 6 students who like strawberry only. • 13 + 12 + 6 = 31, but 35 students were surveyed, so that leaves 35 – 31 = 4 students who like neither chocolate nor strawberry, so write 4 outside the circles.
4 Chocolate 13
Strawberry 12
6
Fill in the centre overlap section first.
13 35 4 ii P(neither chocolate nor strawberry) = 35
b i
274
P(only chocolate) =
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
13 students like chocolate but not strawberry 4 students like neither
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
14–06
1 If 40 students are surveyed on whether they prefer soccer or cricket, and 28 like soccer and 18 like cricket, how many like both? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 4
B 5
C 6
D 7
2 In Question 1, how many students like soccer only? Select A, B, C or D. A 18
B 16
C 20
D 22
3 This Venn diagram shows the number of students who play basketball, hockey and both sports. Find the number of students who play:
Basketball
12
Hockey
a basketball b both sports c
18
8
hockey only.
4 This Venn diagram shows whether a group of people prefer fish or pizza on a Friday night. What is the probability that a person chosen at random from this group prefers:
Pizza Fish 7
8
9
a fish only b neither pizza nor fish c
pizza or fish but not both
11
d pizza or fish? 5 Draw a Venn diagram to show that 14 customers buy shampoo, 12 buy conditioner and 8 buy both. What is the probability of randomly selecting a customer who buys: a shampoo only b conditioner only? 6 In a survey of 80 travellers, 45 have visited Italy, 52 have visited France and 8 have visited neither country. What is the probability that a traveller has visited: a both Italy and France b France only?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 14 Probability
275
EXERCISE
14–06
7 This Venn diagram shows the number of students playing video games. a What is the probability that a student chosen at random: i
plays on the Wii
ii plays on the Xbox iii plays on both
Xbox 16
Wii 39 5
iv plays on neither the Xbox nor the Wii?
iStockphoto/Mike Cherim
b Is playing on the Xbox and the Wii mutually exclusive for this group of students?
8 120 students in Year 8 were surveyed on their hobbies. 48 liked swimming, 65 liked going to the movies and 36 liked dancing. If 22 liked swimming and the movies, 16 liked swimming and dancing, 12 liked movies and dancing and 8 liked all three activities, draw a Venn diagram to find the probability of a student from this group liking: a dancing only b none of these activities c
276
swimming or dancing.
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
14–07
Two-way tables
A two-way table is useful for grouping items into categories that overlap.
EXAMPLE 9 A group of people were surveyed on whether they owned a tablet device. The results are shown in the two-way table below. Copy and complete the table. Tablet
No tablet
Total
Female
54
35
89
Male
75
22
Total
129
a How many people were surveyed altogether? b How many females own a tablet device? c
What is the probability that a person selected at random will be a male who does not own a tablet device?
d What is the probability of selecting a person who owns a tablet device?
SOLUTION Tablet
No tablet
Total
Female
54
35
89
Male
75
22
97
75 + 22
Total
129
57
186
129 + 57
35 + 22
89 + 97
a Total surveyed = 186 b No. of female tablet owners = 54 c
P(male, doesn’t own tablet) = 129 43 = 186 62
Shutterstock.com/Estudi M6
d P(owns tablet) =
22 11 = 186 93
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 14 Probability
277
EXERCISE
14–07
1 Copy and complete this two-way table. Works full-time
Works part-time
Male
75
15
Female
48
26
Total
123
Total
74
a How many females work full-time? b How many males work part-time? c
Find the probability that a person selected from this group: i
is male
ii works part-time
iii is a female working part-time
iv is male or working full-time?
2 Copy and complete this table showing where in a major city married and single people live. Married
Single
Northside
65
27
Southside
75
19
Total
140
Total
94
If a person from the survey was randomly selected, what is the probability that the person: a is married and from Southside b is single and from Northside c
is single
d is from Northside or married but not both? 3 This two-way table shows whether an audience of adults and children enjoyed a school concert. Liked
Disliked
Total
Adult
78
34
112
Child
65
47
Total
81
Copy and complete the table. a Find how many people were: i
children who liked the concert
ii adults who didn’t like the concert b Find the probability of selecting from the audience: i
a child who didn’t like the concert
ii a person who didn’t like the concert
278
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
14–07
4 Copy and complete this table showing whether a group of teenagers liked rock music or hip-hop. Hip-hop Rock
Not hip-hop
Total
9
Not rock
8
Total
15
35
What is the probability that a teenager selected at random: a likes hip-hop but not rock b likes hip-hop or rock c
likes hip-hop and rock
iStockphoto/ebstock
d likes neither hip-hop nor rock?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 14 Probability
279
14–08
Probability problems
EXAMPLE 10 Two dice are rolled together and the sum of the two numbers is calculated. There are 36 different possible outcomes in the sample space, shown in the table below. First die
Second die
+
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Find the probability of rolling a total: a of 7 c
b that is less than 4
that is not 9
d of 3 or 5.
SOLUTION a P(7) =
6 1 = 36 6
b P(sum < 4) = c
There are 6 ways to roll a 7. 3 1 = 36 12
P(not 9) = 1 – P(9) 4 =1– 36 32 = 36 8 = 9
There are 3 ways to roll a total of 2 or 3. 2+4 36 6 = 36 1 = 6
d P(3 or 5) =
EXAMPLE 11
1 Consider this claim: For the spinner below, the probability of spinning a 5 is . 5 1
2 5 3 4
Is this statement correct or incorrect? Justify your answer.
SOLUTION The statement is incorrect because although there are five numbers, there are actually six equal sections, with the number 5 taking up two of the sections.
280
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
14–08
1 Two dice are rolled together and the sum of the two numbers is calculated. Use the table from Example 10 to find the probability of rolling a total: a of 4
b that is not 5
c
of 11 or 12
d that is greater than 8.
2 In a box of biscuits there are 12 Iced VoVos, 6 Tim Tams and 9 Monte Carlos. a If I select a biscuit without looking, what is the probability that I will select: i
a Tim Tam?
ii a biscuit that is not a Monte Carlo? iii an Iced VoVo or a Tim Tam? b If I choose a Monte Carlo and eat it, what is the probability that I now choose another Monte Carlo? 3 a Draw a Venn diagram to represent the following information about a small community. Total population: 250 Houses with a swimming pool: 120 Houses with a garage: 208 Houses with neither a garage nor a swimming pool: 24 b If I select a house at random, find the probability that I choose: i
a house with both a swimming pool and a garage
ii a house with a garage but no swimming pool 4 a Copy and complete this two-way table showing the results of a survey on preferred swimming locations. Beach
Pool
Total
Male
46
18
64
Female
28
42
Total
60
b What is the probability of selecting: i
a male who prefers the swimming pool?
ii a female who prefers the beach? What percentage of males prefer the beach? Answer correct to one decimal place. 1 5 a For the spinner in Example 11, why is the probability of spinning a 4 not ? 5 b What is the probability of spinning a 4? c
c
What other numbers have the same chance of being spun as 4?
d What is the probability of spinning a 5? 6 Justin ordered two Supreme pizzas, one Hawaiian pizza and three Pepperoni pizzas. a If each pizza is cut into eight equal pieces and Justin chooses one piece of pizza at random, find the probability that it is: i
Supreme
iii Hawaiian or Pepperoni
ii Pepperoni iv not Hawaiian
b If Kamil is hungry and eats two pieces of Supreme, what is the chance that she will next randomly select a piece of Pepperoni? ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 14 Probability
281
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CROSSWORD PUZZLE Make a copy of this puzzle, then use the clues to complete the crossword. 1
2 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Across 3 Must occur, will definitely happen. 4 A chart that describes categories using overlapping circles (two words). 7 A table that shows numbers of items in categories. 8 Probably will not happen.
1 9 This type of chance has a probability of . 2
Down 1 All of the possible outcomes in a chance situation (two words). 2 Another name for chance. 5 Will probably happen. 6 Cannot happen at all.
282
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 14 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 Decrease $280 by 25%.
6 Evaluate 25 .
2 Simplify 3x – 4y – x – 6y.
7 Convert 2335 to 12-hour time.
3 Find the median of 9, 8, 12, 7, 7 and 6.
8 Factorise 56ab2 – 8abc.
4 Copy this diagram and mark two vertically opposite angles.
9 What order of rotational symmetry has a parallelogram? 10 Evaluate 3 × 80.
3 15 5 Evaluate ÷ . 8 12
Part B Probability Calculators are allowed.
14–01 The language of chance 1 11 Which word or phrase describes an event with a probability of ? Select the correct 2 answer A, B, C or D. A certain
B impossible
C likely
D even chance
12 Which word or phrase describes an event with a probability of 1? Select A, B, C or D. A certain
B impossible
C likely
D even chance
14–02 Sample spaces 13 If Darren selects a letter at random from the consonants in the alphabet, how many outcomes are possible? Select A, B, C or D. A 21
B 22
C 23
D 24
14–03 Probability 14 What is the probability of flipping a head on a coin? 15 What is the probability of rolling a number less than 3 when I toss a die?
14–04 Complementary events 16 In a bag of lollies, there are 12 Snakes, 7 Milk Bottles and 9 Jelly Babies. What is the probability of not selecting a Snake?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 14 Probability
283
PRACTICE TEST 14 14–05 Experimental probability 17 In an experiment, Peter got 24 tails from 40 tosses of a coin. What is the experimental probability of getting a head?
14–06 Venn diagrams 18 This Venn diagram shows the type of food liked by a group of students. Pizza
Chicken
8
6
9 7
What is the probability that a student chosen at random likes: a pizza only? b chicken or pizza?
14–07 Two-way tables 19 Copy and complete this two-way table about the types of chocolates in a box. Soft-centred
Hard-centred
Milk chocolate
12
18
Dark chocolate
16
22
Total
28
Total
38
a How many chocolates are in the box altogether? b What is the probability of randomly selecting a soft-centred dark chocolate?
14–08 Probability problems 20 The 10 letters of the alphabet from A to J are written on separate pieces of paper and shuffled. Nina chooses one of these at random. Find the probability that this letter is: a a vowel b a consonant c
284
part of the word PROBABILITY
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
FURTHER ALGEBRA
15
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 15? 15–01 15–02 15–03 15–04 15–05 15–06 15–07
Expanding expressions Factorising expressions Factorising with negative terms One-step equations Two-step equations Equations with variables on both sides Equations with brackets
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: expand algebraic expressions factorise algebraic expressions solve one-step and two-step equations solve equations with variables on both sides expand and solve equations with brackets
*Shutterstock.com/Robsonphoto
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 15 Further algebra
285
15–01
Expanding expressions
WORDBANK expand To remove the brackets or grouping symbols in an algebraic expression. When multiplying 15 by 11 mentally, we know that: 15 × 11 = 15 × (10 + 1) = 15 × 10 + 15 × 1 = 150 + 15 = 165 This idea can be used to expand algebraic expressions. For example: 5 × (a + 4) = a + 4 + a + 4 + a + 4 + a + 4 + a + 4 =5×a+5×4 = 5a + 20 To expand an algebraic expression with brackets, the term outside the brackets must be multiplied by every term inside the brackets. a(b + c) = ab + ac
EXAMPLE 1 Expand each algebraic expression. a 4(b + 3)
b 8(m – 5)
c
5(2w + 3)
b 8(m – 5) = 8 × m – 8 × 5 = 8m – 40
c
5(2w + 3) = 5 × 2w + 5 × 3 = 10w + 15
c
–2c(3c – 8)
SOLUTION a 4(b + 3) = 4 × b + 4 × 3 = 4b + 12
EXAMPLE 2 Expand each algebraic expression. a –4(n + 6)
b –7(3a – 5)
SOLUTION When a negative number is outside the brackets, all terms inside the brackets must be multiplied by the negative number. a –4(n + 6) = –4 × n + (–4) × 6 = –4n + (–24) = –4n – 24 b –7(3a – 5) = –7 × 3a + (–7) × (–5) = –21a + 35 c
286
–2c(3c – 8) = –2c × 3c + (–2c) × (–8) = –6c2 + 16c
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
15–01
1 Expand 4(2a – 3). Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 6a – 12
B 8a – 12
C 42a – 7
D 8a – 3
C 8m2 – 4m
D 8m2 – 2m
2 Expand 2m(4m – 1). Select A, B, C or D. B 6m2 – 2
A 6m – 1
3 Copy and complete each expansion. a 6(w + 3) = 6 × c
= 3(m + 9) =
= 3m + × e –4(w + 6) = =
b 5(a – 4) =
+6× + 18 ×m+
×9 + (–4) ×
×a–5×
= 5a – d 8(2a – 6) = × 2a – f
– 48 = –7(r – 6) = –7 × +
– 24
× × (–6)
= –7r +
4 Expand each expression. a 5(a + 6)
b 4(w – 6)
c
2(3a + 7)
d –4(c + 5)
e –6(m – 3)
f
–3(5a – 1)
g 7(3n + 2)
h 4(3a – 4)
i
–7(m + 6)
k –5(3n + 6)
l
–8(2w + 6)
a a(a + 4)
b v(2v – 3)
c 3w(2w + 7)
d 2m(m – 4)
e –a(3a + 5)
f –2b(4b – 3)
g b(b + 5)
h n(n – 4)
i
2m(m – 6)
k 3v(v – 7)
l
–4r(r + 5)
n –9n(2n + 7)
o 4m(3m – 6)
j
2(6a – 8)
5 Expand each expression.
j
–a(2a + 3)
m 6w(2w – 4)
6 Is each equation true or false? a 3v(v – 8) = 3v2 – 24 b –2n(n + 9) = –2n2 – 18n c
–5m(2m – 1) = –10m2 – 5m
d 4r(8 – 2r) = 32r + 8r2 7 a Check that 5(a + 4) = 5a + 20 by substituting x = 3 into both sides of the equation and testing whether the values are equal. b Substitute another value of x into both sides and check whether the values are still equal.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 15 Further algebra
287
15–02
Factorising expressions
WORDBANK highest common factor (HCF) The largest number or algebraic term that evenly divides into two or more numbers or algebraic terms.
factorise To insert brackets or grouping symbols in an algebraic expression by taking out the highest common factor (HCF); factorising is the opposite of expanding. The HCF of 12 and 16 is 4 because 4 is the largest factor of both 12 and 16. The HCF of 8ab and 12b2 is 4b because 4b is the largest factor of both 8ab and 12b2. To find the highest common factor (HCF) of algebraic terms: find the HCF of the numbers find the HCF of the variables multiply the HCFs together.
EXAMPLE 3 Find the highest common factor of 8ab and 12b2.
SOLUTION The HCF of 8 and 12 is 4. The HCF of ab and b2 is b. Find the HCFs of the numbers and variables separately.
So the HCF of 8ab and 12b2 is 4 × b = 4b. To factorise an algebraic expression: find the HCF of all the terms and write it in front of the brackets divide each term by the HCF and write the answers inside the brackets ab + ac = a(b + c) To check the answer is correct, expand it.
288
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
15–02
Factorising expressions
Factorising is the opposite of expanding. Expanding 2(a – 5) = 2a – 10 Factorising
EXAMPLE 4 Factorise each expression. a 15a + 10
b 6m – 8mn
d 5xy – 35xz
e
c 12ab – 4b
14n2 – 6n
f 30de2 + 15d2e
SOLUTION a 15a + 10 = 5(
+
b 6m – 8mn = 2m(
)
HCF of 15a and 10 = 5.
12ab – 4b = 4b( – = 4b(3a – 1) Check by expanding: 4b(3a – 1) = 12ab – 4b
)
= 2m(3 – 4n) Check each answer by expanding: 2m(3 – 4n) = 6m – 8mn d 5xy – 35xz = 5x( – = 5x(y – 7z) Check by expanding: 5x(y – 7z) = 5xy – 35xz f
)
30de2 + 15d2e = 15de(2e + d) Check by expanding: 15de(2e + d) = 30de2 + 15d2e
Shutterstock.com/antoniodiaz
e 14n2 – 6n = 2n(7n – 3) Check by expanding: 2n(7n – 3) = 14n2 – 6n
)
HCF of 6m and 8mn is 2m.
= 5(3a + 2) Check each answer by expanding: 5(3a + 2) = 15a + 10 c
–
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 15 Further algebra
289
EXERCISE
15–02
1 Factorise 12x – 24. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 12(x – 24)
B 4(3x – 6)
C 6(2x – 4)
D 12(x – 2)
2 Factorise 7mn + 28m. Select A, B, C or D. A 7(mn + 4m)
B 7m(n + 4)
C 7n(m + 4)
D 7m(n + 4m)
3 Copy and complete the solution to find the highest common factor of 12xy2 and 32xy. The HCF of 12 and 32 is:
.
The HCF of xy2 and xy is
.
The HCF of 12xy2 and 32xy is
×
=
.
4 Find the highest common factor of each pair of terms. a 4bc and 12ab 2
b 12ab and 18ac
c
5mn and 6m2
2
f
12ab and 16c2
i
6a2 and 8ab
2
d 5mn and 15b
e 4mn and 6m
g 2ab and 8bc
h 4mn and 12np
5 Copy and complete each factorisation. a 5a – 10 = 5( c
6w + 24 = 6(
–
)
d 8n – 16 = 8( )
e 15r – 25rs = 5r( 2
g 6a – 18a = 6a( i
12ab + 16bc =
b 4m + 12 = 4 (
)
f
+
12uv + 16vw = 4v( 2
)
h 15bc + 20b = 5b(
(3a + 4c)
j
)
)
2
24a – 16ac =
) )
(3a – 2c)
6 Factorise each expression, and check your answer by expanding. a 12a – 6b 2
d 2a – 6a g 16mn + 20np j
12w2 – 16vw
b 3m + 9n
c
8ab + 12bc
e 24ab + 16bc
f
8w – 24wv
2
h 3m – 15mn
i
18bc + 24cd2
k 18bc2 – 8bc
l
28uv – 7v2u
7 a Why isn’t 30cd2 – 18c2d = 3cd(10d – 6c) correctly factorised? b Factorise 30cd2 – 18c2d. 8 Copy and complete each factorisation, and check your answer by expanding. )
a 3ab – 6bc + 9abc = 3b(
)
b 4w – 12aw + 16vw = 4w( c
2
6a – 12ab + 15ac =
(2a –
d 8mn – 4n2 +12mn2 = 4n(
290
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
+5c)
)
ISBN 9780170350990
15–03
Factorising with negative terms
To factorise an algebraic expression with a negative first term: include the negative sign when finding the HCF and write it in front of the brackets divide each term by the HCF and write the answers inside the brackets. To check the answer is correct, expand it. For example, to factorise –6a + 18, the HCF will be –6. To factorise –5x – 20, the HCF will be –5.
EXAMPLE 5 Factorise each expression. a –6a + 18 b –5x – 20 c
–9y2 – 12xy
d –16mn + 12m2 e –abc – b2cd
SOLUTION a –6a + 18 = –6( – = –6(a – 3) Check by expanding: –6(a – 3) = –6a + 18
)
Note that the sign inside each bracket is different from the sign in the question as you are dividing each term by a negative number.
b
–5x – 20 = –5( + = –5(x + 4) Check by expanding: –5(x + 4) = –5x – 20
)
c
–9y2 – 12xy = –3y( + = –3y(3y + 4x) Check by expanding: –3y(3y + 4x) = –9y2 – 12xy
)
d –16mn + 12m2 = –4m( – ) = –4m(4n – 3m) Check by expanding: –4m(4n – 3m) = –16mn + 12m2 e –abc – b2cd = –bc( + = –bc(a + bd) Check by expanding: –bc(a + bd) = –abc – b2cd
ISBN 9780170350990
)
Chapter 15 Further algebra
291
EXERCISE
15–03
1 Factorise –8x – 32. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 8(x – 4)
B –8(x – 4)
C –8(x + 4)
D –4(2x + 8)
2 Factorise –9mn + 18m. Select A, B, C or D. A –9m(n – 2)
B –9m(n – 2m)
C 9m(n + 2)
D –9m(n + 2m)
3 Copy and complete each factorisation. a –4m + 8 = –4( c
)
b –7w – 42 = –7( )
–12n – 16mn = –4n( 2
e –5a + 15a = –5a(
) (5a + 3c)
g –20ab –12bc =
)
d –18uv + 12vw = –6v( f
2
–8mn –12m = –4m(
h –22m2 + 4mn =
) )
(11m – 2n)
4 Factorise each expression. a –8a – 12
b –6m + 18
c
–5n – 30
d –12w + 8
e –15r – 20
f
–24m + 18
g –7n – 21mn
h –9y + 45ay
i
–12ab – 8bc
k –18fg – 27gh
l
–20uv + 30vw
j
–24rs + 16st
5 a What is the HCF of –4a2 –12ab? b Hence copy and complete: –4a2 –12ab =
(a + 3b)
6 Factorise each expression. a –n2 – 3n
b –5b2 – 20b
c
–8c2 + 32c
d –7m2 + 56mn
e –8r2 – 24rs
f
–4w2 + 12aw
g –15mn –3n2
h –18uv + 9v2
i
–25bd2 – 20de
7 a What is the HCF of –6mn – 9np + 12mnp? b So copy and complete: –6mn – 9np + 12mnp =
(2m + 3p – 4mp)
8 Factorise each expression. a –4ab + 12bc – 8abc c
–12uv + 15vw – 18wvu
e –20gh +15h2f – 25gfh
292
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
b –6rs – 9st – 18rst d –6ab2– 9abc + 24bc2 f
–27rst + 18s2t – 36rst2
ISBN 9780170350990
15–04
One-step equations
WORDBANK equation A number sentence that contains algebraic terms, numbers and an equals sign; for example, x – 3 = 8.
solve an equation To find the value of the variable that makes the equation true. solution The answer to an equation, the correct value of the variable. guess and check A simple method for solving an equation by making an educated guess at the possible value for the variable, then substituting this value into the equation and checking if it is true.
LHS Left-hand side of an equation; for example, in m + 3 = 15, the LHS is m + 3. RHS Right-hand side of an equation; for example, in m + 3 = 15, the RHS is 15. inverse operation The ‘opposite’ process. For example, the inverse operation to adding (+) is subtracting (–).
EXAMPLE 6 Solve each equation using the guess-and-check method. a w + 4 = 12
b m – 2 = 18
c 4n = 20
b Try m = 10: Does 10 – 2 = 18? No, 10 – 2 = 8 So it is too low. Try m = 20: Does 20 – 2 = 18? YES So the solution is m = 20.
c
SOLUTION Try n = 7: Does 4 × 7 = 20? No, 4 × 7 = 28 So it is too high. Try n = 5: Does 4 × 5 = 20? YES So the solution is n = 5.
Shutterstock.com/legenda
a Try w = 8: Does 8 + 4 = 12? YES So the solution is w = 8.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 15 Further algebra
293
15–04
One-step equations
To solve an equation using a more formal algebraic method: do the same to both sides of the equation: this will keep it balanced use inverse (opposite) operations to simplify the equation (+ and − are inverse operations, × and ÷ are inverse operations) write the solution as: x = a number. The solution can be checked by substituting the answer into the original equation. The two sides of an equation are equal, and when we solve an equation we must keep LHS = RHS at all times. The equation must stay balanced.
EXAMPLE 7 Use inverse operations to solve each equation. a m – 5 = 12
b b+6=8 x = –6 d 3
c 4a = 12
SOLUTION Do the same inverse operation to both sides of the equation.
a
m – 5 = 12 m – 5 + 5 = 12 + 5
Opposite of – 5 is + 5. Add 5 to both sides.
b
b+6–6=8–6
m = 17 Check: 17 – 5 = 12 c
4a = 12 4 a 12 = 4 4 a=3 Check: 4 × 3 = 12
b+6=8
Opposite of + 6 is – 6. Subtract 6 from both sides.
b=2 Check: 2 + 6 = 8 Opposite of × 4 is ÷ 4. Divide both sides by 4.
d
x = –6 3 x × 3 = –6 × 3 3
Opposite of ÷ 3 is × 3. Multiply both sides by 3.
x = –18 −18 Check: = –6 3
These are called one-step equations because they require only one step to solve. When setting out, align the equal signs underneath each other.
294
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
15–04
1 What is the LHS of the equation x + 7 = 12? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 12
C x
B 7
D x+7
2 Solve the equation x + 7 = 12. Select A, B, C or D. A x=7
B x=5
C x = –5
D x = 12
3 Copy and complete this paragraph. operations. Whatever we do to one side of the equation To solve an equation we use we must do the to the other side. This will keep the equation . When solving an equation we must keep the equal signs each other. 4 Write the operation that is the inverse of: a addition
b multiplication
c
division
d subtraction.
5 Solve each equation by using the guess-and-check method. a x – 5 = 16
b m+4=8
c 2r = 12
w =6 4 h b + 3 = –12
d n+7=9
f m – 8 = 24
e
g 5a = –15
i
x = –6 5
6 What is the inverse of: a adding 6?
b multiplying by 8?
c
subtracting 7?
d dividing by 4?
7 Copy and complete the solution to each equation. a
x+7=8
m – 2 = 11
b
x+7–7=8–
m–2+2=
x= c
+2
m=
9v = 36 9 v 36 = 9 v=
d
x =4 4 x ×4=4× x=
8 Solve each equation algebraically using inverse operations. a n + 6 = 17 e a – 7 = –14 i
y + 6 = –12
b 8b = 56 n = –4 f 9 j –7r = 49
c
m–7=5
g 5v = 20 m k = –8 7
x = 12 4 h m – 8 = –14 d
l
b – 5 = –10
9 Solve each problem using an equation. a Jesse thinks of a number, adds 12 and ends up with 54. What was the number he first thought of? b Zoe thinks of a number, multiplies it by 5 and ends up with 40. What was the number she first thought of? 10 Solve each equation. The solutions are negative or fractions. a 9 + m = –20
b n – 12 = –16
e v – 2 = –8
f
ISBN 9780170350990
8 + a = –9
c
–4b = –7
g 5t = 19
d 3m = –17 h –4m = 6 Chapter 15 Further algebra
295
15–05
Two-step equations
EXAMPLE 8 Solve each equation. a 3a – 1 = 14
b
x + 6 = 10 2
c
26 – 2w = 36
These are called two-step equations because they require two steps to solve.
SOLUTION a
b
Add 1 to both sides. Divide both sides by 3. This is the solution.
x + 6 = 10 2
x + 6 – 6 = 10 – 6 2 x =4 2 x ×2=4×2 2 x=8 8 Check: + 6 = 10 2 26 – 2w = 36 26 – 2w – 26 = 36 – 26 –2w = 10 −2 w 10 = −2 −2 w = –5 Check: 26 – 2 × (–5) = 36
Subtract 6 from both sides.
Multiply both sides by 2.
Subtract 26 from both sides. Divide both sides by –2.
iStock.com/annyoshi
c
3a – 1 = 14 3a – 1 + 1 = 14 + 1 3a = 15 3 a 15 = 3 3 a=5 Check: 3 × 5 – 1 = 14.
296
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
15–05
1 Which operation would you do first to solve 2n + 5 = 17? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A –5
B ÷2
C +5
D ×2
C n=7
D n=5
2 Solve 2n + 5 = 17. Select A, B, C or D. A n = 11
B n=6
3 Copy and complete the solution to each equation. 2a – 6 = 14
a
= 14 +
2a – 6 +
5m + 4 = 19
b
= 19 –
5m + 4 –
2a =
5m =
a=
m=
x +3=9 4
c
x +3– 4
=9– x = 4 x=
4 Which operation would you do first to solve each equation? a 3a + 4 = 10
b 2g – 3 = 15
c 2m + 7 = 11
d 4v – 3 = 25
e 7x + 5 = 26
f 3c – 4 = –10
g 8a + 6 = 38
h 9e – 6 = –24
i 5v + 8 = 53
k 12 – 5m = 47
l 19 – 2n = 5
j
20 – 3y = 11
5 Solve each equation in Question 4. 6 Write the operation you would do first when solving each of the following equations and then solve each equation. a
x +3=5 2
b
m –5=3 3
c
n +5=8 4
d
s –4=5 8
e
w + 7 = 19 4
f
x +5=–7 5
g
x – 6 = –3 7
h
s – 9 = 12 3
i
m + 6 = –4 6
7 Solve each problem using an equation. a Ben thinks of a number. He doubles the number and then subtracts 8 from the number. The result is 28. What is the number? b Josie thinks of a number. She triples the number and then adds 7 to the number. The result is 52. What is the number? 8 Is each statement true or false? a x = 4 is the solution to 3x – 8 = 4 n− 4 =1 b n = –2 is the solution to 6 c c = –3 is the solution to 18 – 2c = 24 d m = 6 is the solution to 3m + 9 = 25
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 15 Further algebra
297
15–06
Equations with variables on both sides
An equation with variables on both sides looks like this: 2a – 6 = a + 8. To solve such an equation, we need to rearrange the equation to find the value of the variable; for example, a = 14. Such equations usually require three steps to solve and use inverse operations to keep the equation balanced. To solve an equation with variables on both sides: use inverse operations to move all the variables to the left-hand side (LHS) of the equation use inverse operations to move all the numbers to the right-hand side (RHS) of the equation then solve the equation.
EXAMPLE 9 Solve each equation. a 2a – 6 = a + 8
b 6w – 18 = 4w – 2
SOLUTION Move all variables to the LHS of the equation.
a
2a – 6 = a + 8 2a – 6 – a = a + 8 – a a–6=8 a–6+6=8+6
b – a from both sides simplifying 2a – a + 6 to both sides
a = 14 These solutions can be checked: Check LHS = RHS Substitute a = 14: LHS = 2a – 6 = 2 × 14 – 6 = 22 RHS = a + 8 = 14 + 8 = 22 LHS = RHS, so the solution a = 14 is correct.
298
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
6w – 18 = 4w – 2 6w –18 – 4w = 4w – 2 – 4w 2w – 18 = –2 2w – 18 + 18 = –2 + 18
– 4w from both sides simplifying 6w – 4w + 18 to both sides
2w = 16 2 w 16 = 2 2
÷ both sides by 2
w=8 Substitute w = 8: LHS = 6w – 18 = 6 × 8 – 18 = 30 RHS = 4w – 2 =4×8–2 = 30 LHS = RHS, so the solution w = 8 is correct.
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
15–06
1 To solve 2x – 6 = x + 12, which operation would you do first? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A +x
C –x
B +6
D + 12
2 To solve 3x + 8 = 2x – 5, which operation would you do first? Select A, B, C or D. A – 2x
B –8
C + 2x
D –5
3 Write the LHS of each equation. a 3x – 5 = 2x + 8
b 4a + 2 = 3a – 4
c
8 – 3x = x + 4
4 Write the RHS of each equation in Question 3. 5 Copy and complete the solution to each equation. a
2m – 4 = m + 8
b
=8+
2m –
4n + 2 = n + 17 4n –
m=
= 17 – 3n = n=
6 Solve each equation. a 2w – 8 = w + 6
b 2m + 5 = m – 4
c
2n – 7 = n – 4
d 3a + 4 = 2a + 8
e 3m – 6 = m + 8
f
4b + 6 = 2b – 8
g 5m + 6 = 3m – 8
h 4v – 6 = v + 9
i
3w – 12 = w + 14
k 7b + 3 = 5b – 9
l
8n – 16 = 4n + 28
j
6a – 8 = 3a + 25
7 Copy and complete the solution to each equation. a
4m – 6 = 6m – 18 = –18 +
4m –
b
3v + 6 = 6v – 12 3v –
= –12 –
–2m =
– 3v =
m=
v=
8 Solve each equation. a 2w + 6 = 5w – 18 c
4n + 2 = 6n – 34
ISBN 9780170350990
b 3m – 6 = 5m + 24 d 5m – 12 = 9m + 44
Chapter 15 Further algebra
299
15–07
Equations with brackets
An equation with brackets looks like this: 3(m + 5) = 27. To solve such an equation, we need to rearrange the equation to find the value of the variable; for example, m = 4. Such equations usually require three steps to solve and involve expanding the LHS as the first step.
EXAMPLE 10 Solve each equation. a 3(m + 5) = 27
b 5(2a – 4) = 30
SOLUTION a
3(m + 5) = 27 3 × m + 3 × 5 = 27 3m + 15 = 27 3m + 15 – 15 = 27 – 15 3m = 12 3m 12 = 3 3 m=4
b expand simplify – 15 from both sides
5(2a – 4) = 30 5 × 2a – 5 × 4 = 30 10a – 20 = 30 10a – 20 + 20 = 30 + 20
÷ both sides by 3
10a = 50 10 a 50 = 10 10
expand simplify + 20 to both sides ÷ both sides by 10
a=5
EXAMPLE 11 Solve –4(2x + 1) = 20 and check that your solution is correct.
SOLUTION –4(2x + 1) = 20 –4 × 2x + (–4) × 1 = 20 –8x – 4 = 20 –8x – 4 + 4 = 20 + 4 –8x = 24 −8 x 24 = −8 −8 x = –3
expand simplify + 4 to both sides divide both sides by (–8)
To check the solution, substitute x = –3: LHS = –4(2x + 1) RHS = 20 = –4 × [2 × (–3) + 1] = 20 LHS = RHS, so the solution x = –3 is correct.
300
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
15–07
1 Solve the equation 3(a – 5) = 6. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A a=9
B a=8
C a=7
D a = –7
C x = –4
D x = –8
2 Solve –2(x + 4) = 8. Select A, B, C or D? A x=8
B x=4
3 Is each expansion true or false? a 3(a + 2) = 3a + 2 c
b –3(w – 4) = –3w – 12
4(2x + 3) = 8x + 12
d –2(3n – 5) = –6n + 10
4 Copy and complete the solution to each equation. 2(n + 5) = 18
a
2n + 2n +
–
4(2m – 3) = 12
b
= 18
– 12 = 12
= 18 –
+ ___ = 12 +
8m –
2n =
8m =
n=
m=
5 Solve each equation. a 3(a – 4) = 21
b 2(n + 3) = 14
c
5(b + 4) = 25
d –6(a + 5) = 12
e –4(m + 2) = 28
f
–8(v – 5) = 24
g 7(v – 6) = 35
h 3(2a – 1) = 15
i
4(3a + 2) = 32
k –2(4m – 3) = 66
l
–5(2c + 4) = 50
j
8(3x – 2) = 80
6 For each equation, check whether the given solution is correct by substituting it into the equation. a 3(b – 4) = 15; solution: b = 9 5(2a – 4) = 12; solution: a = 3
d 7(3m + 2) = 77; solution: m = 3
iStock.com/Xavier Marchant
c
b 6(w + 5) = 46; solution: w = 1
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 15 Further algebra
301
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY CODE PUZZLE Use the following table to decode the words used in this chapter.
1 A
2 B
3 C
4 D
5 E
6 F
7 G
8 H
9 I
10 J
11 K
12 L
13 M
14 N
15 O
16 P
17 Q
18 R
19 S
20 T
21 U
22 V
23 W
24 X
25 Y
26 Z
1 1 – 12 – 7 – 5 – 2 – 18 – 1 2 19 – 15 – 12 – 22 – 5 3 16 – 1 – 20 – 20 – 5 – 18 – 14 4 5 – 17 – 21 – 1 – 20 – 9 – 15 – 14 5 22 – 1 – 18 – 9 – 1 – 2 – 12 – 5 6 19 – 15 – 12 – 21 – 20 – 9 – 15 – 14 7 16 – 18 – 15 – 14 – 21 – 13 – 5 – 18 – 1 – 12 8 22 – 1 – 12 – 21 – 5 – 19 9 5 – 24 – 16 – 18 – 5 – 19 – 19 – 9 – 15 – 14 10 5 – 24 – 16 – 1 – 14 – 4 11 6 – 1 – 3 – 20 – 15 – 18 – 9 – 19 – 5 12 2 – 18 – 1 – 3 – 11 – 5 – 20 – 19
302
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 15 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 8 Find the value of b in this triangle.
1 Evaluate 6 × 0.009. 2 Complete 5 days = _____ hours.
36 m
3 Simplify 4a + 4a + 4a. 4 Simplify 4a × 4a × 4a.
39 m
bm
5 Find the range of these scores: 15, 8, 5, 6, 11, 4, 5, 7.
9 Evaluate –8 + 5 × (–8).
6 Given that 52 × 6 = 312, evaluate 5.2 × 6.
10 What is the probability of selecting the letter I from the word BRILLIANT?
7 Increase $9600 by 20%.
Part B Further algebra Calculators are allowed.
15–01 Expanding expressions 11 Expand 7(3a + 4). Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 21a + 4
B 28a + 21
C 21a + 28
D 28a + 4
C 7m2 – 6m
D 12m2 – 18
12 Expand 3m(4m – 6). Select A, B, C or D. A 12m – 6
B 12m2 – 18m
15–02 Factorising expressions 13 Factorise –5a2 + 20ab. Select A, B, C or D. A 5a(a + 4b)
B –5(a2 + 4ab)
C –5a(a – 4b)
D –5a(a + 4b)
14 Factorise 8ab – 24bc2.
15–03 Factorising with negative terms 15 Factorise each expression. a –5xy – 20y
b –6ab2 – 18a2b
15–04 One-step equations 16 Solve each equation. a w + 5 = 12
b d–8=4
c
5a = 35
15–05 Two-step equations 17 Solve each equation. a 2m – 5 = 13 b 3x – 6 = 12
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 15 Further algebra
303
PRACTICE TEST 15 15–06 Equations with variables on both sides 18 Solve each equation. a 3a – 7 = 2a + 8 b 5x + 4 = 3x – 8
15–07 Equations with brackets 19 Solve each equation. a 4(3m – 5) = 16 b –2(4x – 1) = 18
304
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
16
RATIOS AND RATES
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 16? 16–01 16–02 16–03 16–04 16–05 16–06 16–07
Ratios Ratio problems Scale maps and diagrams Dividing a quantity in a given ratio Rates Rate problems Speed
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: find equivalent ratios and simplify ratios solve ratio problems understand how to read a scale diagram interpret scale maps and diagrams divide a quantity in a given ratio write and simplify rates solve rate problems, including those related to speed
Shutterstock.com/Sailorr
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
305
16–01
Ratios
A ratio compares quantities of the same kind, consisting of two or more numbers that represent parts or shares. For example, when mixing ingredients for a cake, we could have a ratio of flour to milk of 3 : 2. This means there are 3 parts of flour to 2 parts of milk. The order is important. 3 : 2 is not the same as 2 : 3. Operations with ratios are similar to operations with fractions. To find an equivalent ratio, multiply or divide each term by the same number.
EXAMPLE 1 Complete each pair of equivalent ratios. a 2 : 5 = 20 : ___
b 18 : 12 = ___ : 2
SOLUTION Examine the term that has been multiplied or divided from LHS to RHS. a 2 : 5 = 20 : ___
2 × 10 = 20
2 : 5 = 20 : 50
Do the same to 5 to complete the ratio: 5 × 10 = 50.
18 : 12 = ___ : 2
12 ÷ 6 = 2
18 : 12 = 3 : 2
Do the same to 18 to complete the ratio: 18 ÷ 6 = 3.
b
To simplify a ratio, divide each number in the ratio by the highest common factor (HCF).
EXAMPLE 2 Simplify each ratio. a 12 : 20
b 56 : 48
c
0.4 : 1.6
d
1:5 3 6
SOLUTION 12 20 : 4 4 =3:5
a 12 : 20 =
Dividing both terms by the HCF 4.
Simplifying ratios is similar to simplifying fractions.
56 48 : 8 8 =7:6
b 56 : 48 =
c
0.4 : 1.6 = 0.4 × 10 : 1.6 × 10
Dividing both terms by the HCF 8.
Multiplying both terms by 10 to make them whole.
= 4 : 16
d
306
=1:4 1 5 1 5 : = ×6: ×6 3 6 3 6 =2:5
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
Multiplying both terms by the LCD 6 to make them whole. The LCD (lowest common denominator) of 3 and 6 is 6.
ISBN 9780170350990
16–01
Ratios
EXAMPLE 3 Simplify each ratio. a 80 cm : 1 m
b 3 kg : 180 g
SOLUTION a Converting to the same units first:
b Converting to the same units first:
80 cm : 1 m = 80 cm : 100 cm
3 kg : 180 g = 3000 g : 180 g
= 80 : 100 = 80 : 100 20 20 =4:5
EXERCISE
= 3000 : 180 = 3000 : 180 60 60 = 50 : 3
16–01
1 Which ratio is equivalent to 9 : 15? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 5:3
B 9:5
C 3:5
D 5:9
C 20 : 5
D 3:5
2 Simplify 2.5 : 1.5. Select A, B, C or D. A 25 : 15
B 5:3
3 Copy and complete each equivalent ratio. a 1 : 5 = 9 : ___
b 8 : 3 = 24 : ___
c
4 : 7 = ___ : 35
d 11 : 9 = ___ : 18
e 21 : 36 = 7 : ___
f
40 : 70 = ___ : 7
g 12 : 30 = ___ : 15
h 50 : 25 = 10 : ___
i
16 : 10 = ___ : 5
k 2 : 3 : 7 = 6 : ___ : ___
l
32 : 44 : 48 = 8 : ___ : ___
j
28 : 21 = ___ : 3
4 For this diagram, write each ratio in simplest form.
a pink : blue
b blue : green
e white : pink
f
pink : green
c green : pink
d blue : white
g blue : whole shape
h whole shape : green
5 Simplify each ratio. a 14:16
b 20 : 28
e 9 : 27
f
30 : 40
g 32 : 48
h 120 : 200
j
18 : 24
k 20 : 50
l
m 25 : 75
n 49 : 63
o 80 : 60
p 120 : 90
q 12 : 15 : 18
r
i
6:9
ISBN 9780170350990
16 : 24 : 30
c
s
15 : 25
d 8 : 12 15 : 45
150 : 200 : 450
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
307
EXERCISE
16–01
6 Simplify 0.05 cm : 3 m. Select A, B, C or D. A 1:6
B 1 : 60
C 1 : 600
7 Simplify each ratio. a 1 :1 b 0.2 : 0.5 c 2: 1 2 4 f 0.8 : 2.4 g 1:2 e 3:1 4 2 5 3 2 1 k 12.6 : 6.2 i 2.6 : 0.52 j : 5 3 8 Simplify each ratio by first converting to the same units. a 10 mm : 4 cm
b 25 s : 2 min
e 250 mg : 50 g
f j
$2.45 : $3.00
d 0.03 : 0.6 h 4.5 : 0.05 l
7 5 : 8 4
50 cm : 3 m
d 150 min : 2 h
3 days : 48 h
g 1800 mm: 6 m
h 3500 g : 4 kg
1 2 h : 100 min 2
k 25 years : 1 century
l
c
5 months : 5 years
Shutterstock.com/ankiro
i
D 1 : 6000
308
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
16–02
Ratio problems
EXAMPLE 4 The ratio of hair colour for the Year 8 students at Westgate College is blonde : brown = 2 : 5. If 75 Year 8 students have brown hair, how many students have blonde hair?
SOLUTION Blonde : brown = 2 : 5 5 parts (brown) = 75 students 1 part = 75 ÷ 5
Using the unitary method to find one part.
= 15 students 2 parts (blonde) = 2 × 15 = 30 students 30 students have blonde hair. OR: blonde : brown = 2 : 5 = ____ : 75
Using equivalent ratios.
2 : 5 = 30 : 75
iStock.com/Mark Bowden
30 students have blonde hair.
EXAMPLE 5 Amanda is making cupcakes by mixing flour and sugar in the ratio 5 : 3. How much sugar should be mixed with 15 cups of flour?
SOLUTION Flour : sugar = 5 : 3
OR
5 parts (sugar) = 15 cups
Flour : sugar = 5 : 3 = 15 : ____
1 part = 15 ÷ 5 = 3 cups
5 : 3 = 15 : 9 9 cups of sugar are required.
3 parts (sugar) = 3 × 3 = 9 cups 9 cups of sugar are required. ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
309
EXERCISE
16–02
1 In a small mining town, the ratio of women to men is 2 : 5. If there are 40 women in the town, how many men are there? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 100
B 16
C 116
D 140
2 A bushwalking rope is cut in the ratio 3 : 4. The longer piece is 116 m. a What is the length of the shorter piece? b What was the original length of the rope? 3 The ratio of teachers to students at a school is 1 : 18. If the school has 64 teachers, how many students are there? 4 In a triangle, the lengths of the sides are in the ratio 3 : 4 : 5. If the longest side is 30 cm long, find the lengths of the other two sides and the perimeter of the triangle. 5 In a Year 8 class, the ratio of boys to girls is 6 : 5. a If there are 15 girls, how many boys are there? b If there are 24 boys, how many girls are there? 6 The speed of two trucks is in the ratio 7 : 5. The speed of the slower truck is 60 km/h. Find the speed of the faster truck. 7 The ratio of the Tigers team’s wins to losses was 5 : 3. If the team lost 21 games, how many games did it win? 8 Ali and Fahim share the weekly rent of an apartment in the ratio 9 : 7. If Ali pays $270, how much does Fahim pay? 9 The masses of two packets of detergent are in the ratio 3 : 8. If the lighter packet has a mass of 1.5 kg, what is the mass of the heavier one? 10 The heights of two buildings are in the ratio 5 : 4. If the shorter building is 160 m tall, how high is the taller building? 11 A recipe for scones uses sugar, flour and water in the ratio 2 : 7 : 4. a If 4 cups of sugar are used, how many cups of flour are needed? b If 10 cups of water are used, how many cups of sugar are needed? 12 Sand and cement are mixed in the ratio 4 : 1 to make concrete. What mass of cement is needed to mix with 90 kg of cement? 13 Jules and Jenny share a cash prize in the ratio of 2 : 3. If Jenny’s share is $120, what is Jules’ share? 14 To make a paint colour called Stormy Seas, Norah mixes 4 parts blue, 3 parts purple and 1 part pink. How much pink and purple is needed if Norah uses 600 mL of blue? 15 The ratio of sushi to salad rolls sold at a school canteen was 6 : 5. If 90 sushis were sold, how many salad rolls were sold?
310
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
16–03
Scale maps and diagrams
WORDBANK scale diagram A miniature or enlarged drawing of an actual object or building in which lengths and distances are in the same ratio as the actual lengths and distances.
scale The ratio on a scale diagram that compares lengths on the diagram to actual lengths. scaled length A length on a scale diagram that represents an actual length. Scale maps and diagrams are an important use of ratios. A scale of 1: 20 means the actual lengths of the objects are 20 times larger than on the scale diagram. A scale of 20 : 1 means the actual lengths of the objects are 20 times smaller than on the scale diagram. The scale on a scale diagram is written as the ratio scaled length : actual length. The first term of the ratio is usually smaller, meaning that the diagram is a miniature version. If the first term of the ratio is larger, then the diagram is an enlarged version.
EXAMPLE 6 If a scale of 1 : 50 has been used, measure and find the actual length in metres represented by each interval. a b c
SOLUTION Scale is 1 : 50 a Scaled length = 3 cm Actual length = 3 cm × 50
Actual length is 50 times larger than the scaled length.
= 150 cm = 1.5 m b Scaled length = 3.6 cm Actual length = 3.6 cm × 50 = 180 cm = 1.8 m c
Scaled length = 5.8 cm Actual length = 5.8 cm × 50 = 290 cm = 2.9 m
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
311
16–03
Scale maps and diagrams
EXAMPLE 7 Given the scale in each diagram, measure and calculate the actual length of each object.
Shutterstock.com/Sofiaworld
a
Scale 1.5 : 1
iStockphoto/pagadesign
b
Scale 1 : 35
SOLUTION a Scaled length = 10.1 cm Butterfly’s length = 10.1 cm ÷ 1.5
Measuring across the top for greatest length. Divide, as the scale diagram is an enlargement.
≈ 6.73 cm b Scaled length = 9.8 cm Car’s length = 9.8 cm × 35
Multiply, as the actual car is 35 times larger.
= 343 cm = 3.43 m
312
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
16–03
1 What is the actual length of an interval if the scaled length is 7 cm and the scale is 1 : 20? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 20 cm
B 14 cm
C 140 cm
D 1.4 cm
2 What is the length of a beetle if its scaled length is 4 cm and the scale is 8 : 1. Select A, B, C or D. A 4 cm
B 32 cm
C 0.25 cm
D 0.5 cm
3 Find the actual length that each interval represents in metres if a scale of 1 : 40 has been used. a b
c
4 Find the actual length of each object. a
b
Scale 1 : 50
Scale 1 : 750
d
Shutterstock.com/Evgeny Tomeev
Shutterstock.com/microvector
c
Scale 1 : 30 Scale 1 : 5
5 A spider is drawn to a scale of 4 : 1. a How long are its legs if they are drawn 12 cm long? b How long is its body if it is drawn 16.4 cm long? ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
313
EXERCISE
16–03
6 A scale drawing of a house is shown below. The scale used is 1 : 120. Study
Bedroom 2 Bathroom
Ensuite
Dining room Hall way Lounge room Kitchen
Main Bedroom
a What is the scaled length and width of the kitchen on the plan? b What is the actual length and width of the kitchen? c
What are the scaled dimensions of the bathroom?
d What are the actual dimensions of the bathroom?
iStock.com/CandyBoxImages
e If the hallway, bathroom and kitchen are being tiled at a cost of $35.90/m2, what will be the total cost?
314
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
16–03
7 For this map of Canberra, measure the distance between each pair of locations below and use the map’s scale to calculate the actual distance correct to the nearest 0.1 km. a Parliament House and Questacon b Mt Pleasant and the Australian War Memorial c
Springbank Island and the Australian National University
d Australian National Botanic Gardens and Vernon Circle e Commonwealth Park and the tip of Weston Park f
Questacon and Mount Pleasant
Australian National Botanic Gardens Australian National University
Weston Park
Vernon Australian Circle War Memorial Commonwealth Park Springbank Island AustralianAmerican Memorial Mount Pleasant Questacon
Parliament House
Scale: 1 cm = 0.7 km
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
315
16–04
Dividing a quantity in a given ratio
To divide a quantity in a given ratio: find the total number of parts by adding the terms of the ratio find the size of one part by dividing the quantity by the number of parts (unitary method) multiply to find the shares required.
EXAMPLE 8 Divide a profit of $2500 between Santosh and Raj in the ratio 2 : 3.
SOLUTION Total number of parts = 2 + 3 = 5 One part = $2500 ÷ 5
Using the unitary method to find one part.
= $500 Santosh’s share = 2 × $500
2 parts
= $1000 Raj’s share = 3 × $500
4 parts
= $1500 Check: $1000 + $1500 = $2500
The two shares add to the whole amount.
EXAMPLE 9 Divide $740 in the ratio 3 : 5 : 2.
SOLUTION Total number of parts = 3 + 5 + 2 = 10 One part = $740 ÷ 10 = $74 3 parts = 3 × $74 = $222 5 parts = 5 × $74 = $370 2 parts = 2 × $74 = $148 Check: $222 + $370 + $148 = $740
Dreamstime/Robyn Mackenzie
The parts add to the whole amount.
316
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
16–04
1 Find the amount of one part if $240 is divided in the ratio 5 : 3. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A $120
B $30
C $80
D $48
2 Copy and complete this table. Ratio
Total parts
Total amount
One part
New ratio
3:5
3+5=8
$640
$640 ÷ 8 = $80
$240 : $____
4:3
$5600
2:7
$720
5:2
$7700
3 Copy and complete this working to divide $700 in the ratio 4 : 3. Total number of parts = 4 + __ = __ One part = $700 ÷ __ = $ __ New ratio = 4 × __ : 3 × __ = $__ : $__ 4 If $6400 is divided between Nuraan and Hadieya in the ratio 2 : 3, what does Hadieya receive? 5 Over a football season, the Bulldogs team had 3 wins for every 2 losses. a If they played 45 matches, how many wins did they have? b If they had to win 70% of their games to progress to the final series, did they play in the finals? 6 Lee and Nathan own a computer business. They share their profits each year in the ratio 4 : 3. How much do they each receive if the profit is $35 000? 7 Georgia, Lucy and Megan won $1800 in the town raffle. They wanted to share it in the same ratio as the number of tickets each bought, which was 24 : 18 : 6, respectively. a Simplify the ratio. b How much does Lucy receive? c
Georgia donated 15% of her share to charity. How much did the charity receive?
8 Ante and Josh share 28 chocolates in the ratio 4 : 3. How many chocolates does each person receive? 9 Charlie is 12 years old and Lola is 8 years old. They were given $130 to be shared in the ratio of their ages. How much should Lola get? 10 Sophie invests $15 000 in a business and Claire invests $25 000. a Simplify the ratio 15 000 : 25 000. b If the profit at the end of the year is $150 000, how much should each receive if the profits are shared in the same ratio as their investments?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
317
16–05
Rates
A rate compares two quantities of different types or different units of measure. For example, heartbeat is measured in beats/minute and the cost of petrol is measured in cents/litre. 90 beats per minute means 90 beats in 1 minute and is written as 90 beats/minute.
EXAMPLE 10 Simplify each rate. a $4.50 for 3 kg of apples c
210 m in 7 s of cycling
b 255 words in 5 min of typing d a heartbeat of 280 beats in 4 min
SOLUTION a $4.50 for 3 kg = $4.50 ÷ 3 kg
divide by 3 to find one unit
= $1.50/kg b 255 words in 5 min = 255 words ÷ 5 min
divide by 5
= 51 words/min c
210 m in 7 s = 210 m ÷ 7 s
divide by 7
= 30 m/s d 280 beats in 4 min = 280 beats ÷ 4 min
divide by 4
iStock.com/Razvan
= 70 beats/min
318
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
16–05
1 Simplify the rate $400 for 16 hours of work. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A $25/h
B $40/h
C $16/h
D $20/h
2 Simplify the rate 160 words in 3.2 minutes. Select A, B, C or D. A 20 words/min
B 60 words/min
C 30 words/min
D 50 words/min
3 Write the units used to measure each rate. a speed of a car c
typing speed
b cost of fruit d cost of petrol
e speed of a runner
f
g cricket team’s run rate
h an employee’s wage
cost of posting a parcel
4 Copy and complete each rate. a $48 for 3 hours work is a rate of $____/h. b $4.50 for 2 kg oranges is a rate of $____/kg. c
560 beats in 7 min is a rate of ____ beats/min.
d 440 students with 20 teachers is a rate of ____ students/teacher. e $720 for 6 nights is a rate of $____/night. f
1260 metres in 9 s is a rate of ____ m/s.
g $60.50 for 50 km is a rate of $____/km. h 432 runs for 8 wickets is a rate of ____ runs/wicket. 5 Simplify each rate. a 48 goals in 8 matches c
$42 for 6 kg
b $360 for 4 days d 252 runs for 9 wickets
e 480 m in 5 s
f
875 students for 25 teachers
g $63 000 for 70 hectares
h 12 000 revolutions in 8 min
6 Tyler went on a road trip and used 280 litres which cost $320. Find the cost of petrol in dollars per litre correct to the nearest cent. 7 Australia’s land area is approximately 7 682 300 km2. Calculate correct to two decimal places Australia’s population density in persons/km2 if the population is 24 100 000. 8 Jacinta works 5 hours at a chemist and earns $94.50. What is her hourly rate of pay? 9 An electrician took 3 hours to complete a job. If he charged $171, calculate his hourly rate. 10 Erin’s car travelled 440 km in 4 1 hours. What was her average speed in km/h correct to 2 one decimal place? 11 Which typing rate is faster: 520 words in 5 min or 729 words in 9 min?
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
319
16–06
Rate problems
To solve a rate problem, write the units in the rate as a fraction x . y To find x (the numerator amount), multiply by the rate. To find y (the denominator amount), divide by the rate.
EXAMPLE 11 Bella earns $17.50 per hour as a data entry operator. a How much does she earn for working 9 hours? b If Bella earned $542.50 last week, how many hours did she work?
SOLUTION The units of the rate are $ . h a To find $, multiply by the rate: Pay = 9 × $17.50
writing the units as a fraction
Bella earns $17.50 for one hour, so multiply by 9.
= $157.50 b To find hours, divide by the rate: Number of hours = $542.50 ÷ $17.50
$17.50 for one hour, so divide by $22.80
= 31 Bella worked 31 hours last week.
EXAMPLE 12 Darian can type at an average rate of 52 words per minute. How long should it take him to type a 5000-word essay? Answer to the nearest minute.
SOLUTION
words . min To find minutes, divide by the rate:
The units of the rate are
Number of minutes = 5000 ÷ 52 = 96.1538… ≈ 96 min Darian should take 96 minutes (or 1 h 36 min) to type a 5000-word essay.
320
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
16–06
1 A factory makes toys at a rate of 23 toys per minute. a How many toys are produced in one hour? b How long to the nearest minute will it take to produce 1600 toys? 2 Sarah earns $24/h working in a boutique. a Write the units in the rate as a fraction. b How much will Sarah earn if she works 26 hours? c
How long will it take Sarah to earn $360?
3 Stefan washes 6 cars in 2 hours 42 minutes. a Convert 2 hours 42 minutes to minutes. b What is Stefan’s car-washing rate in min/car? c
How long will it take him to wash 10 cars? Answer in hours and minutes.
d How many cars can he wash in 6 hours? Answer to the nearest whole number. 4 Liam earns $22.40 per hour working in a hardware store. If he worked 7 hours a day for 11 days, what was his total pay? 5 Rowena scores goals at an average rate of 6 per game. If she plays 14 games in a season, how many goals will she score altogether? 6 Goran’s heart rate is 72 beats per minute. How long will it take to beat 2880 times? 7 James works part time at a pizza shop at a rate of $23.40/h. How much will he earn if he works for 6 hours a night for 6 nights? 8 Nelly can run 70 m in 14 s. a What is her speed in m/s? b How far can Nelly run in 3 s? c
How many seconds will it take her to run 175 m?
9 Anna types 92 words per minute. a How many words will Anna type in 20 minutes? b How long will it take Anna to type 4140 words? 10 Hoa paid tax at the rate of 32c per dollar of income earned. a Write the units in the rate as a fraction. b How much tax does he pay on his income of $62 400? Answer in dollars. c
What is his income if he pays $17 440 in tax?
11 Elyse’s van travelled 306 km on 36 litres of petrol. What is its fuel consumption in km/L? 12 Hand-made chocolates cost $22.90/kg. a How much will 250 grams of chocolates cost? Answer to the nearest cent. b How much chocolate could you buy for $45? Answer correct to two decimal places.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
321
16–07
Speed
Speed is a special rate that compares distance travelled with time taken. The units are kilometres per hour (km/h) or metres per second (m/s).
THE SPEED FORMULA Speed = S=
Distance travelled Time taken
D T
You can memorise this triangle to help you remember this rule. D If you want to find speed, S, cover S with your finger. You are left with . T D So, S = T If you want to find distance, D, cover D and you are left with S × T. So, D = S × T D Similarly, if you want to find time, T, cover T and you are left with . S D So, T = S
D S×T
EXAMPLE 13 An interstate train travels 564 km in 6 hours. a What is its average speed for the journey? b How long would it take to travel 1081 km? c
1 2
How far would it travel in 8 hours?
SOLUTION D T 564 km = 6h = 94 km/h
a S=
D to find time, T. T D T= S 1081 = 94 = 11.5 h
b Rearrange the formula S =
c
D = 1081, S = 94
D to find distance, D. T D = ST
Rearrange the formula S =
= 94 × 8.5
S = 94, T = 8.5
= 799 km
322
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
16–07
1 If it takes Melanie 4 hours to travel 340 kilometres, what is her average speed? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 80 km/h
B 82 km/h
C 85 km/h
D 170 km/h
2 If a train is travelling at 120 km/h, how long will it take to travel 900 km? Select A, B, C or D. A 8.5 h
B 9h
C 9.5 h
D 7.5 h
3 Calculate the average speed for: a 80 km in 4 hours
b 350 km in 7 hours
c
480 km in 12 hours
d 550 km in 5 hours
e 18 km in 6 hours
f
1680 km in 8 hours.
4 Match each speed calculated in Question 4 with a type of travel described below. A riding a bicycle
B driving on a freeway
C walking
D driving in a school zone
E riding on a bullet train
F driving on a street
5 Find the: a time if the speed is 90 km/h and the distance is 540 km b distance if the speed is 85 km/h and the time is 5 hours c
speed if the distance is 420 m and the time is 7 s
d time if the speed is 150 m/s and the distance is 750 m e distance if the speed is 72 m/s and the time is 28 s. 6 Renee set out on a road trip from Bulladoo to Gerang, a distance of 756 km. She travelled at an average speed of 75 km/h for 3 hours until she stopped for a break. Then she drove 1 2
for 315 km for 3 hours. a How far did she travel for the first leg of her journey before her break? b What was her average speed for the second leg of her journey? c
How far does she still have to travel?
d How long before she arrives in Gerang if she travels the last part of her trip at 80 km/h? Answer in hours and minutes. 7 a If Zak jogged at an average speed of 3 m/s, how long would he take to jog 1 km? Answer in minutes and seconds. b Zak slowed down to 2 m/s and jogged for half an hour. How far did he go in this time? Answer in kilometres. 8 A racing car driver does one lap of a 5.5 km race track in 2 minutes. a How far would the driver travel in 60 minutes? b What is the speed in km/h? 9 Ngaire takes 1 hour to cycle 10 km and then walks for another hour, travelling a further 6 km. a What is the total distance travelled? b How much time has she taken for the whole distance? c
Find her average speed.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
323
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY COMPOUND WORDS The words below are compound words: they are made up of two smaller words. Break each compound word into two smaller words and write the ratio used. For example, QUEENSLAND = QUEENS LAND = 6 : 4 = 3 : 2. 1 BRAINWAVE 2 OVERALL 3 HIGHCHAIR 4 CHAIRMAN 5 TOMBSTONE 6 SWIMWEAR 7 PREMIERSHIP 8 FRYPAN 9 DASHBOARD 10 COBWEB 11 SCHOLARSHIP 12 GRAVEYARD 13 MILESTONE 14 BROADBAND 15 CLOCKWORK 16 CYCLEWAY 17 PINEAPPLE 18 ROLLERSKATE 19 MOCKINGBIRD 20 MASTERPIECE
324
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
PRACTICE TEST 16 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 Evaluate 28 + 6 × 3 ÷ 2.
6 What percentage is $350 of $1400?
2 If y = –3, evaluate 16 – 4y.
7 Convert 2218 to 12-hour time.
3 Find the range of 4, 9, 15, 11 and 6.
8 Simplify 5x – 3y – 2y + 8x.
4 Find the perimeter of this shape.
9 Round $1126.546 to the nearest cent. 10 What is the probability of the next baby born being a girl?
9m
14 m
6m 16 m
5 Evaluate
3 2 + . 4 3
Part B Ratios and rates Calculators are allowed.
16–01 Ratios 11 Which ratio does not simplify to 4 : 3? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. 3 A 16 : 12 B 28 : 24 C 8:6 D 1: 4 12 Simplify 3 : 18. Select A, B, C or D. A 3:9
B 3:6
C 1:6
D 1 : 15
13 Copy and complete: 3 : 7 : 2 = 15 : __ : 10.
16–02 Ratio problems 14 If the ratio of adults : children is 3 : 5 and there are 75 children, how many adults are there?
16–03 Scale maps and diagrams 15 What is the actual length of an interval if the scaled length is 5 cm and the scale is 1 : 15? 16 What is the actual length of a spider if its scaled length is 9 cm and the scale is 6 : 1?
16–04 Dividing a quantity in a given ratio 17 Divide $7196 between Tanya and Mikayla in the ratio 3 : 4.
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 16 Ratios and rates
325
PRACTICE TEST 16 16–05 Rates 18 Simplify each rate. a 63 goals in 9 matches b $625 for 5 days
16–06 Rate problems 19 Sophie washes 5 cars in 2 hours. a What is her car-washing rate in minutes per car? b How many cars can she wash in 4 days working 6 hours per day?
16–07 Speed 20 If a train travels 120 km in 1 h 30 min, what is its average speed in km/h?
326
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
17
GRAPHING LINES
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 17? 17–01 17–02 17–03 17–04 17–05
The number plane Tables of values Graphing tables of values Graphing linear equations Horizontal and vertical lines
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL: identify points and quadrants on a number plane use a linear equation to complete a table of values graph tables of values on the number plane graph linear equations on the number plane find the equation of horizontal and vertical lines
* Shutterstock.com/iomis
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 17 Graphing lines
327
17–01
The number plane
A number plane is a grid for plotting points and y drawing graphs. It has an x-axis which is horizontal (goes across) and 2nd quadrant a y-axis which is vertical (goes up and down). The origin is the centre of the number plane. 3rd quadrant The number plane is divided into four quadrants (quarters).
1st quadrant
the origin (0, 0)
x
4th quadrant
To plot a point (x, y) on the number plane: start at the origin (0, 0) for the x-coordinate, move left for a negative number or right for a positive number for the y-coordinate, move down for a negative number or up for a positive number.
EXAMPLE 1 Plot each point on a number plane and state which quadrant it is in or what axis it is on. A(–1, 3), B(2, 6), C(–3, –5), D(4, –3), E(0, –1), F(–5, 0)
SOLUTION y 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 A 3 2 1
B
F –10 –9 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 E 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 x –1 –2 D –3 –4 C –5 –6 –7 –8 –9 –10
328
A: 2nd quadrant
1 left, 3 up
B: 1st quadrant
2 right, 6 up
C: 3rd quadrant
3 left, 5 down
D: 4th quadrant
4 right, 3 down
E: y-axis
1 down
F: x-axis
5 left
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
17–01
1 To plot the point (3,–5) on the number plane, in which direction should you move from the origin? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 3 left, 5 down
B 3 right, 5 down C 3 left, 5 up
D 3 right, 5 up
2 Copy and complete this table. Point
Move left or right?
Move up or down?
(–2, 6) (–4, –5) (3, –4) (1, 6) 3 In which direction are the quadrants on the number plane numbered: clockwise or anticlockwise? 4 a Write the coordinates of each point shown on the following number plane. y B
A
10 C
D
5
E –10
–5 F
5
10
x
G
–5 H –10
b Name the quadrant in which each point lies. i
B
ii F
iii
D
iv
G
5 Plot each point on a number plane. A(–2, 6), B(5, 9), C(–1, –7), D(4, –6), E(6, –4), F(0, –2), G(8, 0), H(–5, –4) 6 Which of the points in Question 5 are in the fourth quadrant? 7 In which quadrant does the point (–2, 3) lie? 8 Plot the points below on a number plane and join them as you go. (6, 6), (–4, 6), (–4, 4), (–1, 4), (–1, –3), (6, –3), (6, 6), Stop (–5, –3), (–5, –1), (–4, 0), (–3, 4), (–1, 4), (–1, –3), (–5, –3), Stop (–4, –5), (–3, –3), (–2, –5), (–4, –5), Stop, (2, –5), (3, –3), (4, –5), (2, –5), Stop What have you drawn? (Hint: The triangles are the wheels.)
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 17 Graphing lines
329
17–02
Tables of values
EXAMPLE 2 Complete each table of values using the equation given. a y=x+2 x
1
2
3
4
0
1
2
0
1
2
y b y = 3x – 1 x
–1
y c
d = 4 – 2c c
–1
d
SOLUTION Substitute the x-values from the table into each equation. a
y=x+2 When x = 1, y = 1 + 2 = 3 When x = 2, y = 2 + 2 = 4 and so on. x
1
2
3
4
y
3
4
5
6
b y = 3x – 1 When x = –1, y = 3 × (–1) – 1 = –4 When x = 0, y = 3 × 0 – 1 = –1 and so on.
c
330
x
–1
0
1
2
y
–4
–1
2
5
d = 4 – 2c When c = –1, d = 4 − 2 × (−1) = 6 When c = 0, d = 4 − 2 × 0 = 4 and so on. c
–1
0
1
2
d
6
4
2
0
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
17–02
1 If y = x + 3, what is the y-value when x = –1? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A –2
B –1
C 2
D 1
2 If y = 6 – x, what is the y-value when x = 3? Select A, B, C or D. A –6
B 3
C 6
D –3
3 If y = x – 8, find y when: a x=2
b x=4
e x = –1
f
c
x = –2
x=6
d x=8
g x = –4
h x=0
4 If y = 12 – 2x, find y when: a x=4
b x=6
e x = –1
f
c
x = –3
x=3
d x = 10
g x = –6
h x = –2
5 Copy and complete each table of values. b y=x–1 a y = 2x x
0
1
2
3
x
y c
10
8
6
4
x
f 1
2
3
4
0
1
2
3
v
ISBN 9780170350990
4
−3
−2
−1
0
1
2
4
y
12
9
6
3
0
−3
−2
−1
0
1
2
y 3 −6
z
v = 2u + 5 u
3
b=5−a
h z=
e i
2
b
e=2–d d
1
0
a
p g
1
y
p = 3n n
2
d y=x+3
y e
3
y
y=x÷2 x
4
1
j 2
3
4
h = 10 – 3f f
−3
h
Chapter 17 Graphing lines
331
17–03
Graphing tables of values
EXAMPLE 3 Graph this table of values on a number plane. x
−2
−1
0
1
2
y
3
4
5
6
7
SOLUTION Reading the table of values in columns, we get the coordinates of the points. x
−2
−1
0
1
2
y
3
4
5
6
7
The points are: (–2, 3)
(–1, 4)
(0, 5)
(1, 6)
y
(–2, 3) is 2 left and 3 up
8
(–1, 4) is 1 left and 4 up
6
(0, 5) is 0 and 5 up
4
(1, 6) is 1 right and 6 up
2 –6
–4
(2, 7)
–2
2
4
6 x
(2, 7) is 2 right and 7 up
–2
Notice that the points form a straight-line pattern.
EXAMPLE 4 Graph this table of values after completing it. y=x–4 x
−2
0
2
y
4
4
y
2
SOLUTION Substitute each x-value into the formula y = x – 4. x
−2
0
2
4
y
−6
−4
−2
0
The points are (–2, –6), (0, –4), (2, –2), (4, 0).
–6
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
–2 –4 –6 –8
332
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
EXERCISE
17–03
1 If y = x + 5, what is the y-value when x = –2? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A –2
B –3
C 3
D 2
2 If y = 4 – 2x, what is the y-value when x = –1? Select A, B, C or D. A 6
B 2
C –6
D –2
3 Graph each table of values on a number plane. a
c
x
1
2
3
4
y
3
4
5
6
x
–1
–1
3
3
y
3
–2
3
–2
b
d
x
–1
0
1
2
y
5
4
3
2
x
–4
–2
1
1
y
2
2
2
6
4 What pattern or shape would be formed if you joined each set of points graphed in Question 3? 5 Graph each table of values on a number plane and state which graphs form a straight-line pattern. a
c
x
–4
–2
1
3
y
2
5
5
7
x
–3
–1
3
4
y
1
3
7
8
b
d
x
–2
–1
4
6
y
6
4
8
2
x
–4
–2
0
3
y
6
6
2
2
6 Copy and complete each table of values and then graph the values on a number plane. a y=x+2 x
0
b y=x–1 1
2
y c
y
ISBN 9780170350990
0
1
2
1
2
y
y = 2x + 3 x
x
0
d y = 3x – 1 1
2
x
0
y
Chapter 17 Graphing lines
333
17–04
Graphing linear equations
WORDBANK linear equation An equation that connects two variables, usually x and y, whose graph is a straight line.
y-intercept The value where a line crosses the y-axis.
To graph a linear equation: complete a table of values using the equation plot the points from the table on a number plane join the points to form a straight line extend the line and place arrows on both ends of the line label the line with the equation. The arrows on the line show that the line extends forever on both ends. To graph a linear equation, it is best to find three points on the line using a table of values. We can substitute any x-values into the linear equation but x = 0, x = 1 or x = 2 are usually easiest to use.
EXAMPLE 5 Graph each linear equation and find the y-intercept of each line. a y=x+3
b y = 2x – 1
SOLUTION a Complete a table of values for y = x + 3. x
0
1
2
y
3
4
5
Graph the table of values, rule the line and label it with the equation. y 6 4
y=x+3
2 –6
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
–2 –4 –6
Draw arrows on the ends of the line because a line has an infinite number of points and goes on endlessly in both directions.
The line crosses the y-axis at 3, so its y-intercept is 3.
334
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
17–04
Graphing linear equations
b Complete a table of values for y = 2x – 1. x
1
2
3
y
1
3
5 y 6 y = 2x – 1
4 2 –6
–4
–2
2
4
x
6
–2 –4 –6
The line crosses the y-axis at –1, so its y-intercept is –1.
EXERCISE
17–04
1 How many points are best for graphing a linear equation? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A 1
B 2
C 3
D 4
2 Copy and complete these sentences. To graph a linear equation, draw a table of ______ and then plot each point from the ______ on a number plane. Join the ______ to form a straight ______. 3 Find the y-intercept of each line. a
b
y
–6
ISBN 9780170350990
–4
y
6
6
4
4
2
2
–2
2
4
6
x
–6
–4
–2
2
–2
–2
–4
–4
–6
–6
4
6
x
Chapter 17 Graphing lines
335
17–04
EXERCISE
4 Graph each linear equation on a number plane after copying and completing the table of values, and then find the y-intercept of each line. a y=x+5 x
0
b y=x–3 1
2
x
y c
1
2
1
2
y
y = 2x + 1 x
0
0
d y = 4x – 2 1
2
x
y
0
y
5 Graph each linear equation on a number plane after completing a table of values, and then find the y-intercept of each line. b y = 4x – 2
c
y=6–x
d y = 5 – 2x
e x+y=5
f
y = –2x + 1
Shutterstock.com/Zhukov Oleg
a y = 2x + 4
336
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
17–05
Horizontal and vertical lines
WORDBANK horizontal A line that is flat, parallel to the horizon. vertical A line that is straight up and down, at right angles to the horizon. constant A number, not a variable. x-intercept The value where a line crosses the x-axis. EXAMPLE 6 Find the equation of the line represented by these points: (2, –4), (2, –1), (2, 0), (2, 2), (2, 5).
SOLUTION Plot the points on a number plane and join them.
y
Every point on this vertical line has an x-value of 2, whereas y can take any value, so the equation of this line is x = 2.
6 4 2
All vertical lines have equation ‘x = a number’ and this number is called a constant. The constant is the x-intercept of the line.
–4
2
–2
4
x
–2 –4 –6
A vertical line has equation x = c, where c is a constant (number).
EXAMPLE 7 Find the equation of the line represented by these points: (–1, 3), (2, 3), (5, 3), (0, 3).
SOLUTION Plot the points on a number plane and join them.
y
Every point on this horizontal line has a y-value of 3, whereas x can take any value, so the equation of this line is y = 3.
4
All horizontal lines have equation ‘y = a number’ and this number is called a constant. The constant is the y-intercept of the line.
2 –6
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
–2 –4
A horizontal line has equation y = c, where c is a constant (number).
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 17 Graphing lines
337
EXERCISE
17–05
1 What type of line is x = 4? Select the correct answer A, B or C. A horizontal
B diagonal
C vertical a
2 Write the equation of each line.
b y 6 4
c
2 –6
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
–2 d –4 –6
3 Plot each set of points, then write the equation of the line that passes through those points. a (1, –4), (1, 0), (1, 5), (1, 3), (1, –2) b (3, 2), (4, 2), (–3, 2), (–1, 2), (6, 2) c
(5, –3), (0, –3), (2, –3), (–1, –3), (1, –3)
d (–2, 4), (–2, 0), (–2, 1), (–2, 5), (–2, –3) 4 Graph each line on the same number plane. a x=5
b y = –2
c
x = –4
d y=4
5 Which point lies on the line y = –2? Select A, B, C or D. A (–2, 4)
B (3, –2)
C (–2, 2)
D (–2, 0)
6 What special name is given to the line with equation: a x=0
b y = 0?
7 Write the equation of the line that is: a horizontal with a y-intercept of 5 b vertical with an x-intercept of –3 c
the horizontal line passing through (–2, 3)
d the vertical line passing through (4, –1). 8 Graph the lines x = 2 and y = –4 on the same number plane and write their point of intersection.
338
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
LANGUAGE ACTIVITY FIND-A-WORD PUZZLE Copy this puzzle, then find the words listed below. Then, use the first 24 remaining letters to spell out three words (5 letters, 8 letters, 11 letters).
S
E
T
A
N
I
D
R
O
O
C
H
P
O
I
E
U
L
A
V
N
T
P
L
L
O
O
T
T
I
N
G
B
P
A
N
D
A
E
M
L
R
I
A
P
O
Q
N
S
I
U
C
M
Q
A
I
I
R
C
M
E
Q
U
A
T
I
O
N
N
I
N
Z
A
Q
U
R
V
U
A
T
I
V
K
C
Q
E
O
R
M
A
B
S
I
R
D
J
T
D
N
N
D
N
A
E
Y
P
R
E
R
N
R
E
U
U
A
A
T
E
K
M
F
V
S
A
I
R
A
M
T
T
C
A
N
G
B
A
L
Z
P
E
G
B
N
J
E
H
L
I
E
L
N
W
O
D
L
E
H
O
T
T
P
N
L
L
E
J
E
R
P
R
A
I
T
W
U
A
N
Y
B
F
E
O
J
S
U
N
N
G
I
P
R
E
I
A
T
V
E
H
T
N
F
F
E
H
F
G
T
Y
T
C
X
J
I
R
D
A
P
L
K
T
Y
X
Z
K
I
COORDINATES GRAPH LEFT NUMBER PLANE SUBSTITUTE VERTICAL
ISBN 9780170350990
DOWN HORIZONTAL LINE ORDERED QUADRANT TABLE
EQUATION JOIN LINEAR PAIR RIGHT VALUE
Chapter 17 Graphing lines
339
PRACTICE TEST 17 1 Part A General topics Calculators are not allowed. 1 Evaluate 0.08 × 0.004. 2 Complete: 5.5 hours = _____ minutes. a+a 3 Simplify . a×a 4 Simplify 6 × m × n – 2 × m × n.
8 Find the value of b if the area of this rectangle is 72 m2.
6m 4b m
5 Write the factors of 30. 6 What is the perimeter of a square of side length 9 cm? 7 Increase $450 by 20%.
9 Decrease $850 by 10%. 10 What is the probability of selecting a red king from a standard deck of cards?
Part B Graphing lines Calculators are allowed.
17–01 The number plane 11 The point (–3, –5) is in which quadrant of the number plane? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D. A first
B second
C third
D fourth
17–02 Tables of values 12 Copy and complete the table of values for y = 4x – 2. x
0
1
2
y
17–03 Graphing tables of values 13 Graph this table of values on a number plane. x
0
1
2
y
2
4
6
17–04 Graphing linear equations 14 Graph the linear equation y = 3x – 1 on a number plane and write its y-intercept.
17–05 Horizontal and vertical lines 15 Graph each line on the same number plane and write the coordinates of their point of intersection. a x = –3
340
b y=2
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS CHAPTER 1
a 60 d 820 8 a 55 d 818 9 30, 39 10 a 267 e 419 i 253 7
Exercise 1–01 B B 36, 64 a Add 10 and then 1 b Add 10 and subtract 2 c Add 20 and subtract 1 5 a 10 b 10 c d 10 e 1 f 6 a 62 b 38 c e 65 f 499 g i 751 j 1136 k 7 a 80 b c 130 d e 520 or 530 f g 730 h i 21 010 8 a 80 b 280 c d 186 e 524 f g 726 h 8495 i 9 a 208 b 414 c e 240 f 670 g b 10 a 3 6 6 1 2 3 4
20 1 275 d 90 h 378 l 280 180 or 190 3870 8490
331 277 4683
130 3875 21 016 243 410
d h
395 610
4
7
7
5
2
9
6
3
4
4
7
5
5
8
Exercise 1–02 D B a 813 b e 3214 f i 4319 j 4 833 5 351 6 $278 7 a 1062 cm 8 $30.15 9 26 073 10 a $553 b
103 422 939
b
$3872
d h l
4 5 6
C A a b c a d a a d g j
Subtract 10 and add 1 Subtract 10 and then 2 Subtract 20 and then 1 10 b 10 c 10 e 2 f 10, 1, 75 b 58 b 61 c 68 e 448 f 60 h 606 i 374 k 6481 l
ISBN 9780170350990
b f j
248 243 357
c g k
165 215 443
d h l
226 265 147
145 7181 6551
c g k
56 342 3358
d h l
25 567 15 454
b
184 km
b b
$24.60 572
Exercise 1–05 1 2 3
149 901 730
6
7 8
$553.32
C A a b c d a e a e i a e i a a e i
Double twice Add three zeros ×10 and subtract the number Double three times 52 b 45 000 c 90 d 176 470 f 108 g 36 200 h 171 20 b 42 c 24 d 30 28 f 45 g 48 h 60 56 j 40 k 49 l 72 56 b 260 c 6500 d 112 132 000 f 342 g 56 080 h 120 198 j 292 k 90 l 135 5, 10, 180 b 25, 100, 3100 500 b 390 c 2400 d 1000 700 f 180 g 1400 h 11 000 400 j 30 k 600 l 2700
Exercise 1–06
Exercise 1–03 1 2 3
470 4510 471 4505
B D a 44 b e 2058 f i 5043 j 4 2164 5 $377 6 a 190 km 7 11 712 8 62 passengers 9 a $25.40 10 a 570
5 c g k
c f c f
1 2 3
4
553 5730 3525
80 1040 81 1035
Exercise 1–04
8
1 2 3
b e b e
1 2 3
20 1 40, 1, 317 106 716 1007 3337
4 5 6 7 8
B D a 332 e 2624 i 3192 a 7744 e 16 250 154 hours 1088 seeds a 24 a T d T
b f j b f
392 2915 7608 24 075 44 928
c g k c g
632 5396 18 504 4750 27 680
b b e
432 F T
c c f
8760 T F
d h l d h
1308 47 412 14 832 8946 235 200
Answers
341
ANSWERS 9
a e i m
140 350 340 8100
b f j n
506 416 570 28 800
c g k o
567 150 2960 41 000
d h l p
328 1164 6120 364 000
4 5 7 5
d h l p
5 5 8 9
390 118 52 68 6.78 4.9 T T
d h l d h l d
170 72 17 45.8 24.5 0.321 T
Exercise 1–07 1 2 3
4
5
6
7
A D a e i m a b c a e i a e i a e
5 b 4 c 6 f 7 g 11 j 9 k 5 n 9 o Halve the number twice ÷ 10 and then double ÷ 10 and then halve 284 b 274 c 87 f 81 g 84 j 23 k 65 b 543 c 1.256 f 23.4 g 405 j 2.18 k F b T c F f F g
4 5 6 7 8
A B a e i $21 $59 14 25 a
21 63 305
b f j
29
102 206 6857
2 3 5 806 9 4 mm
120
c g k
702 2095 703
c
136
g
Across addition of add product equal twice
Down
342
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
C A a a a a a a
19 a
Language activity
2 3 5 7 8 10 11
4 360° 1040 mm 1 4 6 5 86 m 6 200 7 75% 8 West 9 x+1 10 31 days 1 2 3
785 437 352 140 288 357
b b b b b b
1557
b
1765 2025 2257 1080 4560 27.5 1 710 2
CHAPTER 2
2 b 3 1 e 649 f 5 9 a 408 mm b 10 $8300
1 6 7 9 12 13
Part A
Part B
Exercise 1–08 1 2 3
Practice test 1
difference tens day ones division digit value
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
5 7 2 3061 3
d h l
112 833 3021
d
77
h
1 4 4 331 5
Exercise 2–01 1 2 3
4 5
6
7 8 9
A D Divisible by: a 2 b 5 c 2, 5 and 10 d 2 e 2, 5 and 10 f 2 a The sum of its digits is divisible by 3. b The sum of its digits is divisible by 9. Divisible by: a 3 and 9 b Neither c 3 and 9 d 3 e 3 f 3 and 9 Divisible by: a 4, 6 and 8 b None c 4 and 6 d 4 and 8 e 6 f None a Yes b Yes c Yes d No a Yes b Yes c No 15, 30, 45
Exercise 2–02 1 2 3 4 5
D A 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40, 42, 44, 45, 46, 48, 49 g 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, 41, 43, 47, 53, 59, 61, 67, 71, 73, 79, 83, 89, 97, 101, 103, 107, 109, 113
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS 6 7
8 9
3 and 5, 5 and 7, 11 and 13, 17 and 19, 29 and 31, 41 and 43, 59 and 61, 71 and 73, 101 and 103, 107 and 109 a C b C c P d P e C f C g C h C i P j P k C l C a P b C c C d P a 43 b 156 or 174 or 192
Exercise 2–03 B D a c e g 4 a d g 5 a e 6 a d g 7 a 8 a e i 9 a d 10 a 11 a 1 2 3
Base 5, Index 8 b Base 3, Index 9 d Base 8, Index 5 f Base 15, Index 7 h 390 625 b 16 e 15 h b 54 c 25 44 f 116 g 32 b 625 c 59 049 e 256 f 7 h 194 481 6 b 4 c 9 b 10 c 7 f 10 g 12 j 8 k 10.72 b 6.16 c 4.90 e 23.58 f 900, 4900, 90 000 27 000, 125 000, 8 000 000
Base 7, Index 4 Base 4, Index 2 Base 3, Index 1 Base 20, Index 4 2401 c 19 683 32 768 f 3 160 000 86 d 95 1 7 h 214 262 144 1 771 561 42 5 2 14 4.21 4.75
d d h l
23 6 1 9
5
6 7 8 9
b b
Exercise 2–05 B D a
4
a b c
8 b 3 c 8×8×8 7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7×7 7×7×7×7×7 9×9×9×9×9×9 9×9×9 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 × 10 10 × 10
ISBN 9780170350990
7
No,
27 64
b f j b
65 104 55 F
c g k c
53 82 310 F
d h l d
74 12 64 F
4, 8 512 524 724 79 T
c g k o c
910 812 1015 418 F
d h l p
1112 330 621 810
Exercise 2–06 1 2 3 4
5
C B a a e i m a
2, 20 312 221 418 520 F
b b f j n b
Exercise 2–07 1 2 3
4 5
30, 70, 300 30, 50, 200
C D a 5 b 4 c 5×5×5×5 a (7 × 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 × 7) × (7 × 7 × 7 × 7 × 7) b (9 × 9 × 9 × 9 × 9 × 9) × (9 × 9 × 9) c (10 × 10 × 10) × (10 × 10) b 67 c 59 d 712 a 38 e 98 f 108 g 810 h 1212 i 208 j 56 k 311 l 27 (6 × 6 × 6 × 6) × 6 × (6 × 6 × 6 × 6 × 6) = 64 × 6 × 65 = 610 a F b T c F d T No, 6912 a 1024 b 129 600 c 1125 d –2048
1 2 3
32 93 204 T
6 7
Exercise 2–04 1 2 3 4
6
a e i a
5
A D a e i a b a e i 6 a e i
1 b 1 c 3 d 1 4 f 1 g 6 h 2 1 j 24 k 1 l 1 70 = 1 Any number to the power of 0 is equal to 1. T b F c T d F T f F g T h F T j F k F 411 512 49
b f j
64 78 54
c g
212 30 = 1
d h
36 70 = 1
Language activity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
INDEX DIVISIBLE SQUARE ROOT BASE CUBE ROOT PRIME MULTIPLY COMPOSITE POWER ZERO DIVIDE SUBTRACT TERM NUMBER DIVISIBILITY
Practice test 2 Part A 1 2 3 4 5
2400 18 000 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 2x 7
Answers
343
ANSWERS 6 7 8 9 10
Language activity
11.4 $160 d=5 21r 12
Across 1 3 7 9 10
Part B 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B D B 13, 17, 19, 23 65 a 625 b b a 48 a 55 b a 38 b a 1 b
Down 13 85 78 615 4
c c c c c
2 4 5 6 8
–4 26 96 412 1
Part A 2:56 p.m. 458 220 56 m 31 5 40 6 –27 7 $42 8 6 9 6 10 $13.65 1 2 3 4
Exercise 3–01
4
5 6
B A a c b d z e a c2 = a2 + b2 c m2 = n2 + a2 e p2 = v2 + w2 a T b d T e a, b, d, f
r p
T F
c f b d f c f
m s r2 = p2 + v2 z2 = x2 + y2 s2 = q2 + r2 F T
Part B
Exercise 3–02 1 2 3 4 5
C B 24, 900, 900 , 30 a 17 b 26 a 10.8 b 12.1 d 10.6 e 19.2
c c f
25 15.2 14.8
d
50
5
A C 5, 5, 25, 144 , 12 a 5 b 6 96 e 108 d a 21.2 b 7.8
4 5 6
344
A D a 4 cm d 16 m a 11.9 7.21 m 5.3 cm
b e b
A C a 25 a 6.32 a 16.5 4.24 cm 12 m
b b b
180 14.71 185.9
Exercise 4–01 c f c
1 2 3 4
8 700 11.3
d
5.8 5
Exercise 3–04 1 2 3
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
CHAPTER 4
Exercise 3–03 1 2 3 4
hypotenuse theorem three subtract right angled
Practice test 3
CHAPTER 3 1 2 3
Pythagoras square square root add triangle
16 m c 260 m f 31.6 c
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
41 m 3471 cm 23.8
B B D a d a d g
22 28 T T T
b e b e h
–5 –50 F F T
–12 100 T F T
c f c f i
6 –8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0
7 8 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
–15, –9, –6, –4, –2, 0, 1, 8, 9, 12, 18, 21 25, 23, 18, 8, 6, 0, –3, –4, –6, –12, –14, –17 a INTEGERS b ARE c INTRIGUING
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS > >
<
< >
Exercise 4–02 1 2 3 4
5 6
4
D A a F b T a –4 b 4 e 2 f –12 i –15 j –4 m –7 n –11 q –16 r 19 u –16 v –27 On the 10th level Three attempts
c c g k o s w
T –12 –3 4 15 –18 –18
d d h l p t x
F –2 3 –18 4 10 22
4
5 6
B D a –9 b 9 e 9 f –3 i –5 j –9 m –14 n –3 q 14 r 35 u 53 v –33 a –71 b –25 d –146 e 127 g 132 h –150 $278 28 steps forward
c g k o s w c f i
1 –9 9 16 –30 –21 41 –145 28
d h l p t x
–9 9 –7 –15 –15 65
C A a e i m
4
5
b f j n
6 9 6 8 9 –8 –40 16
c g k o c g k o
d h l
–8 9 –7
d h l p
–8 –7 –7 20
6
× Whichever appears first from left to right ÷ Whichever appears first from left to right × b ÷ c ÷ ÷ e × f ÷ ÷ h × i × 43 b 28 c 69 29 e –40 f 66 24 h 104 i –120 –36 b 156 c –5 d 93 –31 f 279 g –236 h 2 –4 j –10 k –23 l 35 32 n –7 o 40 p –202 –2 r 7 s 6 $33.55 b $16.45
Language activity 1
–40 –48 –72 –54
c g k o
36 –55 42 48
d h l
–35 –84 –96
2
I 4
N
S U
U
T 5
B
E
T
G
R
E
S
T
I
M
R A
T
6
I
5
–6
8
–4
3
–6
15
–18
24
–12
A
–7
14
–35
42
–56
28
C
–9
18
–45
54
–72
36
T
I
I
10
–20
50
–60
80
–40
I
T
T
a –81 e 248 i –3112 m –5496
b f j n
228 –616 –4255 –49 842
c g k o
–416 390 11 070 7168
d h l
–333 –258 –15 004
P
R
O
O
D
I
V
D
I 11
N
W
U
C
I
T
N
D
E
E
G
9
E
H
O
L
E
O R
O
N 12
N
F
A
D
S
10
O
N 7
–2
8
Z E
S
×
Exercise 4–05 1 2
5
3
–12 24 63 –88
B D a b c d a d g a d g a e i m q a $65
1 2 3
7 8
Exercise 4–04 1 2 3
–5 –7 –6 –11 –2 –4 30 –2
b f j n b f j n
Exercise 4–06
4
Exercise 4–03 1 2 3
a –2 e 9 i 8 m 12 a –8 e 7 i –9 m 8
3
D A
T
I
V
E R
C A
ISBN 9780170350990
Answers
345
ANSWERS Practice test 4
Exercise 5–02
Part A
1 2 3 4 5 6
171 38 56 400 $120 66 cm 200 1 7 8 8 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18 9 4 10 31 days 1 2 3 4 5 6
7
Part B 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
C C B a a a a 230
8 9 11 –44 –54 7
b b b b
1 2 3 4 5
Exercise 5–01
4 5
6
7
8
346
B C a
1 9 a 10 5 a 10 6 e 100 24 i 10 000 25 m 5 100 1 a 2 3 e 50 3 i 1250 1 m 5 4 a 0.6 e 0.21 i 1.2 m 7.8 a 0.8 e 0.2
b b b f j n b f j n b f j n b f
6 8 9 100 6 100 54 100 8 1 10 4 3 100 3 50 27 50 4 1 5 1 3 25 0.03 0.045 2.03 0.524 0.15 0.14
>
Exercise 5–03
52 80 72 –9
CHAPTER 5 1 2 3
B B 0.300, 0.030, 0.350, 0.003 0.003, 0.03, 0.3, 0.35 0.62, 0.61, 0.6, 0.06 a 0.003, 0.03, 0.3, 0.31, 0.312, 0.38 b 0.006, 0.05, 0.502, 0.516, 0.555, 0.56 c 0.009, 0.09, 0.119, 0.9, 0.911, 0.92 d 1.004, 1.014, 1.04, 1.114, 1.4, 1.41 a 0.666, 0.61, 0.601, 0.6, 0.06, 0.006 b 0.244, 0.242, 0.24, 0.024, 0.02, 0.002 c 0.853, 0.835, 0.8, 0.083, 0.08, 0.008 d 4.555, 4.55, 4.515, 4.5, 4.05, 4.005 a T b T c T d F e T f T a < b > c > d
c c c g k o c g k o c g k o c g
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
5 9 1000 7 10 000 75 1000 36 2 100 6 7 1000 7 10 000 3 40 9 2 25 3 7 500 0.004 0.451 3.025 0.178 0.75 0.2
d d d h l p d h l p d h l p d h
D A 128.685 a 6.8 e 17.5 a 4.57 e 183.65 a 45.8 c 45.8295 a $4.57
b f b f
3.9 21.6 9.12 34.53
$23.62
c g c g b d c
4.2 d 123.8 h 8.49 d 78.89 h 45.829 45.82945 $60.11 d
b
b e h b e h b e h
5.97 13.386 44.55 31.9 23.6 318.9 63.85 213.06 74.2
c f i c f i c f i
32.65 132.16 182.252 47.25 94.83 744.65 1213.216 0.696 357.817
b
$20.80
c f i c f i
3 3 4 0.024 0.21 0.0234
7
7
9 10 000 4 1000 386 1000 82 6 1000 186 2 10 000 1 250 193 500 41 6 500 93 2 5000
Exercise 5–04
0.9 0.0079 6.52 6.0045 0.36 0.44
1 2 3
4
5
6 7 8
C A a 22.5 d 30.36 g 57.333 a 28.1 d 12.7 g 82.7 a 269.54 d 16.245 g 102.393 $11.55 a $479.20 $560.44
12.5 38.3 11.38 982.48
$2.09
Exercise 5–05 1 2 3
4
C B a d g a d g
2 2 3 0.16 0.63 0.21
b e h b e h
3 3 5 0.063 1.224 0.05508
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS a 9.52 b d 18.144 e g 0.0752 h 6 0.0208 7 0.504 8 0.001 96 9 a $310.10 10 $261.13 5
46.646 c 5.985 f 48.8824 i
b
6, 12, 18, 24 90 54.76 1 6 12 7 16 8 88 m2 1 9 3 10 30
5.428 2.2815 2813.36
3 4 5
$89.90
Exercise 5–06 1 2 3 4
5 6 7
D B C a e i a c a e a
Part B 14.3 b 21.3 c 43.1 f 8.53 g 46.4 j 5.65 k 486.8 ÷ 4 = 121.7 b 3465.3 ÷ 4 = 1155.1 d 147.1 b 551.16 c 2540 f 121 000 1723 pieces b Yes
12.8 d 2.17 31.2 h 4.4 18.0905 l 45.7908 3755.84 ÷ 5 = 751.168 5696.4 ÷ 4 = 1424.1 11 551 d 116.05 c $49 105.50
Exercise 5–07 1 2 3 4 5
6
A D $5.30 for 4 L $12.50 for 5 kg tray a 5.5 kg for $8.50 b 1 kg for $18.20 c 5 L for $7.90 d 2.5 kg for $22.90 e 8 bread rolls for $3.60 Sam’s salami, Bill’s bacon, Pam’s pastrami
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
•
20 195.46 21 Convert each fraction . to a decimal. a 0.375 b 0.2
CHAPTER 6 Exercise 6–01 1 2 3 4
Exercise 5–08 1 2 3
4
D B a d g a c e
5 •
• •
0.5 b 0.3 4 • • 6.4 3 e 28.2 • • • • 12.2 13 h 1.0 4 5 2 • 0.816 recurring 32.1 terminating 82.15 terminating
•
c f i b d f
2.6 8 • • 6.2 5 • 72.7456 9.1 terminating • 35.7 6 recurring 2070 terminating
c f c b
372.9 4275.6 F 0.75
c g
0.375 . 0.5
6
• •
5 6 7 8 9
a d a a c a e • 0.8
406 b 10.81 • 107.16 e 13.65 F b T Divide 3 by 4 terminating . 0.8 b 0.3 . . 0.875 f 0.142857
7 d
T
d h
0.83 0.5
.
Practice test 5 Part A 1 2
C D a, e, k, u, b a b–b=0 b m×1=m c n+n=2×n a 3b b 5m d a+b e 12n h 3s + 4t g 10c2 k 2a + b j 24b2 a F b T e T f F h F i T k F l F a 5 + 2m b 3ab – 2 d 4v – 3w e 8 + 5a g 20 – a2 h 14 + 2n
c f i l c g j m c f i
5w a+b 2m + n 5m – 3n + 4p F d F F T T 20 – 3n d+6 2m + 5
c f i c g
× ×2 ×3 n+7 2n – 5
Exercise 6–02 1 2 3
Language activity DECEPTIVE DECIMALS
B C D 0.002, 0.02, 0.201, 0.211 B a 545.58 b 65.75 1.081 D Shop 1
4
C A a d g a e i
– + ( )2 3n n+2 n3
b e h b f j
+ ÷ – n–8 n – 12 3n + 9
d h
n÷6 n2
$90 22 000
ISBN 9780170350990
Answers
347
ANSWERS 5
6
a b c d e f g h i a d g
The sum of m and n The product of 6 and a Twice b plus 4 The quotient of triple n and 4 The difference of 8 and b Triple v less 2 Four times m less n The quotient of two m and n Triple the difference of a and b 3w – 5 b (a + b) – 6 mn + 8 e (r + s)2 abc h 3(w + v + u)
4 5
6 2(d ÷ 9) (c – 4)3
c f
1 2 3
4
5 6
7
B D a e i a d g a e a e i a
–81 –48 54 w×v 3×v 8×w –43 60 –60 –120 –18 T
b f j b e h b f b f j b
21 c –99 g –354 k 3×w c v×w f 2×w×v –26 c 24 g 10.2 c 5 g –176 k F c
29 97 –123 8×v 6×v
d h l
58 –10 –74 –19.2 18 T
d h d h l d
24 105 –648 4
–2 120 1.2 14.4 20 F
4
5
6 7
C B a 5a, –3a, 12a, 3 2n Also 7n and 5 a 9b b e 5x f i 0 j m –y n q 6ab r u 3v + 2w w 5p + 10p2 a T b d F e g T h 10x + 12 a 5ab b d 5sr – 7 e g 28 – 9y h
348
A C a d
2a 7uv
b e
20yz –24ac 36m2 24a3 –30mnq –24a3 –96c2d2e
B A a F e T i T m F q F a 2m
b f j n r b
e
5mn
f
i
2st 4r t
j
–8e
q
m p
n
T F F F T –3a −2 w v 6b −2 v w e −3 g
c g k o
F T F T
d h l p
F F F T
c
–5mn
d
g
2c
h
k
–2m −8 w 6 ab d
l
–4b −2 r s b 2d
–ab
d
o r
ABSTRACT ALGEBRA ANTICS
Practice test 6 Part A a 2x 2m –5m 3r2
F F F
c g k o s v x c f i
9mn – 8 c –10n f 10ab i
11m 3b 8w 5b 11mn 5s + 4st –4a – 2 T T F
5m –16rs
c f
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
d h l p t
12 – 12uv 28a – 12b 24 + 6w
Exercise 6–05 1 2 3
11de i –6w l o 12n2 10a2b2 r 14b2 18abc c 30bcd f –15e3 i $120m $120mw
Language activity
Exercise 6–04 1 2 3
h k n q b b e h b d
Exercise 6–06 1 2 3
Exercise 6–03
g 15bc j –30a m –12abc p –60uw a 6mn a –60mn d –12a2b2 g –36t3 a $600 c $2400
–4n –48ab
5a 5w –3ab 2n 8a – 3
4 72 –27 27a3 56 19.8 $615 160 m2 2.7 3 10 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Part B 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
D B D 2(a + b) a 55 a 10w a 20ab
18 a
−
6s r
b b b
43 3a – 2b 48mn2
b
6a c
c
3bc – 12
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS CHAPTER 7
5
Exercise 7–01 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
D B a ∠PQR or ∠RQP, acute b ∠SRT or ∠TRS, reflex c ∠WUV or ∠VUW, obtuse d ∠CBA or ∠ABC, right a reflex b revolution c acute d obtuse e straight f right a ∠B, acute b ∠P, obtuse c ∠G, reflex D Teacher to check. a obtuse b reflex c acute d reflex
4 5
B C a 48° b d 89° e Teacher to check. Teacher to check.
140° 65°
c f
1 2 3
C B a
They add to 90°.
*
4
310° 195°
They add to 360°.
a b c d e f g h
n = 116 (corresponding angles on parallel lines) m = 57 (alternate angles on parallel lines) v = 65 (alternate angles on parallel lines) c = 98 (co-interior angles on parallel lines) a = 106 (co-interior angles on parallel lines) b = 81 (corresponding angles on parallel lines, vertically opposite angles) d = 47 (co-interior angles on parallel lines) x = 120 (corresponding angles on parallel lines), y = 60 (angles on a straight line), z = 60 (corresponding angles on parallel lines) a = 88 (alternate angles on parallel lines), c = 92 (angles on a straight line), c = 92 (co-interior or alternate angles on parallel lines)
5 48°
6 7 4 5
a a b c d e f g h i
F b T c T d w = 22, angles in a right angle n = 48, angles in a straight angle a = 54, angles in a straight angle c = 34, angles in a right angle b = 84, vertically opposite angles m = 108, angles at a point n = 48, vertically opposite angles r = 174, angles at a point b = 132, angles at a point
F
C B a
b
132° 48° 132° 132° 48° 48° 132°
a T b T d T e F a = 88, b = 92, c = 88
1 2 3
D B a
F T
b c d
4 5 6
e f a B a b
AB and CD not parallel, alternate angles are not equal. EF and GH not parallel, co-interior angles are not supplementary. IJ || KL, corresponding angles are equal. WX and YZ not parallel, alternate angles are not equal. MN || PQ, co-interior angles are supplementary. RS || TU, corresponding angles are equal. F b T c T d F Other answers are possible. Other answers are possible 74° 73°
4
c f
Exercise 7–06
Exercise 7–04 1 2 3
ED or BC DE or BC
C B
i
b
b d
*
Exercise 7–03 1 2 3
ED CD
Exercise 7–05
Exercise 7–02 1 2 3
a c
106° 74°
Teacher to check.
ISBN 9780170350990
Answers
349
ANSWERS Exercise 7–07
2
C C a
1 2 3
b
O
P
c
d
3
a b
e
f
Reflect in line AB and then translate 4 units right and 1 unit down. Rotate 90° clockwise about O, reflect in line CD and then translate 4 right and 2 units up.
4 a b
A
4
a d g a e a
5 6
Yes, 2 Yes, 5 Yes, 4 180° 90° F
b e h c g b
No Yes, 4 Yes, 6 90° 90° F
c f i d h c
Yes, 4 No No 72° 60° T
B
C O
c D d
d
T
Exercise 7–08
E
1
F
P Q
C A
Exercise 7–09 1
B
y
a
10
A
D
D –10
B
A'
5
C
–5
5
10
x
–5
–10
350
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS b
2
3
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A(–7, 5) → A’(3, 5) B(–3, 5) → B’(7, 5) C(0, 0) → C’(10, 0) D(–10, 0) → D’(0, 0) The x-coordinate of each vertex increases by 10 whereas the y-coordinate stays the same. P(0, –6) → P’(6, 0) Q(3, –6) → Q’(6, 3) R(3, –4) → R’(4, 3) S(0, –4) → S’(4, 0) The x-coordinate of each vertex becomes the y-coordinate of the image vertex, whereas the y-coordinate of each vertex changes sign and becomes the x-coordinate of the image vertex. y a
Part B
10 T
S V
5
X –10
–5
U
W W'5
X' –5
V'
10
x
U' T'
S' –10
b
4
5
a b
S(2, 8) → S’(2, –8) T(8, 8) → T’(8, –8) U(8, 6) → U’(8, –6) V(4, 6) → V’(4, –6) The x-coordinate of each vertex stays the same whereas the y-coordinate changes sign (becomes negative). Translated 8 units right and 2 down. W(–6, 8) → W’(2, 6) X(–2, 1) → X’(6, –1) Y(–6, 1) → Y’(2, –1) The x-coordinate of each vertex increases by 8 whereas the y-coordinate decreases by 2.
11 ∠FGE or ∠EGF 12 D 13 a n = 46, angles in a straight angle b k = 82, vertically opposite angles (or AC ⊥ CD) 14 AB || CD, AB ⊥ AC 15 co-interior 16 c = 72 17 No, corresponding angles are not equal. 18 4 19 C 20 a Rotation of 90° clockwise about P. b M(–3, 6) → M’(6, 3) N(0, 6) → N’(6, 0) Q(–3, 0) → Q’(0, 3) The x-coordinate of each vertex changes sign and becomes the y-coordinate of the image vertex, whereas the y-coordinate of each vertex becomes the x-coordinate of the image vertex.
CHAPTER 8 Exercise 8–01 1 2 3
y
a
4
10
5 S 5 Q –10
–8b 140 cm3 $15 $43.15 6 4 8.19, 8.9, 8.909, 8.95 8, 32
A C a c a c a
equilateral scalene acute-angled acute-angled
b
isosceles
b
obtuse-angled
b
T
R O
–5 P
P' 5 R' Q'
10
x
c
d
–5
T'
S'
–10
b
P(–4, 0) → P’(4, 0) Q(–4, 2) → Q’(4, –2) S(–2, 7) → S’(2, –7) Both x- and y-coordinates of each vertex change sign.
Practice test 7 Part A 1 2
360 90
ISBN 9780170350990
6
7 8
9
a b c a a b c a b
Yes Because they are equal and add to 180°. Each angle = 180 ÷ 3 = 60 No d 90° e No ∆RST b ∆DEF c ∆XYZ scalene right-angled isosceles acute-angled scalene obtuse-angled right-angled, obtuse-angled, acute-angled, scalene and isosceles 34
Answers
351
ANSWERS Exercise 8–02 1 2 3 4 5
D D a d a a b c d
6 7
a a d
5
n = 64 b b = 52 c m = 40 w = 120 e c = 22 f a = 36 55° b p + q + r = 180 An equilateral triangle has all sides equal in length. A right triangle has one angle that is 90°. An isosceles triangle has two sides equal in length. A scalene triangle has all sides different lengths. They are all 60°. b Two angles are equal. n = 60 b m = 58 c c = 78 w = 45 e e = 41 f v = 144
4 5
D B a c a a
∠BAC, ∠ACB, ∠CBA b ∠BCD = ∠BAC + ∠CBA x = 86 b y = 99 c q = 137 d
1 2 3 4 5
B A a d a d a
6
B A a
exterior angle = 116°
Exercise 8–04
4
B D a c e a
4 5
trapezium kite parallelogram
c
e
square irregular quadrilateral rectangle
b d f b
6
d
7
f
8 cm
5 cm 6 cm 5 cm
g
7 cm
c f
T F
T F b = 90 n = 56
c
T
c f
c = 68 w = 115
d b e
360° They are equal. 360°
*
180° c a square Yes d 90° g
1 2 3
d
1 2 3
b e b e
n = 104
c
c
F F a = 102 m = 55
Exercise 8–06
R
∠RPQ and ∠PQR
F T
*
b a c f
b
b
b e
∠BCD
P
Q
F T
Exercise 8–05
Exercise 8–03 1 2 3
a d
a d a b c d
Two Yes 90°
A square has all sides equal and a rectangle does not. A parallelogram has opposite sides parallel (or equal) and a quadrilateral does not. A rhombus has all sides equal and a parallelogram does not. A parallelogram has both pairs of opposite sides parallel and a trapezium has one pair of opposite sides parallel. T b T c T T e F f T rectangle and square parallelogram, rhombus, rectangle and square kite, rhombus and square rhombus and square
Quadrilateral
Angles 90°
Equal sides
Equal diagonals
Parallelogram
No
No
No
Rhombus
No
Yes
No
Rectangle
Yes
No
Yes
Kite
No
No
No
Square
Yes
Yes
Yes
65°
352
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS Practice test 8
8 Quadrilateral
Sides
Angles
Diagonals
Parallelogram
Opposite sides are equal and parallel.
Opposite angles are equal.
Diagonals bisect each other.
Trapezium
One pair of opposite sides are parallel.
All angles are different.
Diagonals are not equal.
Rhombus
All sides are equal.
Opposite angles are equal.
Diagonals bisect each other at right angles and bisect the angles of the rhombus.
Rectangle
Opposite sides are equal.
All angles are 90°.
Diagonals are equal.
Square
All sides equal.
All angles are 90°.
Diagonals bisect each other at right angles and bisect the angles of the square. Diagonals are equal.
Language activity
Part A An angle less than 90°. 142 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42 composite 7 Yes 13 7 24 8 16.8 m2 9 –32ab2c 10 28 1 2 3 4 5 6
Part B 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
CHAPTER 9 Exercise 9–01 1 2 3 4
Across 1 7 9 11 12 13 15
KITE RIGHT EQUILATERAL PARALLELOGRAM SCALENE TRIANGLE RECTANGLE
Down 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 14
ISOSCELES IRREGULAR QUADRILATERAL CONVEX SQUARE TRAPEZIUM RHOMBUS NONCONVEX
ISBN 9780170350990
D B 60° 78° w = 115 a ∠PQR b 129° a trapezium b rectangle 360° a m = 46 b w = 50 a One diagonal bisects the other at right angles. b Diagonals are equal and bisect each other.
5 6 7 8
C A a cm b cm c mL d e s f kL g mL h a 2 b 4900 c 72 000 d e 125 000 f 8.5 g 0.0864 h i 1.25 j 45 k 0.82 l a F b F c T d F e F f T 710.05 m 2350 mL, 4500 mL, 6.2 L, 16.4 L, 0.98 kL
km h 1.44 7.25 4600
Millimetres
Centimetres
Metres
Kilometres
3500
350
3.5
0.0035
6400
640
6.4
0.0064
28 000
2800
28
0.028
6 500 000
650 000
6500
6.5
52 000
5200
52
0.052
420 000
42 000
420
0.42
Answers
353
ANSWERS Exercise 9–02 1 2 3
4 5 6
6
C D a 28 cm b 19.2 m c 20.4 cm d 20.4 m e 25 m f 29 cm g 25.2 m h 30.8 m i 26.2 m a 42.2 m b 23 cm c 29.8 m d 124 mm e 18 cm f 36 m l = 22 m, w = 20 m; or l = 24 m, w = 18 m (other answers are possible) a 34 m b 48.1 m c 36 cm
Exercise 9–03 1 2 3
D C chord
diameter
radius centre
arc quadrant
4 5
6 7
a 6 cm b a diameter c centre e chord D semicircle
diameter = 2 × radius b arc d circumference f quadrant
Exercise 9–04 1 2 3
4
5 6
A B b c d a c e a b a
9 cm diameter = 2 × radius 28.27 cm 28.27 cm b 35.19 m 28.90 m d 47.12 mm 57.81 m f 42.73 cm Halve the circumference, then add the diameter. 20.6 m 18.5 m b 16.9 m c 12.9 cm
Exercise 9–05 1 2 3 4
5
354
D D a c a e i m a d g j
at night 9:40 a.m. 0300 b 0742 f 0400 j 0320 n 5:20 a.m. 6:05 a.m. 4:50 p.m. 12:45 a.m.
b 7:20 a.m. d 12:05 p.m., 1205 1800 c 0420 d 1725 2248 g 1200 h 2054 1415 k 2130 l 0850 2230 o 0545 p 2015 b 2:40 p.m. c 11:15 p.m. e 10:56 p.m. f 3:38 a.m. h 11:46 a.m. i 2:21 a.m. k 12:12 p.m. l 1:48 a.m.
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
a c
1220 10:05 p.m., 2205
b
11:40 a.m.
Exercise 9–06 D C a 5h d 7h 4 a 23 min 5 a 95 6 a 4 h 25 min d 7 h 45 min g 3 h 55 min j 12 h 24 min 7 a 3 h 20 min 8 a 1 min 38 s 9 a 1 h 52 min 10 17 h 22 min 1 2 3
b e b b b e h k b b b
14 h 15 h 49 min 384 5 h 30 min 14 h 40 min 12 h 29 min 7 h 25 min 7 h 30 min 8 min 20 s 5:40 p.m.
c f c
11 h 23 h 53 min
c f i l c c c
15 h 20 min 46 min 9 h 15 min 11 h 15 min 6 h 25 min 2 min 34 s 8:04 p.m.
Exercise 9–07 C D a 23 min b 10 min c 23 min d 22 min 9:18 5 min 8:58 Strathfield 24 min, no Change trains at Redfern or Central. a 26 min b Bus 2 doesn’t go to George St; Bus 3 takes the same time. c Bus 2 d 9:27 e 13 min f Less traffic for the 7:45 bus 10 Teacher to check
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Exercise 9–08 B D a 11 a.m. b d 5 p.m. e 4 a 11 a.m. b d 7 p.m. e 5 3:20 a.m. Friday 6 2:30 p.m. 7 a 8:30 a.m. b c 6:30 a.m. d 8 a 9:00 p.m. b c 9:00 p.m. d 9 2:30 p.m. 10 4 a.m. to 7:20 a.m. 11 a 12 noon b 12 10 p.m.
1 2 3
3 a.m. 2 a.m. 12 midday 7 p.m.
c f c f
1:30 p.m. 6 p.m. 6 a.m. 9 p.m.
8:30 a.m. 8:00 a.m. 8:30 p.m. 9:00 p.m.
4 p.m.
Language activity 1 2 3
LENGTH METRIC MASS
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
TIME PERIMETER CIRCLE RECTANGLE KITE TRIANGLE PARALLELOGRAM CIRCUMFERENCE QUADRANT RADIUS DIAMETER TIMETABLE TIMEZONE
5
6
1 2 3 4 5
Part A $40 34 6
6 7 8
*
1 3 4
Part B
15 16 17 18 19 20 21
100 1000 1 000 000 0.08 0.12 650 000
D C B b 18 m2 c 36 m2 36 m2 a They have the same base length and height. b The areas of the rectangle and parallelogram are the same, but the area of the triangle is half of these. b 53.76 cm2 c 90.1 m2 a 62.16 m2 d 28.16 m2 e 32.49 m2 f 6.48 mm2 a 89.28 m2 b 369.72 cm2 c 23.22 m2 18.62 m2
C C B The distance from one edge of a circle to another going through the centre. a arc b semicircle a 25.13 cm b 16.34 m 17.1 m a 1855 b 3:42 p.m. a 1:54 p.m. b 43 min 9:12 a.m. 4 p.m.
5 6
73.44 m2 c 125.96 m2 14.18 m2 f 19.44 m2 316.98 m2 1 a i 12 × 8 + 4 × 9 + × 4 × 3 = 138 m2 2 1 ii 12 × 12 – × 4 × 3 = 138 m2 2 b Subtracting areas 25.104 m2 Teacher to check. a d a
60 m2 17.9 cm2 174 m2
b e b
Exercise 10–04 1 2 3
A a d a
28 m2 23.8 m2
b e
42 m2 27.88 m2 b
7 cm 6 cm
4
C B a d a d g
6.2 m
4m
3 cm
Area = 30 cm2
4 5
Exercise 10–01
11.2 m2 18.6 m2
c f
CHAPTER 10 1 2 3
100 1 000 000 5 0.0008 28 000 65 000 000
c f i l o r
Exercise 10–03
3 4 6 trapezium 7 512 8 one 9 126.48 1 10 2 5
11 12 13 14
b e h k n q
Exercise 10–02
Practice Test 9 1 2 3 4
a 10 d 1000 g 1000 j 0.5 m 120 p 28 000 000 8 449 486 m2
a 72.66 m2 168.48 cm2
b
34.645 m2
3.8 m
Area = 19.38 m2 c 361.34 m2
Exercise 10–05 m2 ha or km2 25 750 000 9 600 000
b e b e h
cm2 mm2 280 000 2 300 000 8.55
c f c f i
km2 m2 5.6 0.18 34
1 2
B C
3
a
4 5 6
ISBN 9780170350990
1 × 3 × 8 = 12 m2 2 2 a 20 m b 14 cm2 2 d 16 cm e 3024 mm2 9.92 m2 a 1.26 m2 Canvas costs $16.13 A=
c f
48.72 m2 31.02 m2
b
$142.63
Answers
355
ANSWERS Exercise 10–06 1 2 3 4 5
B A a a d a d
A = π × 6.82 = 145.2672… = 145.27 m2 153.9 m2 b 113.1 m2 c 55.4 cm2 3631.7 mm2 e 8.6 m2 f 84.9 cm2 12.57 m2 b 100.91 cm2 c 83.71 m2 2 2 166.99 mm e 72.66 cm f 108.52 m2
c i
ii
iii
d i
ii
iii
Exercise 10–07 1 2 3 4
5 6 7
A D a e a c e g a d a e a d g
b cm3 cm3 f 550 56 000 0.000 043 9 260 000 mL mL 4 b 8.504 f 200 5000 80 000
m2 c m mm3 g cm b 47 000 000 d 7 500 000 000 f 0.28 h 0.855 b kL c e kL f 222 c 7.5 67 000 g 0.68 b 20 000 c e 500 000 f h 8 000 000 i
d h
m2 m3
mL mL d 10 400 h 2.56 2 000 000 50 000 000 800 000 000
3
1 2 3
A, C, E, F, G, H, I a I b d G e b a
F, H E
c f c
A C
C B a d g j
189 m3 196 cm3 69 cm3 900 mm3
160 cm3 94.5 cm3 176 mm3 99.846 m3
b e h k
c f i l
13.824 m3 42 m3 63 m3 69.984 cm3
Exercise 10-10 1 2 3 4 5
Exercise 10–08 1 2
Exercise 10–09
6 7 8
A D V = π × 62 × 8.4 = 950.02 cm3 a 353.8 m3 b 268.7 m3 c 445.4 m3 d 1147.2 cm3 a Find the volume of the cylinder and then halve it. b 231.2 m3 a 28.95 m3 b 28 953 L c 29 kL 1357 mm3 a 327.1 cm3 b 327 mL
Language activity d
e
P I A
f C I
R C L E
R E C
A P A R A L L E L
4 5
a c a
Pentagonal prism Square prism b
b
Triangular prism c
L A R E A L C O M P O S G O N
6 7
D a i
V E R T
ii
C I
I
T E
D
T A
I A
N G
M
L
R C U M F E R E N C E I A T M
G
E
U R
R A D I U S
E
b i
356
ii
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
iii
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS Practice test 10
Exercise 11–02
Part A
1 2 3
D A a e i
M I I
b f j
P P P
4
a
1
2 5
b
1
e
2
2 5
f
1
a
7 3 11 3
b
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
56 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 1 63 –7 180° 10:40 p.m. 2.68 3 5
10
5
e
72 9 3 3
×
×
6 8
× 3 × 4
3 × 2
7 ×
×
2
D a 92 000 A a 51.66 cm2 155.52 m2 71.02 m2 a 16.74 m2 83.7 cm2 a 0.042 356 a
F b F e 34 pieces
2
1 2 3
B A a d
b
7.7
b
17.92 m2
b
3168 mm2
b
56.8
b
b
−
5
a d g
9 30 56
b e h
15 10 32
c f i
20 5 75
a
2 3 2 3 11 17
b
1 3 1 3 3 40
c
3 5 3 4 5 28
d
F
b
T
c
F
d
ISBN 9780170350990
1
1 6
1 5
g
1
2 9
h
4
1 4
15 4 17 6
c
23 5 24 5
d
15 8 51 8
T T
c f b
T F 6 pieces
c
7 8
f
3
c f
F T
g
h
g k
h l
8 9 4 5 4 9
F
1 3
5 7
7 3 1 8 3 , , , , 12 12 2 12 4 1 3 1 5 9 − ,− , , , 2 8 4 8 4 1 1 3 5 11 , , , , 6 3 4 6 12 −4 8 −3 8
0
a
9 4 1 1 3 , , , ,− 6 6 2 3 12
b
13 7 1 5 2 , , ,− ,− 9 9 3 9 3
c
7 9 5 2 7 , , , , 4 6 6 3 12
2 8
5 8
0
3 9
2 22 8
1
−6 9
8
12 4 24 , , 15 5 30
a
d
F T
a
1240.25 cm3
4
7
1 4
b e
6
C B numerator, denominator, numerator, denominator, divide, denominator, simplest
j
2
2
5
c c
1 2 3
i
c
e
T F
b
Exercise 11–01
f
3 5
3 5
a d
CHAPTER 11
e
P I I
b
4
7
6
d h l
7 8 5 6
−1
21 29.92 m3 22 a 147.03 m3
M P M
Exercise 11–03
2 ×
Part B 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
a d a
f
c g k
−1
5 −9
7 9
1
1
4 9
Exercise 11–04 1 2 3
C B a
4
a
5
4 5 13 20
b
e
7 9
f
1
a
7 20 7 18
b
F
b
e 6
a
b
f
5 8 23 30
c
6 7
c
1
1 4
g
1
7 12 1 4
c g
d
3 5
1 24
d
1
9 40
1 3
h
1
17 24
13 24 1 3
d
3 10 1 6
h
T
Answers
357
ANSWERS 7
8
a
3
e
3 4
3 4
b
3
9 20
c
2
3 7
d
2
7 15
f
1
1 12
g
1
8 15
h
11 12
1 4
4 5 6 7
B C a d g j m p s a d 14 a a
7 28 35 $24 18 m $200 44 min T F
b e h k n q t b e
$1200 100
b b
14 7 49 150 km 80 min 56 L $90 F T
21 14 15 min $150 56 pages 280 mL
c f i l o r
$600 64
c f
T F
B A a a
5
a
1 2
e
2 7
6 7
T 3, 8, 6,
b
c
17 20
f
a e i
b f j
5:45 p.m. 2y 1 x2 = d2 + e2 –8 24d x=9 54 0.3ɺ
10
1 2
11 12 13 14
F 2 5
1
c b
T d 2 3, 4, 36,
F
c
1
d
5 18
h
2 3
d
7 15 2 3 3 3 15 5
g
3
1
improper, numerators, denominators 3 3 10 3 1 4 1 3 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
15
3 20
b
Practice test 11
Part B
Exercise 11–06 1 2 3 4
FRACTION FRENZY
Part A
Exercise 11–05 1 2 3
Language activity
1 5 2 13 1 15
2
c g k
2 2 3 1 3 1 4 3
h l
B A a e
1
1 3
1 5
b
5
f
1
c 1 4
4 5 6
multiply, reciprocal a F b T 1 a 3, 16, 1
7
a
2 5
b
e
9
f
12
h
1 8
d
F
11 40
17 a
$510
b
1 h 20 min
18 a
3 4
b
8
19 a
1
b
14 19
Exercise 12–01 1 2
D a
1 2
e
f
i
29 50 1 20
j
m
4
a
5 6
5 6
A a
10%
e
35%
7
12
g
1
1 5
h
3 4
3 , 5
8
88%,
d
1 3
h
2 3
a
1
e
1 2
b
15 28
c
8 15
f
63 80
g
3
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
7 16
n
100, 3, 100, 1
1 21
62.5%, 85 , 100
3 4 11 25
c
1 4
d
1
g
3 10
h
13 20
1 10 19 20
k
7 100 4 5 1 62 , 2 2 3
l
63 100 4 25
1
a
3
d
improper, reciprocal
b
7 10
3 10
9
1 2
1 8
CHAPTER 12
c
8
1 8
b
4
8 21
3
5 12
T 3, 63,
10 eight
358
d
b
1
c b
15
1 2
g
4 5 2 1 5 1
5 7 3 1 1 1 , , , 8 3 4 6 1
16 a
Exercise 11–07 1 2 3
B C D a
o b
b
3 8
c
b
75%
c
20%
f
66
g
37
c f
F F
65 , 100
2 % 3
p 2, 125, 5
1 % 2
d
33 200
d
22
h
2 % 9 1 83 % 3
68%
81.5%,
4 5
Exercise 12–02 1 2 3
D A a d
F T
b e
T T
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS 4 5
6 7 8
a 0.25 b 0.4 e 0.12 f 0.71 a 70% b 2% e 47% f 55% i 52.4% j 75% 50.2%, 0.505, 0.51, 53% 98%, 97.5%, 0.9, 0.099 Percentage 10% 15% 25% 30% 50% 60% 75% 80% 95% 100%
c g c g k
0.65 1 28% 90% 120%
d h d h l
0.8 1.2 50% 85% 260%
Fraction
Decimal
1 10 3 20 1 4 3 10 1 2 3 5 3 4 4 5 19 20
0.1
1
1.0
4 5
6 7
B A a d a a e i m q 14 a
0.25
1 2 3 4 5
0.5 0.6 0.75 0.8
6 7 8 9
0.95
C A a
4
5 6
$72 36 km $4800 $237.50
50
200
$450
80%
c
400, 100
a
1 300
b
11 300
c
1 2
d
17 1000
e
31 40
f
3 500
g
3 50
h
3 10
i
11 200
a a d g
500, 10 5% 50% 0.6%
b b e h
400, 9 2% 0.7% 0.05%
c f i
8% 2.5% 0.15%
2.5%
b
40
5 6
8
a
1 2 3
T T c 24, 8 $900 d $126 h 3h l 12 mL p
500, 10 b
7
ISBN 9780170350990
b b d f h j b
850, 170, 170, 680 480 kg 11 375 m 417.6 mL 96 L 176.64 kg $1920
B A a T b F c 4800, 25, 192, 192, 19 200 a $800 b $4000 c d $30.77 e $622.22 f $3000 $1566.67 6516 $550 000
T $34 615.38 1578.9
Exercise 12–07
Exercise 12–04 1 2 3
D C a 0.1, 68, 68, 748 a $60 c 42.5 kg e $3.52 g $3808 i 6.552 m a No $528
Exercise 12–06
0.3
T b F c T e F f 0.25, 212 b 96, 72 3m b 6 cm c 30 L f 48 kg g $3900 j 12 min k 78 kg n 15 km o 66 L r 638 g b
1 2 3 4
5 6
0.15
Exercise 12–03 1 2 3
Exercise 12–05
d
C B Cost price
Selling price
Profit or loss
$50
$80
Profit $30
$125
$105
Loss $20
$170
$220
Profit $50
$560
$545
Loss $15
$298
$380
a Profit $25 a $4 a $18 $196 a $210 b $49 a $12, $132 c $8.60, $94.60 e $3.80, $41.80 g $4.40, $48.40 10 a $79.20 b $36.30 e $25.08 f $15.84
4 5 6 7 8 9
Profit $82 b b b
125% 25% 33 31 %
c b d f h c g
$280 d $74.90 $5.50, $60.50 $11, $121 $2.40, $26.40 $2.50, $27.50 $56.76 d $72.60 $29.04 h $16.50
Language activity Teacher to check.
Practice test 12 Part A 1
2 3
2 3
right angle –6
Answers
359
ANSWERS 4
7
5
1 2
6 7 8 9 10
11.24 125 4 5a C = 2πr
6
7
Part B 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
D D B a 2% b 65% 64.5%, 62%, 0.608, 0.06 a $168 b 21 km 4.5%
18
1 250
19 a 254.6 kg 20 $450 21 a $60 b
a c e a b c d
8:30 a.m. b 10 a.m. 25 km d 1h 2h f 12.5 km/h 15 25, at 3 p.m. Same number of messages sent each hour 100
Exercise 13–02 1 2 3
12.5%
c
4 5 $300
b
6 7
37.5%
C B adding, dividing, number, often, common (or popular), no a 6.5 b 13.9 c 28.3 d 56.1 e 85.4 a 7 b 14 c 28 d 54, 55 and 59 e None b None mean = 4.14, mode = 4 a 18.875 b 16 and 18
CHAPTER 13
Exercise 13–03
Exercise 13–01
1 2 3
1 2 3 4
5
A C D a b c a
4 a column graph James, Sarah, Tim and George Yes Sector angles: Sleep 120°, Work 90°, Chores 30°, Exercise 15°, Meals 30°, Relaxation 75°
b
Exercis
e
Lonnie’s day
5 6
C B highest, lowest, low, high, middle, scores, even, average, middle a 7, 10 b 30, 13 c 41, 11 d 7, 8 e 60.5, 14 f 71, 11 a 712 b 407.5 c 390 d 441.85 e mode f median mode = 71, range = 8, median = 73.5, mean = 73.75
Exercise 13–04
Meals Chores
1 2 3
D C a
Work
Sleep
Relaxation
c
1 3
d
Segment lengths: Sleep 4 cm, Work 3 cm, Chores 1 cm, Exercise 0.5 cm, Meals 1 cm, Relaxation 2.5 cm
d
20.8% b
Score
Tally
Frequency
2
|
1
3
|||
3
4
|||
3
5
||
2
6
||||
7
|||| |||| ||
8
|||
3
9
||
2
4 12
range = 7, mode = 7
360
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
Meals
Work
Exercise
Sleep
Chores
Lonnie’s day Relaxation
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS a
x
f
cf
fx
2
3
3
6
3
4
7
12
4
8
15
32
5
5
20
25
6
2
22
12
4
a 8 6
Frequency
4
4 2
range = 4, mode = 4, median = 4, mean = 3.95 0
x
f
cf
fx
20
5
5
100
21
7
12
147
22
8
20
176
23
6
26
138
24
5
31
120
Score
Frequency
0
1
8
8
2
18
36
3
12
36
4
6
24
6
2
Score
c
2
10
50
114
Frequency
cf
6
6
0
3
9
3
2
8
17
16
3
5
22
15
4
5
27
20
5
3
30
15
5
30 b
B A a d
14 15 Score
16
Frequency
1
10
2
17
3
13
4
5
5
3
6
2
17
Letters delivered to houses 16 12 8 4
69 2
c
2
Exercise 13–05 1 2 3
13
Score
b
fx
0
Total
a
2.28
1
a
5
d
2
1
2.3 6
c a
5
d
3
2, mode
4 Score
5
6
Number of children per family 12
T F
b e
F F
c
T
Frequency
b
12
4
Total
6
fx
0
5
9
3
Frequency
a
4
12
range = 4, mode = 22, median = 22, mean = 21.97 5
2 3 Score
1
b
Frequency
b
9 6 3
0
b
ISBN 9780170350990
2
c
1
2 3 Score
4
5
5
Answers
361
ANSWERS Exercise 13–06 1 2 3 4 5
D D a d A a
b
Hungry Jill’s Stem
$15 $10
b e
$10 $9.63
29 30 31 32
30
c
Hours spent on computer per day
b c d e
Leaf 8 6 2 5
6 6 5
8 7 8
8
Hungry Jill’s, 328 Oburgo, 284 Hungry Jill’s Oburgo, 305 and Hungry Jill’s, 316, so Hungry Jill’s median is higher
Language activity
1
6 7
2
3
4
5
6
$800 $1100
c e c f
6 hours 3.6 hours $885.71 From $800 to $950
b d a d a
3 hours 3 hours $350 b $875 e
b d
Range = 8, Mode = 12 11.2
7
Days out during school holidays
7
8
9
12 12
Exercise 13–07 1 2 3
4
C A a c e a
30 14.5 29
b d f
Stem 3 4 5 6
5
6
b a c e a
Leaf 6 4 4 3
6 5 5 3
6 7 7 3
7
8
8 3
8 3
28 29 30 31
9
Part A 1 2 3 4 5 6
An angle between 180° and 360° 64° 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18 composite 7 1258 is not divisible by 6 evenly
7
3 8
8 12.8 m2 9 –12ab2c 10 280 000
Part B
53 c 50.46 d 30 e 39 b 124 124 d mean = 122.95 There are no clusters or outliers. Oburgo Stem
362
14 4.9 Cluster in the 10s, outlier 34
5 2 2 2
PLOT GRAPH SECTOR COLUMN RANGE MEAN MODE LEAF STEM DOT MEDIAN FREQUENCY TABLE AVERAGE HISTOGRAM POLYGON
Practice test 13
10 11 12 13 14 15
c e
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
11 C 12 a
5
Elle’s weekly spending
63
Savings
Leaf 4 0 2 6
Rent
Clothes
4 5 5 7
Food
7 7
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
8
b
108°
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS 13 14 15 16 17
24.3 D a 8 a 3
7 b b
9 7
c
6.67
8
a c e a
purple, orange and green yes no b
b d f
no unlikely likely
d
2 5
iv
0
Number of toothpicks per packet Histogram
Frequency
10
Polygon
8 6
Exercise 14–03
4 2 0 48
18 a 19 a c
6 21 133
b b d
49
50 Score
51
52
5 c 5.5 d 134 in the 130s (13 stem)
1 2
B A
3
a e
9
h 4
CHAPTER 14 Exercise 14–01 1 2 3
B C a c e g i
likely impossible impossible unlikely certain
4
0 ce
5
b T a T d T e F Teacher to check
6
fg
bdh
c f
5
even chance even chance unlikely even chance likely
C D a b c d e f
4
5 6
g h i j a e i a b a b
i
aj
a
g i
F T
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K, L, M, N, O, P, Q, R, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 HH, HT, TH, TT 5c, 10c, 20c, 50c, $1, $2 Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday H1, H2, H3, H4, H5, H6, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5, T6 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21, 23 $5, $10, $20, $50, $100 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12 6 b 26 c 11 d 4 6 f 5 g 12 h 7 5 j 6 red, blue and green n(S) = 3 no red, blue, yellow and green yes c no d yes
ISBN 9780170350990
No
b
d
1
5 27 1 13
3 14
4 13 1 52
b
1 6
c
8 11
f
1
g
0
i
1
j
3 5
ii
5 14
iii
3 7
b
1 4
c
1 13
e h
1 52 2 13
f i
1 4 2 13
Exercise 14–04 1 2 3
C C a c e f g
4
a
Exercise 14–02 1 2 3
a
c b d f h j
1 2 7 15 1 26
e 5 6 7
tossing a tail b Not rolling a 5 Not selecting an ‘e’ d Not choosing a 5 Selecting a blue marble Selecting ‘t’ or a letter before ‘t’ Tossing an even number 4 5 1 2 b c d 9 9 3 3 2 1 0 f 1 g h 3 3
75% a 0.3 a
2 3
b
0.7
b
train
c
0.9
d
0.6
Exercise 14–05 1 2 3 4
D A a a
5
a d
6
a
10 10 7 3 , 10 10
b b
10 c–e Teacher to check b–d i–iv Teacher to check 113 87 , c The whole table 200 200
The more trials, the closer the result is to the theoretical probability. 1 c–d Teacher to check 10, No b 6
Answers
363
ANSWERS Exercise 14–06 1 2
C D
3
a
4
a
2
Married
15 19 1 5
6 19 11 35
b b
4 19 16 35
c c
Southside d
Total
24 35
25 62
a
5
8
6
4
1 3
Disliked
Total
34
112
65
47
112
81
224
i 65
34
ii
b
France
a
8 35
47 ii 224
i
81 224
Not hip-hop
7
Not rock
27
17 31
d
143
Total 25
23 93
c
Hip-hop
6
20
9 62
Child
Rock
Italy
94 186
78
4
2 9
b
19 46
Total a a
92
75
Liked Adult
Conditioner
Total
27
140 b
3 Shampoo
Single
65
Northside
Total
9
16
8
11
19
15
20
35
b
24 35
c
1 5
11 35
d
Exercise 14–08 8
5 16
a 7
13 20 Yes
a
i
b
27 80
b
4 15
ii
iii 0
iv
1 12
1
a
1 12
2
a
i
3
a
2 9
G 106 Swimming
14
b
4
4
Dancing
i
b
a
48
c
i
28
42
70
13 120
74
60
134
c
8 15
b
Works part time
Total
15 26
74
41
164
15 1 4
iii
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
5
13 82
iv
29 41
a b
90
48
ii
Total
Female
123 b
Pool 18
Total
75
45 82
Beach 46
Male
Works full time
Female
53 125
16
Exercise 14–07
Total
51 ii 125
a
13
Male
b
39 8
1
5 18 4 13
d
G: Houses with a garage S: Houses with a swimming pool
S 18
102
8
2 15
1 12 2 iii 3 c
Movies
18
a
ii
8 9 2 3
24
8
364
b
6
a
b
64
9 14 ii c 71.9% 67 67 Because there are six equal sections, with number taking up two of the six sections. 1 1 c 1, 2, 3 d 6 3 16 1 24 1 i = ii = 48 3 48 2 32 2 40 5 iii = iv = 48 3 48 6 24 12 = 46 23 i
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS Language activity
CHAPTER 15
Across
Exercise 15–01
3 4 7 8 9
1 2 3
CERTAIN VENN DIAGRAM TWO WAY UNLIKELY EVEN
Down 1 2 5 6
4
SAMPLE SPACE PROBABILITY LIKELY IMPOSSIBLE
5
Practice test 14 Part A 1 2 3 4
$210 2x – 10y 7.5 *
6 7 *
Exercise 15–02 1 2 3 4
3 10 6 5 7 11:35 p.m. 8 8ab(7b – c) 9 2 10 3 5
5
Part B 11 D 12 A 13 A 1 14 2 1 15 3 4 16 7 2 17 5 18 a
6
7 8
3 10
b
Soft Centred
Hard Centred
Total
Milk Chocolate
12
18
30
Dark Chocolate
16
22
38
Total
28
40
68
68
20 a
3 10
b
ISBN 9780170350990
D B 4, xy, 4, xy, 4xy a 4b b 6a c m d 5 e 2m f 4 g 2b h 4n i 2a a a, 2 b m, 3 c w+4 d n–2 e 3 – 5s f 3u + 4w g a–3 h 3c + 4b i 4b j 8a a 6(2a – b) b 3(m + 3n) c 4b(2a + 3c) d 2a(a – 3) e 8b(3a + 2c) f 8w(1 – 3v) g 4n(4m + 5p) h 3m(m – 5n) i 6c(3b + 4d2) j 4w(3w – 4v) k 2bc(9c – 4) l 7uv( 4 – v) a 3cd is not the HCF b 6cd(5d – 3c) b 1 – 3a + 4v a a – 2c + 3ac c 3a, 4b d 2m – n + 3mn
Exercise 15–03
23 30
19
a
B D a w, 3, 6w b 5, 4, 20 c 3, 3, 27 d 8, 8, 6, 16a e –4, w, 6, –4w f r, –7, 42 a 5a + 30 b 4w – 24 c 6a + 14 d –4c – 20 e –6m + 18 f –15a + 3 g 21n + 14 h 12a – 16 i –7m – 42 j 12a – 16 k –15n – 30 l –16w –48 b 2v2 – 3v c 6w2 + 21w a a2 + 4a e –3a2 – 5a f –8b2 + 6b d 2m2 – 8m h n2 – 4n i 2m2 – 12m g b2 + 5b 2 2 k 3v – 21v l –4r2 – 20r j –2a – 3a m 12w2 – 24w n –18n2 – 63n o 12m2 – 24m a T b T c F d F a Yes, both sides of the equation equal 35 when x = 3 b Yes
b
4 17
7 10
c
1 2
1 2 3
4
C A a c e g a c e g i k
m–2 3 + 4m a–3 –4b –4(2a + 3) –5(n + 6) –5(3r + 4) –7n(1 + 3m) –4b(3a + 2c) –9g(2f + 3h)
b d f h b d f h j l
w+6 3u – 2w 2n + 3m –2m –6(m – 3) –4(3w – 2) –6(4m –3) –9y(1 – 5a) –8s(3r – 2t) –10v(2u – 3w)
Answers
365
ANSWERS 5 6
7 8
a a d g a a c e
–4a b –4a –n(n + 3) b –5b(b + 4) c –8c(c – 4) –7m(m – 8n) e – 8r(r + 3s) f –4w(w – 3a) –3n(5m + n) h –9v(2u – v) i –5d(5bd + 4e) –3n b –3n –4b(a – 3c + 2ac) b –3s(2r + 3t – 6rt) –3v(4u – 5w + 6uw) d –3b(2ab + 3ac – 8c2) –5h(4g – 3hf + 5gf) f –9st(3r – 2s + 4rt)
Exercise 15–04 D B inverse, same, balanced, underneath a subtraction b division c multiplication d addition 5 a x = 21 b m = 4 c x = 6 d n=2 e w = 24 f m = 32 g a = –3 h b = –15 i x = –30 6 a subtracting 6 b dividing by 8 c adding 7 d multiplying by 4 7 a 7, 1 b 11, 13 c 9, 4 d 4, 4, 16 8 a n = 11 b b = 7 c m = 12 d x = 48 e a = –7 f n = –36 g v = 4 h m = –6 i y = –18 j r = –7 k m = –56 l b = –5 9 a 42 b 8 3 10 a m = –29 b n = –4 c b = 1 4 2 d m = −5 e v = –6 f a = –17 3 4 1 h m = −1 g t=3 5 2
7 8
1 2 3 4
5
6
7 8
A B a a e i a e i a d g a a
366
C A a a a a e i
6, 6, 20, 10 b 4, 4, 15, 3 c 3, 3, 6, 24 –4 b +3 c –7 d +3 –5 f +4 g –6 h +6 –8 j –20 k –12 l –19 a=2 b g=9 c m=2 d v=7 x=3 f c = –2 g a = 4 h e = –2 v=9 j y=3 k m = –5 l n=7 –3, x = 4 b +5, m = 24 c –5, n = 12 +4, s = 72 e –7, w = 48 f –5, x = –60 +6, x = 21 h +9, s = 63 i –6, m = –60 2n – 8 = 28, 18 b 3n + 7 = 52, 15 true b false c true d false
3x – 5 2x + 8 m, 4, 12 w = 14 m=7 w = 13
b b b b f j
6v, 6, –18, 6 m = –15 m = –14
b b d
1 2 3 4 5
6
C D a a a d g
F b F c T d T 10, 10, 10, 10, 8, 4 b 8m, 12, 12, 12, 24, 3 a = 11 b n=4 c b=1 a = –7 e m = –9 f v=2 v = 11 h a=3 i a=2
j
x=4
k
m = –7
a c
Correct Incorrect
b d
Incorrect Correct
1 2
l
c = –7
Language activity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
ALGEBRA SOLVE PATTERN EQUATION VARIABLE SOLUTION PRONUMERAL VALUES EXPRESSION EXPAND FACTORISE BRACKETS
Practice test 15 Part A
Exercise 15–06 1 2 3 4 5 6
6m, 6, –12, 6 w=8 n = 18
Exercise 15–07
1 2 3 4
Exercise 15–05
a a c
4a + 2 c 3a – 4 c n, 2, 15, 5 m = –9 c b = –7 g a = 11 k
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
8 – 3x x+4 n=3 d m = –7 h b = –6 l
0.054 120 12a 64a3 11 31.2 $11 520 b = 15 –48 2 10 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Part B 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
C B C 8b(a – 3c2) a –5y(x + 4) a w=7 b a m=9 b a a = 15 b a m=3 b
d = 12 x=6 x=6 x = –2
b c
–6ab(b + 3a) a=7
a=4 v=5 n = 11
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS CHAPTER 16
2
Exercise 16–01
Ratio Total parts
1 2 3
4 5
6 7
8
C B a e i a e a e i m q D a e i a e i
3:5 45 12 8 7:5 8:7 7:8 1:3 2:3 1:3 4:5:6
b f j b f b f j n r
9 4 4 1:2 7:10 5:7 3:4 3:4 7:9 8:12:15
c g k c g c g k o s
20 6 9, 21 10:7 1:6 3:5 2:3 2:5 4:3 3:4:9
d h l d h d h l p
22 5 11, 12 5:8 3:1 2:3 3:5 1:3 4:3
1:2 3:2 5:1 1:4 1:200 49 : 60
b f j b f j
2:5 1:3 6:5 5:24 3:2 3:1
c g k c g k
8:1 3:10 63:31 1:6 3:10 1:4
d h l d h l
1:20 90:1 7:10 5:4 7:8 1 : 12
Exercise 16–02 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
A a 87 m b 203 m 1152 18 cm, 24 cm, perimeter 72 cm a 18 b 20 84 km/h 35 $210 4 kg 200 m a 14 b 5 360 kg $80 150 mL pink, 450 mL purple 75
7
C D a a a a c e a d
1.64 m b 1 m 2.55 m b 28.5 m 3 cm b 4.1 cm 2.6 cm by 2.6 cm 2.1 cm by 2.6 cm $987.91 1.5 km b 1.9 km 2.0 km e 3.0 km
Exercise 16–04 1
B
ISBN 9780170350990
3 + 5 = 8 $640
New ratio
$640 ÷ 8 = $80 $240 : $400
4:3
4 + 3 = 7 $5600
$800
$3200 : $2400
2:7
2 + 7 = 9 $720
$80
$160 : $560
5:2
5 + 2 = 7 $7700
$1100
$5500 : $2200
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
3, 7, 7, 100, 100, 100, 400, 300 $2560 a 27 wins b No Lee gets $20 000 and Nathan gets $15 000 a 4:3:1 b $675 c $135 Ante 16, Josh 12 $52 a 3:5 b Sophie $56 250, Claire $93 750
Exercise 16–05 A D a km/h c words/min e m/s g runs/wicket 4 a 16 b 2.25 e 120 f 140 5 a 6 goals/match c $7/kg e 96 m/s g $900/ha 6 $1.14/L 7 3.14 persons/km2 8 $18.90/h 9 $57/h 10 97.8 km/h 11 520 words in 5 min 1 2 3
b d f h c g b d f h
$/kg c/L $/kg $/h 80 d 22 1.21 h 54 $90/day 28 runs/wicket 35 students/teacher 1500 rev/min
Exercise 16–06
Exercise 16–03 1 2 3 4 5 6
Total One part amount
c c
2.96 m 1.35 m d
b d
312 cm by 312 cm 252 cm by 312 cm
c f
1.1 km 2.2 km
22.5 cm
1
a
70 minutes
2
a
1380 b $ b h 3 a 162 min c 4 h 30 min 4 $1724.80 5 84 goals 6 40 min 7 $842.40 8 a 5 m/s b 9 a 1840 words c b 10 a $ 11 8.5 km/L 12 a $5.73 b
$624
c
15 h
b d
27 min/car 13 cars
c b
35 s 45 min
$19 968 c
$54 500
15 m
1.97 kg
Answers
367
ANSWERS Exercise 16–07 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
C D a d a d a d a c a a a
20 km/h 110 km/h A b B e 6h b 5s e 225 km 216 km 5 min 33 s 165 km 16 km b
Part B b 50 km/h c 40 km/h e 3 km/h f 210 km/h F c D C f E 425 km c 60 m/s 2016 m b 90 km/h d 2 h 42 min b 3.6 km b 165 km/h 2h c 8 km/h
Language activity 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
BRAIN OVER HIGH CHAIR TOMB SWIM PREMIER FRY DASH COB SCHOLAR GRAVE MILE BROAD CLOCK CYCLE PINE COMMON MOCKING MASTER
WAVE ALL CHAIR MAN STONE WEAR SHIP PAN BOARD WEB SHIP YARD STONE BAND WORK WAY APPLE SENSE BIRD PIECE
5:4 4:3 4:5 5:3 4:5 1:1 7:4 1:1 4:5 1:1 7:4 5:4 4:5 5:4 5:4 5:3 4:5 6:5 7:4 6:5
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B C 35 45 75 cm 1.5 cm Tanya $3084, Mikayla $4112 a 7 goals/match b $125/day a 24 min/car b 60 cars 80 km/h
CHAPTER 17 Exercise 17–01 1 2
3 4
B Point
Move left or right?
Move up or down?
(–2, 6)
Left
Up
(–4, –5)
Left
Down
(3, –4)
Right
Down
(1, 6)
Right
Up
anticlockwise a A(–6, 8), B(–4, 8), C(0, 6), D(3, 6), E(–7, 0), F(–5, –4), G(7, –4), H(1, –8) b i 2nd ii 3rd iii 1st iv 4th
5
y 10 A
–5 H
6 7 8
5
F –5 C –10
Part A 37 28 11 60 m 5 1 5 12 6 25% 7 10:18 p.m. 8 13x – 5y 9 $1126.55 1 10 2
5 G
–10
Practice test 16 1 2 3 4
B
10
x
10
x
E D
D and E 2nd quadrant A truck y 10 5
–10
–5
5 –5 –10
368
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS Exercise 17–02 1 2 3 4 5
C B a e a e a
b
–6 –9 4 14 y = 2x
b f b f
e
f
g
h
y
–4 –10 0 18
–2 –12 6 24
c g c g
4
0 –8 –8 16
d h d h
2 –6
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
2
4
6
x
2
4
6
x
2
4
6
x
–2
x
0
1
2
3
–4
y
0
2
4
6
–6
4
3
2
1
y=x–1
3
y
d
a
6
x
c
3
2
1
b
y 6
0
4
y=x÷2 x
10
8
6
4
y
5
4
3
2
2 –6
–4
–2 –2
y=x+3 x
0
1
2
3
4
–4
y
3
4
5
6
7
–6
n
1
2
3
4
p
3
6
9
12
p = 3n
c
y 6 4
b=5–a a
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
b
8
7
6
5
4
3
2 –6
–4
–2 –2
e=2–d d
0
1
2
3
4
e
2
1
0
–1
–2
–4 –6
y 3
z=
d
y 6
y
12
9
6
3
0
–3
–6
z
4
3
2
1
0
–1
–2
4 2
i
v = 2u + 5 u
1
2
3
4
v
7
9
11
13
–6
–4
–2 –2 –4
j
h = 10 – 3f f
–3
–2
–1
0
1
2
h
19
16
13
10
7
4
–6
4
Exercise 17–03 1 2
a c
a line a rectangle
b d
a line a triangle
C A
ISBN 9780170350990
Answers
369
ANSWERS 5
a
6
y
a
10
y=x+2 x
0
1
2
y
2
3
4
5 y –6
–4
–2
2
4
6
6
x
4
–5
2
–10 –6
b
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
2
4
6
x
2
4
6
x
–2
y
–4
10
–6 5
b –6
–4
–2
2
4
6
y=x–1
x
–5
x
0
1
2
y
–1
0
1
–10 y
c
6
straight line y
4
10
2
5
–6
–4
–2 –2
–6
–4
–2
2
4
6
–4
x
–5
–6
–10
c d
y
y = 2x + 3 x
0
1
2
y
3
5
7
10 y 5 10 –6
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
5
–5 –10
–6
–4
–2 –5 –10
370
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS d
y = 3x – 1
c
x
0
1
2
y
–1
2
5
y = 2x + 1 x
0
1
2
y
1
3
5
y-intercept = 1
–6
–4
y
y
10
10
5
5
–2
2
4
6
x
–6
–2
2
–5
–5
–10
–10
d
Exercise 17–04 1 2 3 4
–4
C values, table, points, line a –2 b 4 a y=x+5
y = 2x + 1 4
6
x
6
x
6
x
y = 4x – 2 x
0
1
2
y
–2
2
6
y-intercept = –2 y
x
0
1
2
y
5
6
7
10 5
y-intercept = 5
y = 4x – 2
y –6
10
–4
–2
2 –5
y=x+5
5
4
–10 –6
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
5
–5 –10
b
a
y = 2x + 4 x
0
1
2
y
4
6
8
y-intercept = 4
y=x–3
y
x
0
1
2
y
–3
–2
–1
10 y = 2x + 4
5
y-intercept = –3 y –6
10
–4
–2
2
4
–5 5
–6
–4
–2
y=x–3 2
4
–10 6
x
–5 –10
ISBN 9780170350990
Answers
371
ANSWERS b
y = 4x – 2
e
x+y=5
x
0
1
2
x
0
1
2
y
–2
2
6
y
5
4
3
y-intercept = –2
y-intercept = 5 y
y 6
10 5
x+y=5
4
y = 4x – 2
2 –6
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
–6
–4
–2
–5
2
4
6
x
6
x
–2 –4
–10
–6
c
y=6–x x
0
1
2
y
6
5
4
f
y-intercept = 6
y = –2x + 1 x
0
1
2
y
1
–1
–3
y-intercept = 1
y
y 10 5
6 y=6–x
4 2
–10
–5
5
10
y = –2x + 1
x –6
–5
–4
–2
2
4
–2 –4
–10
–6
d
y = 5 – 2x x
0
1
2
y
5
3
1
Exercise 17–05 1 2 3
y-intercept = 5
C a a
x = –1 x=1
b
x=4
c
y=2
y = –3
d
y
y
6
10
4 5
–10
–5
y = 5 – 2x 5
–5
2 10
x
–6
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
–2 –4
–10
372
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
–6
ISBN 9780170350990
ANSWERS b
y=2
7 8
y
y=5
a
x = –3
b
c
y=3
6
10
4
–4
–2
x=2
5
2 –6
x=4
d
y
2
4
–6
x
6
–4
–2
2
–2
4
6
x
y = –4 –5
–4
–10
–6
c
Point of intersection (2, –4)
y = –3 y
Language activity
6
POINT PLOTTING PANDEMONIUM
Practice test 17
4 2 –6
–4
Part A
4
0.00032 330 2 3 a 4 4mn 5 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30 6 36 cm 7 $540 8 b=3 9 $765 1 10 26
2
Part B
–2
2
4
x
6
–2 –4 –6
d
x = –2 y 6
–6
–4
–2
2
4
x
6
1 2
11 C 12
–2
x
0
1
2
–4
y
–2
2
6
13
–6
y 6
4
y
4
x=5
2
6 4 x=–4
–6
y=4
–4
–2
2
4
6
x
–2
2
–4 –6
–4
–2
2
4
–2 –4
6
x –6
y = –2
–6
5 6
B a
y-axis
b
ISBN 9780170350990
x-axis
Answers
373
ANSWERS 14 y-intercept = –1
15
y
y
x = –3
6
6
4
4 y = 3x – 1 2 –6
–4
–2
2 –2 –4 –6
4
6
x
–6
–4
y=2
2
(–3, 2) –2
2
4
6
x
–2 –4 –6
Point of intersection (–3, 2).
374
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
INDEX actual length 311–13 acute angle 106 acute-angled triangle 130–1 adding algebraic terms 96–7 decimals 76–7 fractions 209–11 integers 56–7 numbers 4–5 addition, mental 2–3 adjacent angles 110–11 algebraic equations see equations algebraic expressions 90–1 expanding 286–7 factorising 288–92 from words to 92–3 substitution into 94–5 algebraic terms adding and subtracting 96–7 dividing 100–1 multiplying 98–9 alternate angles 114–15 angle geometry 110–11 angle sum of a quadrilateral 138–9 of a triangle 132–3 angles 106 at a point 110–11 measuring and drawing 108–9 naming and classifying 106–7 on parallel lines 114–15 arc 153–4 area circle 182–4 composite shapes 176–7 kites and rhombuses 180–1 metric units 172–3 rectangles, triangles and parallelograms 174–5 trapezium 178–9 Australian time zones 165–7 axes (graphs) 240 axes (axis) of symmetry 118–19 base 26, 27 dividing terms with the same base 30–1 multiplying terms with same base 28–9 power of a power with the same base 32–3 best buys 82–3 capacity 148–9, 185 and volume 186 certain event 264
ISBN 9780170350990
chance, language of 264–5 circle area 182–4 circumference 153, 154, 155–7 parts of a 153–4 circumference 153, 154, 155–7 clusters 254 co-interior angles 114–15 column graphs 240–3, 254 complementary angles 110–11 composite numbers 24–5 composite shapes, area 176–7 composite transformations 120, 122 constant 337 converting metric units 148–9 percentages and decimals 224–5 percentages and fractions 222–3 time 160–1 convex quadrilateral 136–7 corresponding angles 114–15 cost price 234 cross-section 188 cumulative frequency 248 cylinder, volume 195–6 data 240 dot plots 254–6 frequency histograms and polygons 251–3 frequency tables 248–50 mean and mode 244–5 median and range 246–7 reading and drawing graphs 240–3 stem-and-leaf plots 257–9 daylight saving time 167 decimal places 70 decimals adding and subtracting 76–7 dividing 80–1 and fractions 70–1 multiplying 78–9 ordering 72–3 and percentages 224–5 recurring 84–5 rounding 74–5 terminating 84–5 degrees 106 denominator 202 diagonal properties, special quadrilaterals 141–3 diameter 153–4, 155 difference 6–7 discounts 234–6
Index
375
INDEX divided bar graphs 240–3 dividing algebraic terms 100–1 decimals 80–1 integers 62–3 numbers 16–17 terms with the same base divisibility tests 22–3 division, mental 14–15 dot plots 254–6 drawing graphs 240–3 prisms 188–91
30–1
highest common factor (HCF) horizontal lines 337–8 hypotenuse 40 finding the 43–4, 47
equally likely 266 equations with brackets 300–1 one-step 293–5 and table of values 330–1 two-step 296–7 with variables on both sides 298–9 see also linear equations equilateral triangle 130–1 equivalent fractions 202 equivalent ratios 306 even chance 264 event 264 exact form 43 expanding expressions 286–7 experimental probability 272–3 exterior angle of a triangle 134–5 factorising expressions 288–90 with negative first term 291–2 50-50 chance 264 fractions adding and subtracting 209–11 and decimals 70–1 dividing 216–17 expressing amounts as 228–9 improper fractions and mixed numerals 204–6 multiplying 214–15 ordering 207–8 and percentages 222–3 of a quantity 212–13 simplifying 202–3 frequency 248, 272 frequency histograms 251–3, 254 frequency polygons 251–3 frequency tables 248–50 GMT (Greenwich Mean Time)
376
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
graphing horizontal and vertical lines 337–8 linear equations 334–6 table of values 332–3 graphs, reading and drawing 240–3 GST (goods and services tax) 234 guess-and-check method 193
164
100, 288–9
images 123 impossible event 264 improper fractions 204–6 index laws 28, 30, 32, 34 index notation 26–35 integers adding 56–7 dividing 62–3 multiplying 60–1 ordering 54–5 subtracting 58–9 international time zones 164–7 inverse operations 293–4, 298 isosceles triangle 130–1 kite 136–7 area 180–1 language of chance 264–5 length 148–9 like terms 96 likely event 264 line graphs 240–3 line symmetry 118–19 linear equations graphing 335–8 horizontal and vertical lines long multiplication 12–13 loss 234–6
337–8
mass 148–9 mean 244–5 measure of spread 246 measures of location 244, 246 median 244, 246–7 mental addition 2–3 mental division 14–15 mental multiplication 10–11 mental subtraction 6–7 metric system 148–9
ISBN 9780170350990
INDEX perimeter 150–2, 153 perpendicular lines 112–13 pi (π) 155 place value 70 positive integers 54 power of a power 32–3 power of zero 34–5 powers 26–7 prime numbers 24–5 prisms 188 cross-sections 188, 190 drawing 188–91 volume 192–4 probability 264, 268–9 complementary events 270–1 experimental 272–3 problems 280–1 two-way tables 277–9 Venn diagrams 274–6 product 14–15 profit 234–6 pronumerals 90 proper fractions 204 protractor 108–9 proving parallel lines 116–17 Pythagoras’ theorem 40–2
metric units for area 172–3 for volume 185–7 mixed numerals 204–6 adding and subtracting 210–11 dividing 216–17 multiplying 214–15 mode 244–5 money best buys 82–3 profit, loss and discounts 234–6 rounding 74–5 multiplication, mental 10–11 multiplying algebraic terms 98–9 decimals 78–9 fractions 214–15 integers 60–1 numbers 12–13 terms with the same base 28–9 mutually exclusive events 274 negative integers 54 non-convex quadrilateral 136–7 number line 54 number plane 328–9 transformations on 123–5 numerator 202
quadrant 153–4 quadrilaterals angle sum of 138–9 properties 140–3 special 140–3 types of 136–7 quotient 14–15
obtuse angle 106 obtuse-angled triangle 130–1 one-step equations 293–5 order of operations 64–5, 94 ordering decimals 72–3 fractions 207–8 integers 54–5 origin 328 outcome 264 outliers 254 parallel lines 112–13 angles on 114–15 proving 116–17 parallelogram 136–7 area 174–5 percentages and decimals 224–5 expressing amounts as 228–9 and fractions 222–3 percentage increase and decrease of a quantity 226–7 unitary method 231–2
ISBN 9780170350990
230–1
radius 153–4, 155, 182 random 266 range 246–7 rates 318–19 problems 3201 speed 322–3 ratios 306–8 dividing a quantity in a given ratio problems 309–10 see also scale diagrams reciprocal of a fraction 216 rectangle 136–7 area 174–5 rectangular prism, volume 192–4 recurring decimals 84–5 reflections 120–2 reflex angle 106 remainder 16
316–17
Index
377
INDEX revolution 106 rhombus 136–7 area 180–1 right angle 106 right-angled triangle 40–2, 130–1 finding the hypotenuse 43–4, 47 finding the shorter side 45–6, 47 mixed problems 47–9 roots 26–7 rotational symmetry 118–19 rotations 120–2 rounding decimals and money 74–5 time 160–1 sample spaces 266–7 scale 311 scale diagrams 311–13 scale drawings 314 scale maps 311, 315 scaled length 311–13 scalene triangle 130–1 sector graphs 240–3 selling price 234 semicircle 153–4 short division 16, 80 short multiplication 12–13 shorter side, finding the 45–6, 47 simplifying fractions 202–3 ratios 306–8 special quadrilaterals 140 properties of diagonals 141–3 speed 322–3 square (geometry) 136–7 area 174 stem-and-leaf plots 257–9 straight angle 106 substitution 94–5 subtracting algebraic terms 96–7 decimals 76–7 fractions 209–11 integers 58–9 numbers 8–9 subtraction, mental 6–7 sum 2–3 supplementary angles 110–11 surds 43 table of values 330–1 graphing 332–3
378
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
terminating decimals 84–5 terms 96 see also algebraic terms time 24-hour time 158–9 calculations 160–1 international time zones 164–7 time difference 160, 161 timetables 162–3 transformations 120–2 on the number plane 123–5 translations 120–2 transversal 114 trapezium 136–7 area 178–9 trial 272 triangle(s) angle sum of 132–3 area 174–5 exterior angle of 134–5 types of 130–1 24-hour time 158–9 two-step equations 296–7 two-way tables 277–9 unit cost 82 unitary method 232–3 unlike terms 96 unlikely event 264 UTC (Coordinated Universal Time) variables 90–1 Venn diagrams 274–6 vertex 106 vertical lines 337–8 vertically opposite angles volume and capacity 186 cylinder 195–6 metric units 185–7 prisms 192–4
164
110–11
x-axis 328 x-coordinate 328 x-intercept 337, 338 y-axis 328 y-coordinate 328 y-intercept 334–6 zero index
34–5
ISBN 9780170350990
Sandra Tisdell–Clifford
DEVELOPMENTAL MATHEMATICS BOOK 2 Founding authors Allan Thompson • Effie Wrightson Series editor Robert Yen
Australia • Brazil • Japan • Korea • Mexico • Singapore • Spain • United Kingdom • United States
CONTENTS
Preface/About the author Features of this book Curriculum grid Series overview
vi vii viii x
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 3
WORKING WITH NUMBERS
PYTHAGORAS’ THEOREM#
1–01 Mental addition 1–02 Adding numbers 1–03 Mental subtraction 1–04 Subtracting numbers 1–05 Mental multiplication 1–06 Multiplying numbers 1–07 Mental division 1–08 Dividing numbers Practice Test 1
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 19
CHAPTER 2 PRIMES AND POWERS 2–01 Divisibility tests 2–02 Prime and composite numbers 2–03 Powers and roots 2–04 Multiplying terms with the same base 2–05 Dividing terms with the same base 2–06 Power of a power 2–07 The zero index Practice Test 2
22 24 26 28 30 32 34 37
3–01 Pythagoras’ theorem 3–02 Finding the hypotenuse 3–03 Finding a shorter side 3–04 Mixed problems Practice Test 3
40 43 45 47 51
CHAPTER 4 INTEGERS 4–01 Ordering integers 4–02 Adding integers 4–03 Subtracting integers 4–04 Multiplying integers 4–05 Dividing integers 4–06 Order of operations Practice Test 4
54 56 58 60 62 64 67
CHAPTER 5 DECIMALS 5–01 5–02
Decimals Ordering decimals
70 72
#Pythagoras’ theorem is a Year 9 topic in the Australian Curriculum and a Stage 4 (Year 8) topic in the NSW syllabus
ISBN 9780170350990
Contents
iii
5–03 Rounding decimals and money 5–04 Adding and subtracting decimals 5–05 Multiplying decimals 5–06 Dividing decimals 5–07 Best buys 5–08 Terminating and recurring decimals Practice Test 5
74 76 78 80 82 84 87
CHAPTER 6 ALGEBRA 6–01 Variables 6–02 From words to algebraic expressions 6–03 Substitution 6–04 Adding and subtracting terms 6–05 Multiplying terms 6–06 Dividing terms Practice Test 6
90 92 94 96 98 100 103
CHAPTER 7 ANGLES AND SYMMETRY 7–01 Angles 7–02 Measuring and drawing angles 7–03 Angle geometry 7–04 Parallel and perpendicular lines 7–05 Angles on parallel lines 7–06 Proving parallel lines 7–07 Line and rotational symmetry 7–08 Transformations 7–09 Transformations on the number plane Practice Test 7
106 108 110 112 114 116 118 120 123 127
CHAPTER 8 TRIANGLES AND QUADRILATERALS 8–01 Types of triangles 8–02 Angle sum of a triangle 8–03 Exterior angle of a triangle 8–04 Types of quadrilaterals 8–05 Angle sum of a quadrilateral 8–06 Properties of quadrilaterals Practice Test 8
iv
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
130 132 134 136 138 140 145
CHAPTER 9 LENGTH AND TIME 9–01 The metric system 9–02 Perimeter 9–03 Parts of a circle 9–04 Circumference of a circle 9–05 24-hour time 9–06 Time calculations 9–07 Timetables 9–08 International time zones Practice Test 9
148 150 153 155 158 160 162 164 169
CHAPTER 10 AREA AND VOLUME 10–01 Metric units for area 10–02 Areas of rectangles, triangles and parallelograms 10–03 Areas of composite shapes 10–04 Area of a trapezium 10–05 Areas of kites and rhombuses 10–06 Area of a circle 10–07 Metric units for volume 10–08 Drawing prisms 10–09 Volume of a prism 10–10 Volume of a cylinder Practice Test 10
172 174 176 178 180 182 185 188 192 195 198
CHAPTER 11 FRACTIONS 11–01 Simplifying fractions 11–02 Improper fractions and mixed numerals 11–03 Ordering fractions 11–04 Adding and subtracting fractions 11–05 Fraction of a quantity 11–06 Multiplying fractions 11–07 Dividing fractions Practice Test 11
202 204 207 209 212 214 216 219
ISBN 9780170350990
CHAPTER 12
CHAPTER 15
PERCENTAGES 12–01 12–02 12–03 12–04
Percentages and fractions Percentages and decimals Percentage of a quantity Expressing amounts as fractions and percentages 12–05 Percentage increase and decrease 12–06 The unitary method 12–07 Profit, loss and discounts Practice Test 12
FURTHER ALGEBRA 222 224 226 228 230 232 234 237
15–01 15–02 15–03 15–04 15–05 15–06
Expanding expressions Factorising expressions Factorising with negative terms One-step equations Two-step equations Equations with variables on both sides 15–07 Equations with brackets Practice Test 15
CHAPTER 13
CHAPTER 16
INVESTIGATING DATA
RATIOS AND RATES
Reading and drawing graphs The mean and the mode The median and the range Frequency tables Frequency histograms and polygons 13–06 Dot plots 13–07 Stem-and-leaf plots Practice Test 13
13–01 13–02 13–03 13–04 13–05
240 244 246 248 251 254 257 261
16–01 Ratios 16–02 Ratio problems 16–03 Scale maps and diagrams 16–04 Dividing a quantity in a given ratio 16–05 Rates 16–06 Rate problems 16–07 Speed Practice Test 16
286 288 291 293 296 298 300 303
306 309 311 316 318 320 322 325
CHAPTER 17 GRAPHING LINES
CHAPTER 14 PROBABILITY 14–01 The language of chance 14–02 Sample spaces 14–03 Probability 14–04 Complementary events 14–05 Experimental probability 14–06 Venn diagrams 14–07 Two-way tables 14–08 Probability problems Practice Test 14
ISBN 9780170350990
264 266 268 270 272 274 277 280 283
17–01 The number plane 17–02 Tables of values 17–03 Graphing tables of values 17–04 Graphing linear equations 17–05 Horizontal and vertical lines Practice Test 17
328 330 332 334 337 340
Answers Index
341 375
Contents
v
PREFACE In schools for over four decades, Developmental Mathematics has been a unique, well-known and trusted Years 7–10 mathematics series with a strong focus on key numeracy and literacy skills. This 5th edition of the series has been revised for the new Australian curriculum as well as the NSW syllabus Stages 4 and 5.1. The four books of the series contain short chapters with worked examples, definitions of key words, graded exercises, a language activity and a practice test. Each chapter covers a topic that should require about two weeks of teaching time. Developmental Mathematics supports students with mathematics learning, encouraging them to experience more confidence and success in the subject. This series presents examples and exercises in clear and concise language to help students master the basics and improve their understanding. We have endeavoured to equip students with the essential knowledge required for success in junior high school mathematics, with a focus on basic skills and numeracy. Developmental Mathematics Book 2 is written for students in Years 8–9, covering the Australian curriculum (mostly Year 8 content) and NSW syllabus (see the curriculum grids on the following pages and the teaching program on the NelsonNet teacher website). This book presents concise and highly structured examples and exercises, with each new concept or skill on a double-page spread for convenient reading and referencing. Students learning mathematics need to be taught by dynamic teachers who use a variety of resources. Our intention is that teachers and students use this book as their primary source or handbook, and supplement it with additional worksheets and resources, including those found on the NelsonNet teacher website (access conditions apply). We hope that teachers can use this book effectively to help students achieve success in secondary mathematics. Good luck!
ABOUT THE AUTHOR Sandra Tisdell-Clifford teaches at Newcastle Grammar School and was the Mathematics coordinator at Our Lady of Mercy College (OLMC) in Parramatta for 10 years. Sandra is best known for updating Developmental Mathematics for the 21st century (4th edition, 2003) and writing its blackline masters books. She also co-wrote Nelson Senior Maths 11 General for the Australian curriculum, teaching resources for the NSW senior series Maths in Focus and the Years 7–8 homework sheets for New Century Maths/NelsonNet. Sandra expresses her thanks and appreciation to the Headmaster and staff of Newcastle Grammar School and dedicates this book to her husband, Ray Clifford, for his support and encouragement. She also thanks series editor Robert Yen and editors Lisa Schmidt, Sarah Broomhall and Alan Stewart at Cengage Learning for their leadership on this project. Original authors Allan Thompson and Effie Wrightson wrote the first three editions of Developmental Mathematics (published 1974, 1981 and 1988) and taught at Smith’s Hill High School in Wollongong. Sandra thanks them for their innovative pioneering work, which has paved the way for this new edition for the Australian curriculum.
vi
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
FEATURES OF THIS BOOK • Each chapter begins with a table of contents and list of chapter outcomes • Each teaching section of a chapter is presented clearly on a double-page spread 1–03
1
WORKING WITH NUMBERS
Mental subtraction
EXERCISE
WORDBANK
1–03
1 What is a quick way to subtract 31? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D.
difference The result of subtracting two numbers.
A subtract 30 and then add 1
B subtract 20 and then subtract 10
C subtract 30 and then 1
D subtract 10 and then subtract 20
2 What is the gap between 56 and 74? Select the correct answer A, B, C or D.
When subtracting numbers mentally: if the second number is close to 10, 20, 30, … , split it up or use a number line to build bridges between the numbers.
A 18
B 22
a 9
Mental subtraction strategies
WHAT’S IN CHAPTER 1? 1–01 1–02 1–03 1–04 1–05 1–06 1–07 1–08
Mental addition Adding numbers Mental subtraction Subtracting numbers Mental multiplication Multiplying numbers Mental division Dividing numbers
Subtracting
Strategy Subtract 10 and then add 2 (– 8 = – 10 + 2)
9
Subtract 10 and then add 1 (– 9 = – 10 + 1)
11
Subtract 10 and then subtract 1 more (– 11 = – 10 – 1)
c
D 28
21
12
Subtract 10 and then subtract 2 more (– 12 = – 10 – 2)
+1
a 72 – 9 = 72 – c
Evaluate each difference. b 85 – 11
–1
83 – 21 = 83 –
e 47 – 8 = 47 – 10 +
155 – 19
c
b 55 – 12 = 55 –
–2
d 123 – 11 = 123 – f
–1
452 – 19 = 452 – 20 +
5 Copy and complete each line of working. a 84 – 9 = 84 – +1 b 358 – 41 = 358 – = 74 + = 318 – = = 6 Evaluate each difference.
EXAMPLE 4
a 67 – 9
b 72 – 11
c
125 – 19
d 89 – 21
e 456 – 8
f
738 – 22
g 92 – 32
h 657 – 51
i
1096 – 89
k 6582 – 101
l
3428 – 91
j
SOLUTION
435 – 61
–1
7 Estimate each difference by rounding each number to the nearest ten.
a 46 – 9 = 46 – 10 + 1 = 36 + 1 = 37
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU WILL:
b 12
4 Copy and complete each expression.
8
a 46 – 9
C 16
3 Describe the mental strategy for subtracting:
b 85 – 11 = 85 – 10 – 1 = 75 – 1 = 74
To subtract 9, subtract 10 and add 1.
155 – 19 = 155 – 20 + 1 = 135 + 1 = 136
c
To subtract 11, subtract 10 and then subtract 1.
To subtract 19, subtract 20 and add 1.
a 78 – 23
b 129 – 48
c
562 – 91
d 876 – 58
e 1096 – 61
f
4587 – 82
8 Evaluate each difference in Question 7 using a mental strategy. 9 Use the following number line to jump from 164 to 203 and complete the statement below.
EXAMPLE 5
add, subtract, multiply and divide mentally with whole numbers add and subtract large numbers and solve problems involving sums and differences multiply large numbers and solve problems involving products divide by 2 to 10 using short division and solve problems involving quotients
Use a number line to evaluate each difference. a 483 – 225
164
b 658 – 581
+70
+100
225 230
300
+80
200 203
400
+3
So from 225 to 483 is a gap of 5 + 70 + 100 + 80 + 3 = 258.
480 483
+3=
.
10 Use a number line to evaluate each difference.
a Draw a number line and jump along it from 225 to 483 using bridges. Write the size of each bridge and add the sizes. +5
170
The difference between 203 and 164 is 6 +
SOLUTION
a 625 – 358
b 730 – 482
c
685 – 520
d 546 – 320
e 675 – 256
f
478 – 235
g 482 – 267
h 529 – 264
i
489 – 236
780 – 423
k 678 – 235
l
534 – 387
j
483 – 225 = 258 b
+9
+10
+50
581 590 600 * acknowledgement source line goes here
+8 650
From 581 to 658 the gap is 9 + 10 + 50 + 8 = 77.
658
658 – 581 = 77 Chapter 1 Working with numbers
ISBN 9780170350990
1
6
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
ISBN 9780170350990
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
7
• The left page contains explanations, worked examples, and if appropriate, a Wordbank of mathematical terminology and a fact box • The right page contains an exercise set, including multiple-choice questions, scaffolded solutions and realistic applications of mathematics • Each chapter concludes with a Language activity (puzzle) that reinforces mathematical terminology in a fun way, and a Practice test containing non-calculator questions on general topics and topic questions grouped by chapter subheading LANGUAGE ACTIVITY
PRACTICE TEST 1
CROSSWORD PUZZLE
Part A General topics
Make a copy of this crossword and complete it using the clues below. 1
2
3
Calculators are not allowed.
4
5
7
6
9
8
11
10
1 Evaluate –3 + 7.
6 Evaluate 8 × 25.
2 How many degrees in a revolution?
7 Write 0.75 as a percentage.
3 A flea can jump up to 400 times its body length. How high can a flea jump if it is 2.6 mm long?
8 If I am driving due South and make a right-hand turn, in which direction would I then be travelling?
4 What is the probability of rolling the number 5 on a die?
9 Write an algebraic expression for the number that is one more than x.
5 Find the perimeter of this rectangle.
10 How many days are there in October?
16 m 12
27 m
Part B Working with numbers
13
Calculators are not allowed.
1–01 Mental addition
Across 1 A sum is the answer to an 6 Five lots
11 Evaluate: 53 + 19 + 17 + 31. Select the correct answer A, B, C or D.
.
A 130
six means 5 × 6.
B 110
C 120
D 140
12 What is a quick way to add 9? Select A, B, C or D.
7 We do this to find the total of some numbers. 9 The answer to a multiplication.
A add 10, then subtract 1
B add 10, then add 1
12 =
C add 20, then add 11
D add 20, then subtract 11
13 To multiply a number by 4 mentally, you can double
.
1–02 Adding numbers
Down
13 Evaluate each sum. a 36 + 749
2 The answer to a subtraction. 3 and 4
47 has 4
and 7
5 There are 24 hours in one
.
14 Evaluate each difference.
8 750 ÷ 7 is an example of this. 10 Short division is used to divide by a number with one 11 ‘Evaluate’ means to calculate the
b 1497 + 268
1–03 Mental subtraction
.
a 456 – 19
.
b 2046 – 21
1–04 Subtracting numbers
of a numerical expression.
15 Evaluate each difference. a 438 – 86
18
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
ISBN 9780170350990
b 2645 – 388
Chapter 1 Working with numbers
19
• Answers and index are at the back of the book • Additional teaching resources can be downloaded from the NelsonNet teacher website at www.nelsonnet.com.au: worksheets, puzzle sheets, skillsheets, video tutorials, technology worksheets, teaching program, curriculum grids, chapter PDFs of this book • Note: NelsonNet access is available to teachers who use Developmental Mathematics as a core educational resource in their classroom. Contact your sales representative for information about access codes and conditions.
ISBN 9780170350990
Features of this book
vii
CURRICULUM GRID AUSTRALIAN CURRICULUM STRAND AND SUBSTRAND
DEVELOPMENTAL MATHEMATICS BOOK 1 CHAPTER
DEVELOPMENTAL MATHEMATICS BOOK 2 CHAPTER
Number and place value
1 3 4 5 6 9
Integers and the number plane Working with numbers Factors and primes Powers and decimals Multiplying and dividing decimals Algebra and equations
1 2 4
Working with numbers Primes and powers Integers
Real numbers
5 6 7 8 17
Powers and decimals Multiplying and dividing decimals Fractions Multiplying and dividing fractions Percentages and ratios
5 11 12 16
Decimals Fractions Percentages Ratios and rates
Money and financial mathematics
6
Multiplying and dividing decimals
12 Percentages
Patterns and algebra
9
Algebra and equations
6 Algebra 15 Further algebra
Linear and non-linear relationships
1 9
Integers and the number plane Algebra and equations
15 Further algebra 17 Graphing lines
NUMBER AND ALGEBRA
MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY Using units of measurement
12 Length and time 13 Area and volume
Shape
10 Shapes and symmetry
Location and transformation
10 Shapes and symmetry
7
Angles and symmetry
Geometric reasoning
2 Angles 11 Geometry
7 8
Angles and symmetry Triangles and quadrilaterals
3
Pythagoras’ theorem#
Pythagoras and trigonometry
9 Length and time 10 Area and volume
STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY Chance
16 Probability
14 Probability
Data representation and interpretation
14 Statistical graphs 15 Analysing data
13 Investigating data
#Pythagoras’ theorem is a Year 9 topic in the Australian Curriculum and a Stage 4 (Year 8) topic in the NSW syllabus
viii
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990
CURRICULUM GRID AUSTRALIAN CURRICULUM STRAND AND SUBSTRAND
DEVELOPMENTAL MATHEMATICS BOOK 3 CHAPTER
DEVELOPMENTAL MATHEMATICS BOOK 4 CHAPTER
Real numbers
2 3 6 7 16
Whole numbers and decimals Integers and fractions Percentages Indices Ratios and rates
1 2 7
Working with numbers Percentages Ratios and rates
Money and financial mathematics
6
Percentages
3
Earning and saving money
Patterns and algebra
4 7
Algebra Indices
4 Algebra 10 Indices
Linear and non-linear relationships
9 Equations 14 Graphing lines
13 Equations and inequalities 15 Coordinate geometry 16 Graphing lines and curves
Using units of measurement
12 Length and time 13 Area and volume
9 Length and time 11 Area and volume
Geometric reasoning
8
Geometry
8
Congruent and similar figures
Pythagoras and trigonometry
1 5
Pythagoras’ theorem Trigonometry
5 6
Pythagoras’ theorem Trigonometry
NUMBER AND ALGEBRA
MEASUREMENT AND GEOMETRY
STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY Chance
15 Probability
14 Probability
Data representation and interpretation
11 Investigating data
12 Investigating data
ISBN 9780170350990
Curriculum grid
ix
SERIES OVERVIEW
x
BOOK 1 1 Integers and the number plane 2 Angles 3 Working with numbers 4 Factors and primes 5 Powers and decimals 6 Multiplying and dividing decimals 7 Fractions 8 Multiplying and dividing fractions 9 Algebra and equations 10 Shapes and symmetry 11 Geometry 12 Length and time 13 Area and volume 14 Statistical graphs 15 Analysing data 16 Probability 17 Percentages and ratios
BOOK 2 1 Working with numbers 2 Primes and powers 3 Pythagoras’ theorem 4 Integers 5 Decimals 6 Algebra 7 Angles and symmetry 8 Triangles and quadrilaterals 9 Length and time 10 Area and volume 11 Fractions 12 Percentages 13 Investigating data 14 Probability 15 Further algebra 16 Ratios and rates 17 Graphing lines
BOOK 3 1 Pythagoras’ theorem 2 Whole numbers and decimals 3 Integers and fractions 4 Algebra 5 Trigonometry 6 Percentages 7 Indices 8 Geometry 9 Equations 10 Earning money 11 Investigating data 12 Length and time 13 Area and volume 14 Graphing lines 15 Probability 16 Ratios and rates
BOOK 4 1 Working with numbers 2 Percentages 3 Earning and saving money 4 Algebra 5 Pythagoras’ theorem 6 Trigonometry 7 Ratios and rates 8 Congruent and similar figures 9 Length and time 10 Indices 11 Area and volume 12 Investigating data 13 Equations and inequalities 14 Probability 15 Coordinate geometry 16 Graphing lines and curves
Developmental Mathematics Book 2
ISBN 9780170350990